COMPOSITIONS FOR MODULATING GUT MICROFLORA POPULATIONS, ENHANCING DRUG POTENCY AND TREATING CANCER, AND METHODS FOR MAKING AND USING SAME

Abstract
In alternative embodiments, provided are compositions, including products of manufacture and kits, and methods, for or comprising administering to an individual in need thereof an inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule and/or a stimulatory immune checkpoint molecule and a formulation, wherein the formulation comprises at least two different species or genera of non-pathogenic, live bacteria, and each of the non-pathogenic, live bacteria comprise non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria, a plurality of non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores, or a combination thereof, and optionally the non-pathogenic bacteria or non-pathogenic bacteria arising from germination of the germinable spores can individually or together metabolize urolithin A from ellagic acid, or can individually or together synthesize urolithin A.
Description
TECHNICAL FIELD

This invention generally relates to microbiology, pharmacology and cancer therapies. In alternative embodiments, provided are compositions, including products of manufacture and kits, and methods, comprising non-pathogenic, live bacteria and/or bacterial spores for the control, amelioration, prevention, and treatment of a disease or condition, for example, a cancer. In alternative embodiment, these non-pathogenic, live bacteria and/or bacterial spores are administered to an individual in need thereof, thereby resulting in a modification or modulation of the individual's gut microfloral population(s). In alternative embodiments, by modulating or modifying the individual's gut microbial population(s) using compositions, products of manufacture and methods as provided herein, the pharmacodynamics of a drug administered to the individual is altered, for example, the pharmacodynamics of the drug is enhanced, e.g., the individual's ability to absorb a drug is modified (e.g., accelerated or slowed, or enhanced), or the dose efficacy of a drug is increased (e.g., resulting in needing a lower dose of drug for an intended effect). For example, in alternative embodiments, the modulating or modifying of the individual's gut microbial population(s) increases the dose efficacy of a cancer drug, thereby controlling, ameliorating, preventing and/or treating of that cancer. In alternative embodiments, the amount, identity, presence, and/or ratio of microbiota gut microbiota in a subject is manipulated to facilitate one or more co-treatments.


BACKGROUND

Checkpoint inhibitors are a class of cancer drugs which function by enabling the patient's own immune system to fight the tumor, a treatment approach known as immunotherapy. Examples include ipilimumab (YERVOY™) and nivolumab (OPDIVO™). Such therapy has been shown to be particularly effective against advanced melanoma, non-small-cell lung cancer, and renal cell carcinoma.


However, these drugs are effective in less than 50% of patients in which they have been used. Studies have shown that gut microbes influence and modulate the efficacy of immunotherapy. Intestinal microbiota can facilitate inflammatory responses and modify tumor-specific T-cell induction, which can influence the activity of immune checkpoint inhibitors (ICI). By metagenomic analysis of patient fecal samples, it was observed that response to two different immunotherapy treatments was highly correlated with the presence of a number of specific species. In mice, T-cell responses specific to certain Bacteroides species were associated with the effectiveness of CTLA-4 blockade, and germ-free mice not responding to the ICI could be restored by treatment with B. fragilis. The efficacy of another ICI, targeting the programmed cell death protein 1 (PD-1), was shown to be positively correlated with the presence of Akkermansia muciniphila in patient fecal samples and functional enrichment in anabolic pathways, and dosing of mice with A. muciniphila increased the rate of response to this ICI drug.


A combination of in vitro and/or in vivo data provide evidence that the gut microbiota metabolizes over 50 drugs (Spanogiannopoulos et al. (2016) Nat Rev Microbiol 5:273-87; Haiser et al. (2013) Pharmacol. Res 69:21-31). Recent human, animal and in vitro studies have suggested that the intestinal microbiota modulates the anticancer immune effects of chemotherapies including 5-fluorouracil, cyclophosphamide, irinotecan, cisplatin, oxaliplatin, gemcitabine and methotrexate (Alexander et al. (2017) Nat Rev Gastroenterol Hepatol 6: 356-365; Viaud et al. (2013) Science 342:971-976; Shen et al. (2017) Nat Neurosci 20:1213-1216; Viaud et al. (2014) Cell Death Differ 2: 199-214). The gut microbiome also modulates patient and animal tumor response to checkpoint blockade immunotherapy targeting cytotoxic T-lymphocyte-associated protein 4 (CTLA-4, e.g. Yervoy®/Ipilimumab), the programmed cell death protein 1 (PD-1, e.g. Keytruda®/Pembrolizumab, Opdivo®/Nivolumab) and its ligand (PD-L1, e.g. Tecentriq®/Atezolizumab, Bavencio®/Avelumab and Imfinzi®/Durvalumab) (Peled et al. (2017) J Clin Oncol 15:1650-1659; Iida et al. (2013) Science 342:967-970; Daillere et al. (2016) Immunity 45:931-943; Vetizou et al. (2015) Science 350:1079-1084; Sivan et al. (2015) Science 350:1084-1089; Gopalakrishnan et al. (2017) Science November 02 DOI: 10.1126/science.aan4236; Routy et al. (2017) Science November 02 DOI: 10.1126/science.aan3706). These studies also suggest that primary resistance to immune checkpoint inhibitors can be due to abnormal gut microbiome composition and that microbial diversity is correlated with patient response. Moreover, durable responses have been observed in about 20% of melanoma patients treated with ipilimumab and several combination-based drug therapies are under development to increase clinical benefit (Sharma et al. (2015) Science 6230:6-61). Thus, there is a need for means to manipulate a gut microbiota in conjunction with an immune checkpoint therapy to improve the efficacy of a cancer immunotherapy.


SUMMARY

In alternative embodiments, provided are methods for controlling, ameliorating or treating a cancer in an individual (for example, a patient) in need thereof, comprising:


(a) (i) providing or having provided: (1) an inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule, a stimulatory immune checkpoint molecule (or any composition for use in checkpoint blockade immunotherapy) and, (2) a formulation comprising at least two different species or genera (or types) of non-pathogenic bacteria, wherein each of the non-pathogenic bacteria comprise (or are in the form of) a plurality of non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria, a plurality of non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores, or a combination thereof, and


(ii) administering or having administered to an individual in need thereof the inhibitor of the inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule and/or the stimulatory immune checkpoint molecule, and the formulation; or


(b) administering or having administered to an individual in need thereof an inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule and/or a stimulatory immune checkpoint molecule (or any composition for use in checkpoint blockade immunotherapy) and a formulation,


wherein the formulation comprises at least two different species or genera (or types) of non-pathogenic, live bacteria, and each of the non-pathogenic, live bacteria comprise (or are in the form of) a plurality of non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria, a plurality of non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores, or a combination thereof,


and optionally the non-pathogenic bacteria or non-pathogenic bacteria arising from germination of the germinable spores can individually or together metabolize urolithin A from ellagic acid, or can individually or together synthesize urolithin A,


and optionally the different species or genera (or types) of non-pathogenic, live bacteria are present in approximately equal amounts, or each of the different species or genera (or types) of non-pathogenic, live bacteria or non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores represent at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, or 50% or more of the total amount of non-pathogenic, live bacteria and non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores in the formulation,


and optionally only non-pathogenic, live bacteria are present in the formulation, or only non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores are present in the formulation, or approximately equal amounts of non-pathogenic, live bacteria and non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores are present in the formulation.


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein:


(a) the formulation comprises an inner core surrounded by an outer layer of polymeric material enveloping the inner core, wherein the non-pathogenic bacteria or the non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores are substantially in the inner core, and optionally the polymeric material comprises a natural polymeric material;


(b) the formulation is formulated or manufactured as or in: a nano-suspension delivery system; an encochleated formulation; or, as a multilayer crystalline, spiral structure with no internal aqueous space;


(c) the formulation is formulated or manufactured as a delayed or gradual enteric release composition or formulation, and optionally the formulation comprises a gastro-resistant coating designed to dissolve at a pH of 7 in the terminal ileum, optionally an active ingredient is coated with an acrylic based resin or equivalent, optionally a poly(meth)acrylate, optionally a methacrylic acid copolymer B, NF, optionally EUDRAGIT S™ (Evonik Industries AG, Essen, Germany), which dissolves at pH 7 or greater, optionally comprises a multimatrix (MMX) formulation, and optionally manufactured as enteric coated to bypass the acid of the stomach and bile of the duodenum.


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein: the plurality of non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria are substantially dormant colony forming live bacteria, or the plurality of non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria or the plurality of non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores are lyophilized, wherein optionally the dormant colony forming live bacteria comprise live vegetative bacterial cells that have been rendered dormant by lyophilization or freeze drying.


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein: the formulation comprises at least 1×104 colony forming units (CFUs), or between about 1×101 and 1×1013 CFUs, 1×102 and 1×1010 CFUs, 1×102 and 1×108 CFUs, 1×103 and 1×107 CFUs, or 1×104 and 1×106 CFUs, of non-pathogenic live bacteria and/or non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores.


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein: the formulation comprises at least one (or any one, several, or all of) non-pathogenic bacteria or spore of the family or genus (or class): Clostridiaceae, Faecalibacterium, Blautia or Clostridium; Ruminococcaceae or Ruminococcus; Verrucomicrobiaceae or Akkermansia; Enterococcaceae or Enterococcus; Eggerthella; Eggerthellaceae or Gordonibacter; Bacteroidaceae or Bacteroides; Hyphomicrobiaceae or Gemmiger; Bifidobacterium, Alistipes, Dorea, Roseburia, Monoglobus, Asacharobacter, or a combination thereof.


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein, bacteria that are used to practice methods as provided herein comprise:


(a) bacteria of the genus Faecalibacterium comprise a bacteria of the species Faecalibacterium prausnitzii;


(b) bacteria from the genus Clostridium comprise Clostridium Cluster IV, Clostridium Cluster XIVa (also known as Lachnospiraceae), or of the species C. coccoides, C. scindens, or a combination thereof, or of the genus Eubacterium, or Eubacterium hallii or, E. ramulus, or,


because C. coccoides is no longer in the genus Clostridium but is now in the genus Blautia, bacteria that are used to practice methods as provided herein can comprise B. coccoides, B. hansenii, B. hydrogenotrophica, B. luti, B. producta, B. schinkii, or B. wexlerae;


(c) bacteria of the genus Ruminococcus comprise a bacteria of the species Ruminococcus albus, R. bromii, R. callidus, R. flavefaciens, R. gauvreauii, R. gnavus R. lactaris, R. obeum or R. torques;


(d) bacteria of the genus Akkermansia comprise a bacteria of the species Akkermansia glycaniphila or A. muciniphila;


(e) bacteria of the genus Enterococcus comprise a bacteria of the species Enterococcus alcedinis, E. aquimarinus, E. asini, E. avium, E. bulliens, E. caccae, E. camelliae, E. canintestini, E. canis, E. casseliflavus, E. cecorum, E. lactis, E. lemanii, or E. hirae, or any species of non-pathogenic Enterococcus found or capable of living in a human gut;


(f) bacteria of the genus Eggerthella comprise a bacteria of the species Eggerthella lenta;


(g) bacteria of the genus Gordonibacter comprise a bacteria of the species Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, or any species of non-pathogenic Gordonibacter found or capable of living in a human gut;


(h) bacteria of the genus Bacteroides comprise a bacteria of the species Bacteroides acidifaciens, B. caccae, or B. thetaiotamicron, or any species of non-pathogenic Bacteroides found or capable of living in a human gut;


(i) bacteria of the genus Gemmiger comprise a bacteria of the species Gemmiger formicilis;


(j) bacteria of the genus Bifidobacterium, comprise a bacteria of the species Bifidobacterium longum, B. bifidum, or B. brevis;


(j) bacteria of the genus Alistipes comprise a bacteria of the species Alistipes indistinctus;


(k) bacteria of the genus Dorea comprise a bacteria of the species Dorea formicigenerans, D. formicilis, or D. longicatena;


(l) bacteria of the genus Anerostipes comprise a bacteria of the species A. mucimphila;


(m) bacteria of the genus Eubacterium comprise a bacteria of the species E. hallii;


(n) bacteria of the genus Blautia comprise a bacteria of the species Blautia sp. SG-772; and/or


(o) bacteria of the genus Coprococcus comprise a bacteria of the species C. comes.


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein: the formulation comprises a combination of non-pathogenic bacteria and/or a spore thereof (or spore derived from) comprising (or a combination as described in Table 1 (Example 1) and/or Table 5 (see Example 22), below)):


(a) (i) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, and C. scindens;


(ii) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. muciniphila, and E. hirae;


(iii) E. lenta and G. urolithinfaciens;


(iv) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, and G. urolithinfaciens;


(v) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, B. thetaiotamicron, B. caccae, and G. formicilis;


(vi) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. indistinctus and D. formicigenerans; and/or


(vii) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, B. longum and B. breve;


(viii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens and Adlercreutzia equolifaciens;


(ix) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, and Senegalimassilia anaerobia;


(x) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, Senegalimassilia anaerobia, and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens;


(xi) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens;


(xii) Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, Senegalimassilia anaerobia and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens;


(xiii) Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, Senegalimassilia anaerobia, Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens and Collinsella aerofaciens;


(xiv) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, Senegalimassilia anaerobia, and Collinsella aerofaciens;


(xv) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, Senegalimassilia anaerobia, Collinsella aerofaciens and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens;


(xvi) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens;


(xvii) Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens;


(xviii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Paraeggerthella hongkongensis;


(ixx) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Paraeggerthella hongkongensis; Slackia isoflavoniconvertens, and Slackia equolifaciens;


(xx) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, and Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens;


(xxi) Eubacterium hallii;


(xxii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scinden, and Eubacterium hallii;


(xxiii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Eubacterium hallii;


(xxiv) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Akkermansia muciniphila, Enterococcus hirae, and Eubacterium hallii;


(xxv) Blautia massiliensis;


(xxvi) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, and Blautia massiliensis;


(xxvii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Blautia massiliensis;


(xxxiii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Akkermansia muciniphila, Enterococcus hirae, and Blautia massiliensis;


(xxviv) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Blautia massiliensis, and Eubacterium hallii;


(xxx) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Akkermansia muciniphila, Enterococcus hirae, Blautia massiliensis, and Eubacterium hallii;


(xxxi) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Eubacterium hallii;


(xxxii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Eubacterium hallii and Blautia massiliensis;


(xxxiii) Akkermansia muciniphila, and Faecalibacterium prausnitzii;


(xxxiv) Eubacterium hallii, Dorea longicatena, and Blautia sp. SG-772;


(xxxv) Akkermansia muciniphila, Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Eubacterium hallii, Dorea longicatena, and Blautia sp. SG-772;


(xxxvi) Akkermansia muciniphila, Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, and Ruminococcus gnavus;


(xxxxii) Dorea longicatena, Dorea formicigenerans, Blautia sp. SG-772, Eubacterium hallii, Ruminococcus faecis, and Coprococcus comes;


(xxxxiii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, and Ruminococcus gnavus;


(xxxix) Ruminococcus gnavus, Eubacterium ramulus, and Gemmiger formililis;


(xxxx) Anaerostipes hadrus, Dorea formicigenerans, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, and Ruminococcus faecis;


(xxxxi) Anaerostipes hadrus, Dorea formicigenerans, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, Ruminococcus faecis and Ruminococcus gnavus;


(xxxxii) Anaerostipes hadrus, Dorea formicigenerans, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, Ruminococcus faecis and Akkermansia muciniphila;


(xxxxiii) Akkermansia muciniphila, Eubacterium ramulus, and Gemmiger formililis;


(xxxxiv) Akkermansia muciniphila, Ruminococcus gnavus, Ruminococcus torques, and Bifidobacterium bifidum;


(xxxxv) Akkermansia muciniphila, Ruminococcus gnavus, and Ruminococcus torques;


(xxxxvi) Akkermansia muciniphila, Ruminococcus torques, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, and Anaerostipes hadrus;


(xxxxvii) Akkermansia muciniphila, Roseburia inulinivorans, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, and Anaerostipes hadrus;


(xxxxviii) Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, Anaerostipes hadrus, Eubacterium hallii, Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, and Collinsella aerofaciens;


(xxxxix) Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, Anaerostipes hadrus, Eubacterium hallii, Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, and Blautia obeum;


(xxxxx) Akkermansia muciniphila, Ruminococcus gnavus, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, and Anaerostipes hadrus;


(xxxxxi) Akkermansia muciniphila, Gemmiger formicilis, Asacharobacter celatus, Collinsella aerofaciens, Alistipes putredinis, and Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens;


(xxxxxii) Akkermansia muciniphila, Monoglubus pectinilyticus, Bacteroides galacturonicus, Collinsella aerofaciens, Ruminococcus gnavus, and Dorea longicatena;


(xxxxxiii) Akkermansia muciniphila, Monoglubus pectinilyticus, Bacteroides galacturonicus, Collinsella aerofaciens, Ruminococcus torques, and Dorea longicatena; and/or,


(xxxxxiv) any combination of (i) to (xxxxxiii);


(b) any one of, or several of, or all of the following bacteria or a spore thereof (or a spore derived from): the genus Lachnospiraceae or the genus Eubacterium; or Eubacterium hallii; Faecalibacterium prausnitzii (ATCC-27768), Clostridium coccoides (ATCC-29236), Ruminococcus gnavus (ATCC-29149), Clostridium scindens (ATCC-35704), Akkermansia muciniphila (BAA-835), Enterococcus hirae (ATCC-9790), Bacteroides thetaiotamicron (ATCC-29148), Bacteroides caccae (ATCC-43185), Bifidobacterium breve (ATCC-15700), Bifidobacterium longum (ATCC BAA-999), Gemmiger formicilis (ATCC-27749), Eggerthella lenta (DSM-2243), Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens (DSM-27213), Alistipes indistinctus (DSM-22520) or Alistipes putredinis, Faecalibacterium prausnitzii (e.g., ATCC-27768), Dorea longicatena (e.g., DSM-13814), Ruminococcus torques (e.g., ATCC-27756), Roseburia inulinivorans (e.g., DSM-16841), Coprococcus comes (e.g., ATCC-27758), Eubacterium hallii (e.g., ATCC-27751), Bacteroides galacturonicus (e.g., ATCC-43244), Collinsella aerofaciens (e.g., ATCC-25986), Anaerostipes hadrus (e.g., ATCC-29173), Blautia obeum (e.g., ATCC-29174), Fusicatenibacter saccharivorans (e.g., DSM-26062), Lachnoclostridium sp. SNUG30099, Monoglobus pectinyliticus, Asaccharobacter celatus (e.g., DSM-18785), Ruminococcus bicirculans, Blautia hydrogenotrophica (e.g., DSM-10507), and Dorea formicigenerans (DSM-3992).


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein: the formulation comprises water, saline, a pharmaceutically acceptable preservative, a carrier, a buffer, a diluent, an adjuvant or a combination thereof.


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein: the formulation is administered orally or rectally, or is formulated as a liquid, a food, a gel, a candy, an ice, a lozenge, a tablet, pill or capsule, or a suppository or as an enema formulation, or for any form of intra-rectal or intra-colonic administration.


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein the formulation is administered to the subject in one, two, three, or four or more doses, and wherein the one, two, three, or four or more doses are administered on a daily basis (optionally once a day, bid or tid), every other day, every third day, or about once a week, and optionally the two, three, or four or more doses are administered at least a week apart (or dosages are separated by about a week).


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein: the formulation further comprises an antibiotic, or the method further comprises administration of an antibiotic, and optionally at least one dose of the antibiotic is administered before a first administration of the formulation, optionally at least one dose of the antibiotic is administered one day or two days, or more, before a first administration of the formulation.


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein: the inhibitor of the inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule comprises a protein or polypeptide that binds to an inhibitory immune checkpoint protein, and optionally inhibitor of the inhibitory immune checkpoint protein is an antibody or an antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to the inhibitory immune checkpoint protein. The inhibitor may also be small molecule.


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein the inhibitor of the inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule targets a compound or protein comprising: a CTLA4 or CTLA-4 (cytotoxic T-lymphocyte-associated protein 4, also known as CD152, or cluster of differentiation 152); Programmed cell Death protein 1, also known as PD-1 or CD279; Programmed Death-Ligand 1 (PD-L1), also known as cluster of differentiation 274 (CD274) or B7 homolog 1 (B7-H1)); PD-L2; A2AR (adenosine A2A receptor, also known as ADORA2A); B7-H3; B7-H4; BTLA (B- and T-lymphocyte attenuator protein); KIR (Killer-cell Immunoglobulin-like Receptor); IDO (Indoleamine-pyrrole 2,3-dioxygenase); LAG3 (Lymphocyte-Activation Gene 3 protein); TIM-3; VISTA (V-domain Ig suppressor of T cell activation protein); or any combination thereof.


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein: the inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule comprises: ipilimumab or YERVOY®; pembrolizumab or KEYTRUDA®; nivolumab or OPDIVO®; atezolizumab or TECENTRIP®; avelumab or BAVENCIO®; durvalumab or IMFINZI®; AMP-224 (MedImmune), AMP-514 (an anti-programmed cell death 1 (PD-1) monoclonal antibody (mAb) (MedImmune)), PDR001 (a humanized mAb that targets PD-1), STI-A1110 or STI-A1010 (Sorrento Therapeutics), BMS-936559 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), BMS-986016 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), TSR-042 (Tesaro), JNJ-61610588 (Janssen Research & Development), MSB-0020718C, AUR-012, enoblituzumab (also known as MGA271) (MacroGenics, Inc.), MBG453, LAG525 (Novartis), BMS-986015 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), or any combination thereof.


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein the activator of effector T cells or co-stimulatory checkpoint molecule comprises a protein or polypeptide that binds to an inhibitory immune checkpoint protein, and optionally inhibitor of the inhibitory immune checkpoint protein is an antibody or an antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to the inhibitory immune checkpoint protein. The inhibitor may also be small molecule.


In alternative embodiments, the anticancer agent is an immune checkpoint inhibitor, a targeted antibody immunotherapy, a CAR-T cell therapy, an oncolytic virus, or a cytostatic drug, or any combination thereof.


In alternative embodiments, the anti-cancer agent comprises any one of or a combination of: Yervoy (ipilimumab, BMS); Keytruda (pembrolizumab, Merck); Opdivo (nivolumab, BMS); MEDI4736 (AZ/MedImmune); MPDL3280A (Roche/Genentech); Tremelimumab (AZ/MedImmune); CT-011 (pidilizumab, CureTech); BMS-986015 (lirilumab, BMS); MEDI0680 (AZ/MedImmune); MSB-0010718C (Merck); PF-05082566 (Pfizer); MEDI6469 (AZ/MedImmune); BMS-986016 (BMS); BMS-663513 (urelumab, BMS); IMP321 (Prima Biomed); LAG525 (Novartis); ARGX-110 (arGEN-X); PF-05082466 (Pfizer); CDX-1127 (varlilumab; CellDex Therapeutics); TRX-518 (GITR Inc.); MK-4166 (Merck); JTX-2011 (Jounce Therapeutics); ARGX-115 (arGEN-X); NLG-9189 (indoximod, NewLink Genetics); INCB024360 (Incyte); IPH2201 (Innate Immotherapeutics/AZ); NLG-919 (NewLink Genetics); anti-VISTA (JnJ, Janssen Research & Development); Epacadostat (INCB24360, Incyte); F001287 (Flexus/BMS); CP 870893 (University of Pennsylvania); MGA271 (Macrogenix); Emactuzumab (Roche/Genentech); Galunisertib (Eli Lilly); Ulocuplumab (BMS); BKT140/BL8040 (Biokine Therapeutics); Bavituximab (Peregrine Pharmaceuticals); CC 90002 (Celgene); 852A (Pfizer); VTX-2337 (VentiRx Pharmaceuticals); IMO-2055 (Hybridon, Idera Pharmaceuticals); LY2157299 (Eli Lilly); EW-7197 (Ewha Women's University, Korea); Vemurafenib (Plexxikon); Dabrafenib (Genentech/GSK); BMS-777607 (BMS); BLZ945 (Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Centre); Unituxin (dinutuximab, United Therapeutics Corporation); Blincyto (blinatumomab, Amgen); Cyramza (ramucirumab, Eli Lilly); Gazyva (obinutuzumab, Roche/Biogen); Kadcyla (ado-trastuzumab emtansine, Roche/Genentech); Perj eta (pertuzumab, Roche/Genentech); Adcetris (brentuximab vedotin, Takeda/Millennium); Arzerra (ofatumumab, GSK); Vectibix (panitumumab, Amgen); Avastin (bevacizumab, Roche/Genentech); Erbitux (cetuximab, BMS/Merck); Bexxar (tositumomab-I131, GSK); Zevalin (ibritumomab tiuxetan, Biogen); Campath (alemtuzumab, Bayer); Mylotarg (gemtuzumab ozogamicin, Pfizer); Herceptin (trastuzumab, Roche/Genentech); Rituxan (rituximab, Genentech/Biogen); volociximab (Abbvie); Enavatuzumab (Abbvie); ABT-414 (Abbvie); Elotuzumab (Abbvie/BMS); ALX-0141 (Ablynx); Ozaralizumab (Ablynx); Actimab-C (Actinium); Actimab-P (Actinium); Milatuzumab-dox (Actinium); Emab-SN-38 (Actinium); Naptumonmab estafenatox (Active Biotech); AFM13 (Affimed); AFM11 (Affimed); AGS-16C3F (Agensys); AGS-16M8F (Agensys); AGS-22ME (Agensys); AGS-15ME (Agensys); GS-67E (Agensys); ALXN6000 (samalizumab, Alexion); ALT-836 (Altor Bioscience); ALT-801 (Altor Bioscience); ALT-803 (Altor Bioscience); AMG780 (Amgen); AMG 228 (Amgen); AMG820 (Amgen); AMG172 (Amgen); AMG595 (Amgen); AMG110 (Amgen); AMG232 (adecatumumab, Amgen); AMG211 (Amgen/MedImmune); BAY20-10112 (Amgen/Bayer); Rilotumumab (Amgen); Denosumab (Amgen); AMP-514 (Amgen); MEDI575 (AZ/MedImmune); MEDI3617 (AZ/MedImmune); MEDI6383 (AZ/MedImmune); MEDI551 (AZ/MedImmune); Moxetumomab pasudotox (AZ/MedImmune); MEDI565 (AZ/MedImmune); MEDI0639 (AZ/MedImmune); MEDI0680 (AZ/MedImmune); MEDI562 (AZ/MedImmune); AV-380 (AVEO); AV203 (AVEO); AV299 (AVEO); BAY79-4620 (Bayer); Anetumab ravtansine (Bayer); vantictumab (Bayer); BAY94-9343 (Bayer); Sibrotuzumab (Boehringer Ingleheim); BI-836845 (Boehringer Ingleheim); B-701 (BioClin); BIIB015 (Biogen); Obinutuzumab (Biogen/Genentech); BI-505 (Bioinvent); BI-1206 (Bioinvent); TB-403 (Bioinvent); BT-062 (Biotest) BIL-010t (Biosceptre); MDX-1203 (BMS); MDX-1204 (BMS); Necitumumab (BMS); CAN-4 (Cantargia AB); CDX-011 (Celldex); CDX1401 (Celldex); CDX301 (Celldex); U3-1565 (Daiichi Sankyo); patritumab (Daiichi Sankyo); tigatuzumab (Daiichi Sankyo); nimotuzumab (Daiichi Sankyo); DS-8895 (Daiichi Sankyo); DS-8873 (Daiichi Sankyo); DS-5573 (Daiichi Sankyo); MORab-004 (Eisai); MORab-009 (Eisai); MORab-003 (Eisai); MORab-066 (Eisai); LY3012207 (Eli Lilly); LY2875358 (Eli Lilly); LY2812176 (Eli Lilly); LY3012217 (Eli Lilly); LY2495655 (Eli Lilly); LY3012212 (Eli Lilly); LY3012211 (Eli Lilly); LY3009806 (Eli Lilly); cixutumumab (Eli Lilly); Flanvotumab (Eli Lilly); IMC-TR1 (Eli Lilly); Ramucirumab (Eli Lilly); Tabalumab (Eli Lilly); Zanolimumab (Emergent Biosolution); FG-3019 (FibroGen); FPA008 (Five Prime Therapeutics); FP-1039 (Five Prime Therapeutics); FPA144 (Five Prime Therapeutics); catumaxomab (Fresenius Biotech); IMAB362 (Ganymed); IMAB027 (Ganymed); HuMax-CD74 (Genmab); HuMax-TFADC (Genmab); GS-5745 (Gilead); GS-6624 (Gilead); OMP-21M18 (demcizumab, GSK); mapatumumab (GSK); IMGN289 (ImmunoGen); IMGN901 (ImmunoGen); IMGN853 (ImmunoGen); IMGN529 (ImmunoGen); IMMU-130 (Immunomedics); milatuzumab-dox (Immunomedics); IMMU-115 (Immunomedics); IMMU-132 (Immunomedics); IMMU-106 (Immunomedics); IMMU-102 (Immunomedics); Epratuzumab (Immunomedics); Clivatuzumab (Immunomedics); IPH41 (Innate Immunotherapeutics); Daratumumab (Janssen/Genmab); CNTO-95 (Intetumumab, Janssen); CNTO-328 (siltuximab, Janssen); KB004 (KaloBios); mogamulizumab (Kyowa Hakko Kirrin); KW-2871 (ecromeximab, Life Science); Sonepcizumab (Lpath); Margetuximab (Macrogenics); Enoblituzumab (Macrogenics); MGD006 (Macrogenics); MGF007 (Macrogenics); MK-0646 (dalotuzumab, Merck); MK-3475 (Merck); Sym004 (Symphogen/Merck Serono); DI17E6 (Merck Serono); MOR208 (Morphosys); MOR202 (Morphosys); Xmab5574 (Morphosys); BPC-1C (ensituximab, Precision Biologics); TAS266 (Novartis); LFA102 (Novartis); BHQ880 (Novartis/Morphosys); QGE031 (Novartis); HCD122 (lucatumumab, Novartis); LJM716 (Novartis); AT355 (Novartis); OMP-21M18 (Demcizumab, OncoMed); OMP52M51 (Oncomed/GSK); OMP-59R5 (Oncomed/GSK); vantictumab (Oncomed/Bayer); CMC-544 (inotuzumab ozogamicin, Pfizer); PF-03446962 (Pfizer); PF-04856884 (Pfizer); PSMA-ADC (Progenies); REGN1400 (Regeneron); REGN910 (nesvacumab, Regeneron/Sanofi); REGN421 (enoticumab, Regeneron/Sanofi); RG7221, RG7356, RG7155, RG7444, RG7116, RG7458, RG7598, RG7599, RG7600, RG7636, RG7450, RG7593, RG7596, DCDS3410A, RG7414 (parsatuzumab), RG7160 (imgatuzumab), RG7159 (obintuzumab), RG7686, RG3638 (onartuzumab), RG7597 (Roche/Genentech); SAR307746 (Sanofi); SAR566658 (Sanofi); SAR650984 (Sanofi); SAR153192 (Sanofi); SAR3419 (Sanofi); SAR256212 (Sanofi), SGN-LIV1A (lintuzumab, Seattle Genetics); SGN-CD33A (Seattle Genetics); SGN-75 (vorsetuzumab mafodotin, Seattle Genetics); SGN-19A (Seattle Genetics) SGN-CD70A (Seattle Genetics); SEA-CD40 (Seattle Genetics); ibritumomab tiuxetan (Spectrum); MLN0264 (Takeda); ganitumab (Takeda/Amgen); CEP-37250 (Teva); TB-403 (Thrombogenic); VB4-845 (Viventia); Xmab2512 (Xencor); Xmab5574 (Xencor); nimotuzumab (YM Biosciences); Carlumab (Janssen); NY-ESO TCR (Adaptimmune); MAGE-A-10 TCR (Adaptimmune); CTL019 (Novartis); JCAR015 (Juno Therapeutics); KTE-C19 CAR (Kite Pharma); UCART19 (Cellectis); BPX-401 (Bellicum Pharmaceuticals); BPX-601 (Bellicum Pharmaceuticals); ATTCK20 (Unum Therapeutics); CAR-NKG2D (Celyad); Onyx-015 (Onyx Pharmaceuticals); H101 (Shanghai Sunwaybio); DNX-2401 (DNAtrix); VCN-01 (VCN Biosciences); Colo-Adl (PsiOxus Therapeutics); ProstAtak (Advantagene); Oncos-102 (Oncos Therapeutics); CG0070 (Cold Genesys); Pexa-vac (JX-594, Jennerex Biotherapeutics); GL-ONC1 (Genelux); T-VEC (Amgen); G207 (Medigene); HF10 (Takara Bio); SEPREHVIR (HSV1716, Virttu Biologics); OrienX010 (OrienGene Biotechnology); Reolysin (Oncolytics Biotech); SVV-001 (Neotropix); Cacatak (CVA21, Viralytics); Alimta (Eli Lilly), cisplatin, oxaliplatin, irinotecan, folinic acid, methotrexate, cyclophosphamide, 5-fluorouracil, Zykadia (Novartis), Tafinlar (GSK), Xalkori (Pfizer), Iressa (AZ), Gilotrif (Boehringer Ingelheim), Tarceva (Astellas Pharma), Halaven (Eisai Pharma), Veliparib (Abbvie), AZD9291 (AZ), Alectinib (Chugai), LDK378 (Novartis), Genetespib (Synta Pharma), Tergenpumatucel-L (NewLink Genetics), GV1001 (Kael-GemVax), Tivantinib (ArQule); Cytoxan (BMS); Oncovin (Eli Lilly); Adriamycin (Pfizer); Gemzar (Eli Lilly); Xeloda (Roche); Ixempra (BMS); Abraxane (Celgene); Trelstar (Debiopharm); Taxotere (Sanofi); Nexavar (Bayer); IMMU-132 (Immunomedics); E7449 (Eisai); Thermodox (Celsion); Cometriq (Exellxis); Lonsurf (Taiho Pharmaceuticals); Camptosar (Pfizer); UFT (Taiho Pharmaceuticals); and/or TS-1 (Taiho Pharmaceuticals).


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein the activator of effector T cells, or co-stimulatory checkpoint molecule, comprises a compound or protein comprising: a CD137 (tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 9 (TNFRSF9), also known as 4-1BB); OX40 (tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily, member 4 (TNFRSF4), also known as CD134 and OX40 receptor); GITR (glucocorticoid-induced TNF receptor); CD27 (member of tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily); CD28 (cluster of differentiation 28); ICOS (inducible T-cell co-stimulator); or any combination thereof.


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein, the methods comprise use of an engineered (recombinantly engineered) cell comprising a multi-component chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) signaling polypeptide, for example, a CAR-T cells, wherein optionally the T cell, or the CAR-T cell, has been modified using CRISPR based or related technology, and wherein optionally the signaling polypeptide comprises: 1) an extracellular protein interaction domain and 2) an intracellular T cell receptor (TCR) signaling domain. In some embodiments, the extracellular protein interaction domain is a leucine zipper domain. In some embodiments, the leucine zipper domain is BZip (RR) or AZip (EE). In some embodiments, the protein interaction domain is a PSD95-Dlgl-zo-1 (PDZ) domain. In some embodiments, the extracellular protein interaction domain is streptavidin or streptavidin binding protein (SBP). In some embodiments, the extracellular protein interaction domain is FKBP-binding domain of mTOR (FRB) or FK506 binding protein (FKBP). In some embodiments, the extracellular protein interaction domain is PYL or ABI. In some embodiments, the protein interaction domain is a nucleotide tag or a zinc finger domain. In some embodiments, the nucleotide tag is a DNA tag. In some embodiments, the DNA tag is a dsDNA tag. In some embodiments, the protein interaction domain is a zinc finger domain. In some embodiments, the signaling polypeptide is present on the membrane of the cell. In some embodiments, the cell is a T cell, NK cell, or NKT cell. In some embodiments, the cell is a T cell. In some embodiments, the intracellular TCR signaling domain is a signaling domain derived from any one or a combination of the proteins: TCR FcRy, FcRp, CD3y, CD35, CD3s, CD3C, CD22, CD79a, CD79b, CD66d, CARD11, CD2, CD7, CD27, CD28, CD30, CD40, CD54 (ICAM), CD83, CD134 (OX40), CD137 (4-1BB), CD 150 (SLAMF1), CD 152 (CTLA4), CD223 (LAG3), CD270 (HVEM), CD273 (PD-L2), CD274 (PD-L1), CD278 (ICOS), DAPIO, LAT, NKD2C SLP76, TRIM, ZAP70, and/or 4 IBB. In some embodiments, the signaling polypeptide further comprises a secondary protein interaction domain that specifically binds with the protein interaction domain of the second recognition polypeptide. In some embodiments, the cell further comprises a second multi-component CAR signaling peptide according to any of the embodiments as provided herein.


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein, the methods comprise use of an engineered (recombinantly engineered) cell (e.g., immune cells or lymphocytes such as B cells or T cells) comprising a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR), for example, an engineered antigen receptor in a B cell, or an engineered T cell receptor (TCR) in a T cell, such as for example a CAR-T cell, wherein optionally the immune cell or lymphocyte, e.g., B cell or T cell, e.g., a CAR-T cell, has been modified using CRISPR based or related technology. In alternative embodiments, the CRISPR engineered (recombinantly engineered) cells, or the engineered (recombinantly engineered) lymphocyte, e.g., T cell (or CAR-T cell), is made by any method known in the art, for example as described in: U.S. Pat. No. 9,890,393 (also published as WO2014/191128), which describes use of RNA-guided endonucleases, in particular a Cas9/CRISPR system, to specifically target a selection of key genes in T-cells, and where these engineered T-cells express chimeric antigen receptors (CAR) to redirect their immune activity towards malignant or infected cells; or U.S. Pat. No. 9,993,502, describing making and using cells with CARs; or U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 20180258149 A1; U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 20180187149 A1, describing making and using engineered cells having chimeric antigen receptor polypeptides directed to at least two targets; or U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 20180186878 A1, describing making and using immune cells encoding chimeric receptors to treat or prevent cancer; or U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 20180162939 A1, describing making and using cells with CARs for treating autoimmune diseases, asthma, and preventing or mediating organ rejection; or U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 20180112213 A1, describing making and using CRISPR/Cas-related compositions and methods which provide for efficient gene editing of eukaryotic cells using modified gRNAs; or U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 20180100026 A1, describing making and using cell with CARs having switches for regulating the activity of a chimeric antigen receptor effector cells (CAR-ECs); or U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 20170334968 A1, describing making and using cells with CARs to target cancer cells.


Alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein comprise use of adoptive cell transfer of tumor antigen-specific central memory T (Tcm) cells, which are administered to a subject in need thereof, optionally followed by vaccination of the subject with a recombinant oncolytic virus (OV) vaccine expressing the same antigen targeted by the adoptive cell transfer (ACT) T cells to induce cancer destruction and elimination. In alternative embodiments, the ACT T cells are genetically modified to express one or more recombinant T cell receptors (TCR) or chimeric antigen receptor s (CAR) specific for the tumor antigen. In some embodiments, the ACT T cells are autologous T cells derived from the subject to be treated. In alternative embodiments, the combination therapy does not comprise a step wherein the subject is immunodepleted. In alternative embodiments, the term “mammal” refers to humans as well as non-human mammals and the term “adoptive cell transfer” is meant to encompass infusion of a cell product produced by ex vivo culture of lymphocytes extracted from either peripheral blood or tumor tissue samples.


Alternative embodiments of the methods as provided herein for generating tumor antigen-specific central memory CD8+ T cells comprise a step of ex vivo cell culture comprising culturing lymphocytes from PBMCs or TILs in the presence of a tumor antigen, an antigen presenting cell such as a dendritic cell, IL21, IL15, and rapamycin and preferably in the absence of IL2. In alternative embodiments, CD25+ cells (regulatory T cells and activated T and B cells) are removed from the PBMCs prior to culture. The tumor antigen may, for example be a tumor-associated antigen (TAA), a substance produced in tumor cells that triggers an immune response in a mammal. In some embodiments, the tumor antigen is a self-antigen. In other embodiments, the tumor antigen is a tumor-specific antigen that is unique to the tumor and not expressed in normal cells or expressed in very low amounts in normal cells (e.g. neo-antigen).


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein: the inhibitor of the inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule, or the stimulatory immune checkpoint molecule, is administered by: intravenous (IV) injection, intramuscular (IM) injection, intratumoral injection or subcutaneous injection; or, is administered orally or by suppository; or the formulation further comprises at least one immune checkpoint inhibitor.


In alternative embodiments of the methods provided herein: the cancer is advanced melanoma, non-small-cell lung cancer or renal cell carcinoma.


In some embodiments, the cancer is any one of: acute nonlymphocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, acute granulocytic leukemia, chronic granulocytic leukemia, acute promyelocytic leukemia, adult T-cell leukemia, aleukemic leukemia, a leukocythemic leukemia, basophilic leukemia, blast cell leukemia, bovine leukemia, chronic myelocytic leukemia, leukemia cutis, embryonal leukemia, eosinophilic leukemia, Gross' leukemia, Rieder cell leukemia, Schilling's leukemia, stem cell leukemia, subleukemic leukemia, undifferentiated cell leukemia, hairy-cell leukemia, hemoblastic leukemia, hemocytoblastic leukemia, histiocytic leukemia, stem cell leukemia, acute monocytic leukemia, leukopenic leukemia, lymphatic leukemia, lymphoblastic leukemia, lymphocytic leukemia, lymphogenous leukemia, lymphoid leukemia, lymphosarcoma cell leukemia, mast cell leukemia, megakaryocytic leukemia, micromyeloblastic leukemia, monocytic leukemia, myeloblastic leukemia, myelocytic leukemia, myeloid granulocytic leukemia, myelomonocytic leukemia, Naegeli leukemia, plasma cell leukemia, plasmacytic leukemia, promyelocytic leukemia, acinar carcinoma, acinous carcinoma, adenocystic carcinoma, adenoid cystic carcinoma, carcinoma adenomatosum, carcinoma of adrenal cortex, alveolar carcinoma, alveolar cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, carcinoma basocellulare, basaloid carcinoma, basosquamous cell carcinoma, bronchioalveolar carcinoma, bronchiolar carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, cerebriform carcinoma, cholangiocellular carcinoma, chorionic carcinoma, colloid carcinoma, comedo carcinoma, corpus carcinoma, cribriform carcinoma, carcinoma en cuirasse, carcinoma cutaneum, cylindrical carcinoma, cylindrical cell carcinoma, duct carcinoma, carcinoma durum, embryonal carcinoma, encephaloid carcinoma, epiennoid carcinoma, carcinoma epitheliale adenoides, exophytic carcinoma, carcinoma ex ulcere, carcinoma fibrosum, gelatiniform carcinoma, gelatinous carcinoma, giant cell carcinoma, signet-ring cell carcinoma, carcinoma simplex, small-cell carcinoma, solanoid carcinoma, spheroidal cell carcinoma, spindle cell carcinoma, carcinoma spongiosum, squamous carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, string carcinoma, carcinoma telangiectaticum, carcinoma telangiectodes, transitional cell carcinoma, carcinoma tuberosum, tuberous carcinoma, verrucous carcinoma, carcinoma villosum, carcinoma gigantocellulare, glandular carcinoma, granulosa cell carcinoma, hair-matrix carcinoma, hematoid carcinoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, Hurthle cell carcinoma, hyaline carcinoma, hypernephroid carcinoma, infantile embryonal carcinoma, carcinoma in situ, intraepidermal carcinoma, intraepithelial carcinoma, Krompecher's carcinoma, Kulchitzky-cell carcinoma, large-cell carcinoma, lenticular carcinoma, carcinoma lenticulare, lipomatous carcinoma, lymphoepithelial carcinoma, carcinoma medullare, medullary carcinoma, melanotic carcinoma, carcinoma molle, mucinous carcinoma, carcinoma muciparum, carcinoma mucocellulare, mucoepidermoid carcinoma, carcinoma mucosum, mucous carcinoma, carcinoma myxomatodes, naspharyngeal carcinoma, oat cell carcinoma, carcinoma ossificans, osteoid carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, periportal carcinoma, preinvasive carcinoma, prickle cell carcinoma, pultaceous carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma of kidney, reserve cell carcinoma, carcinoma sarcomatodes, schneiderian carcinoma, scirrhous carcinoma, carcinoma scroti, chondrosarcoma, fibrosarcoma, lymphosarcoma, melanosarcoma, myxosarcoma, osteosarcoma, endometrial sarcoma, stromal sarcoma, Ewing's sarcoma, fascial sarcoma, fibroblastic sarcoma, giant cell sarcoma, Abemethy's sarcoma, adipose sarcoma, liposarcoma, alveolar soft part sarcoma, ameloblastic sarcoma, botryoid sarcoma, chloroma sarcoma, chorio carcinoma, embryonal sarcoma, Wilms' tumor sarcoma, granulocytic sarcoma, Hodgkin's sarcoma, idiopathic multiple pigmented hemorrhagic sarcoma, immunoblastic sarcoma of B cells, lymphoma, immunoblastic sarcoma of T-cells, Jensen's sarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, Kupffer cell sarcoma, angiosarcoma, leukosarcoma, malignant mesenchymoma sarcoma, parosteal sarcoma, reticulocytic sarcoma, Rous sarcoma, serocystic sarcoma, synovial sarcoma, telangiectaltic sarcoma, Hodgkin's Disease, Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma, multiple myeloma, neuroblastoma, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, rhabdomyosarcoma, primary thrombocytosis, primary macroglobulinemia, small-cell lung tumors, primary brain tumors, stomach cancer, colon cancer, malignant pancreatic insulanoma, malignant carcinoid, premalignant skin lesions, testicular cancer, lymphomas, thyroid cancer, neuroblastoma, esophageal cancer, genitourinary tract cancer, malignant hypercalcemia, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer, adrenal cortical cancer, Harding-Passey melanoma, juvenile melanoma, lentigo maligna melanoma, malignant melanoma, acral-lentiginous melanoma, amelanotic melanoma, benign juvenile melanoma, Cloudman's melanoma, S91 melanoma, nodular melanoma subungal melanoma, and/or superficial spreading melanoma.


In alternative embodiments, methods as provided herein further comprise administering, or having administered, or delivering an ellagic acid and/or an ellagitannin, or a benzo-coumarin or a dibenzo-α-pyrone (optionally, an urolithin A, or any polycyclic aromatic compound containing a 1-benzopyran moiety with a ketone group at the C2 carbon atom, or a 1-benzopyran-2-one), wherein optionally the ellagic acid and/or the ellagitannin, or the benzo-coumarin or dibenzo-α-pyrone (or urolithin A) is delivered before administration of, simultaneously with, and/or after administration or delivery of the formulation.


In alternative embodiments, methods as provided herein further comprise administering, or having administered, or delivering, a genetically engineered cell, wherein optionally the genetically engineered cell is a lymphocyte, and optionally the genetically engineered cell expresses a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR), and optionally the lymphocyte is a B cell or a T cell (CAR-T cell), and optionally the lymphocyte is a tumor infiltrating lymphocyte (TIL), and optionally the genetically engineered cell is administered or delivered before administration of, simultaneously with, and/or after administration or delivery of the formulation.


In alternative embodiments, provided are formulations or pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least two different species or genera (or types) of non-pathogenic bacteria, wherein each of the non-pathogenic bacteria comprise (or are in the form of) a plurality of non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria, a plurality of non-pathogenic germinable non-pathogenic bacterial spores, or a combination thereof, and the formulation comprises at least one (or any one, several, or all of) non-pathogenic bacteria or spore of the family or genus (or class): Anerostipes, Eubacterium, Coprococcus, Blautia, Clostridiaceae, Faecalibacterium or Clostridium; Ruminococcaceae or Ruminococcus; Verrucomicrobiaceae or Akkermansia; Enterococcaceae or Enterococcus; Eggerthella; Eggerthellaceae or Gordonibacter; Bacteroidaceae or Bacteroides; Hyphomicrobiaceae or Gemmiger; Bifidobacterium, Alistipes, Dorea, Adlercreutzia, Senegalimassilia, Ellagibacter, Paraeggerthella, Slackia, Roseburia, Monoglobus, Asacharobacter, or a combination thereof.


In alternative embodiments, the formulations or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein comprise:


(a) bacteria of the genus Faecalibacterium, or comprise a bacterium of the species Faecalibacterium prausnitzii;


(b) bacteria from the genus Clostridium comprise Clostridium Cluster IV, Clostridium Cluster XIVa (also known as Lachnospiraceae), or of the species C. coccoides or C. scindens, or of the genus Eubacterium, or Eubacterium hallii, E. ramulus, or a combination thereof;


(c) bacteria of the genus Ruminococcus comprise a bacteria of the species Ruminococcus albus, R. bromii, R. callidus, R. flavefaciens, R. gauvreauii, R. gnavus R. lactaris, R. obeum or R. torques;


(d) bacteria of the genus Akkermansia comprise a bacteria of the species Akkermansia glycamphila or A. mucimphila;


(e) bacteria of the genus Enterococcus comprise a bacteria of the species Enterococcus alcedinis, E. aquimarinus, E. asini, E. avium, E. bulliens, E. caccae, E. camelliae, E. canintestini, E. canis, E. casseliflavus, E. cecorum, E. lactis, E. lemanii, or E. hirae, or any species of non-pathogenic Enterococcus found or capable of living in a human gut;


(f) bacteria of the genus Eggerthella comprise a bacteria of the species Eggerthella lenta;


(g) bacteria of the genus Gordonibacter comprise a bacteria of the species Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, or any species of non-pathogenic Gordonibacter found or capable of living in a human gut;


(h) bacteria of the genus Bacteroides comprise a bacteria of the species Bacteroides acidifaciens, B. caccae, or B. thetaiotamicron, or any species of non-pathogenic Bacteroides found or capable of living in a human gut;


(i) bacteria of the genus Gemmiger comprise a bacteria of the species Gemmiger formicilis;


(j) bacteria of the genus Bifidobacterium, comprise a bacteria of the species Bifidobacterium longum, B. bifidum, or B. brevis;


(j) bacteria of the genus Alistipes comprise a bacteria of the species Alistipes indistinctus;


(k) bacteria of the genus Dorea comprise a bacteria of the species Dorea formicigenerans, D. formicilis, or D. longicatena;


(l) bacteria of the genus Anerostipes comprise a bacteria of the species A. mucimphila;


(m) bacteria of the genus Eubacterium comprise a bacteria of the species E. hallii;


(n) bacteria of the genus Blautia comprise a bacteria of the species Blautia sp. SG-772; and/or


(o) bacteria of the genus Coprococcus comprise a bacteria of the species C. comes.


In alternative embodiments of the formulations or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein: the formulation or pharmaceutical composition comprises a combination of non-pathogenic bacteria or spores comprising one of (or at least one of, or a combination of) the following mixes:


(a) (i) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, and C. scindens;


(ii) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. mucimphila, and E. hirae;


(iii) E. lenta and G. urolithinfaciens;


(iv) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, and G. urolithinfaciens;


(v) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, B. thetaiotamicron, B. caccae, and G. formicilis;


(vi) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. indistinctus and D. formicigenerans; or


(vii) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, B. longum and B. breve;


(viii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens and Adlercreutzia equolifaciens;


(ix) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, and Senegalimassilia anaerobia;


(x) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, Senegalimassilia anaerobia, and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens;


(xi) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens;


(xii) Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, Senegalimassilia anaerobia and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens;


(xiii) Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, Senegalimassilia anaerobia, Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens and Collinsella aerofaciens;


(xiv) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, Senegalimassilia anaerobia, and Collinsella aerofaciens;


(xv) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, Senegalimassilia anaerobia, Collinsella aerofaciens and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens;


(xvi) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens;


(xvii) Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens;


(xviii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Paraeggerthella hongkongensis;


(ixx) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Paraeggerthella hongkongensis; Slackia isoflavoniconvertens, and Slackia equolifaciens;


(xx) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, and Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens;


(xxi) Eubacterium hallii;


(xxii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scinden, and Eubacterium hallii;


(xxiii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Eubacterium hallii;


(xxiv) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Akkermansia muciniphila, Enterococcus hirae, and Eubacterium hallii;


(xxv) Blautia massiliensis;


(xxvi) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, and Blautia massiliensis;


(xxvii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Blautia massiliensis;


(xxviii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Akkermansia muciniphila, Enterococcus hirae, and Blautia massiliensis;


(xxviv) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Blautia massiliensis, and Eubacterium hallii;


(xxx) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Akkermansia muciniphila, Enterococcus hirae, Blautia massiliensis, and Eubacterium hallii;


(xxxi) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Eubacterium hallii;


(xxxii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Eubacterium hallii and Blautia massiliensis;


(xxxiii) Akkermansia muciniphila, and Faecalibacterium prausnitzii;


(xxxiv) Eubacterium hallii, Dorea longicatena, and Blautia sp. SG-772;


(xxxv) Akkermansia muciniphila, Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Eubacterium hallii, Dorea longicatena, and Blautia sp. SG-772;


(xxxvi) Akkermansia muciniphila, Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, and Ruminococcus gnavus;


(xxxvii) Dorea longicatena, Dorea formicigenerans, Blautia sp. SG-772, Eubacterium hallii, Ruminococcus faecis, and Coprococcus comes;


(xxxxiii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, and Ruminococcus gnavus;


(xxxix) Ruminococcus gnavus, Eubacterium ramulus, and Gemmiger formililis;


(xxxx) Anaerostipes hadrus, Dorea formicigenerans, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, and Ruminococcus faecis;


(xxxxi) Anaerostipes hadrus, Dorea formicigenerans, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, Ruminococcus faecis and Ruminococcus gnavus;


(xxxxii) Anaerostipes hadrus, Dorea formicigenerans, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, Ruminococcus faecis and Akkermansia muciniphila;


(xxxxiii) Akkermansia muciniphila, Eubacterium ramulus, and Gemmiger formililis;


(xxxxiv) Akkermansia muciniphila, Ruminococcus gnavus, Ruminococcus torques, and Bifidobacterium bifidum;


(xxxxv) Akkermansia muciniphila, Ruminococcus gnavus, and Ruminococcus torques;


(xxxxvi) Akkermansia muciniphila, Ruminococcus torques, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, and Anaerostipes hadrus;


(xxxxvii) Akkermansia muciniphila, Roseburia inulinivorans, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, and Anaerostipes hadrus;


(xxxxviii) Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, Anaerostipes hadrus, Eubacterium hallii, Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, and Collinsella aerofaciens;


(xxxxix) Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, Anaerostipes hadrus, Eubacterium hallii, Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, and Blautia obeum;


(xxxxx) Akkermansia muciniphila, Ruminococcus gnavus, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, and Anaerostipes hadrus;


(xxxxxi) Akkermansia muciniphila, Gemmiger formicilis, Asacharobacter celatus, Collinsella aerofaciens, Alistipes putredinis, and Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens;


(xxxxxii) Akkermansia muciniphila, Monoglubus pectinilyticus, Bacteroides galacturonicus, Collinsella aerofaciens, Ruminococcus gnavus, and Dorea longicatena;


(xxxxxiii) Akkermansia muciniphila, Monoglubus pectinilyticus, Bacteroides galacturonicus, Collinsella aerofaciens, Ruminococcus torques, and Dorea longicatena; and/or,


(xxxxxiv) any combination of (i) to (xxxxxiii); or,


(b) any one of, or several of, or all of the following bacteria or spore thereof (or spore derived from): Faecalibacterium prausnitzii (ATCC-27768), Clostridium coccoides (ATCC-29236), Ruminococcus gnavus (ATCC-29149), Clostridium scindens (ATCC-35704), Akkermansia muciniphila (BAA-835), Enterococcus hirae (ATCC-9790), Bacteroides thetaiotamicron (ATCC-29148), Bacteroides caccae (ATCC-43185), Bifidobacterium breve (ATCC-15700), Bifidobacterium longum (ATCC BAA-999) and Gemmiger formicilis (ATCC-27749). Eggerthella lenta (DSM-2243), Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens (DSM-27213), Alistipes indistinctus (DSM-22520) and Dorea formicigenerans (DSM-3992).


In alternative embodiments of the formulations or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein: the formulation or pharmaceutical composition comprises an inner core surrounded by an outer layer of polymeric material enveloping the inner core, wherein the non-pathogenic bacteria or the non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores are substantially in the inner core, and optionally the polymeric material comprises a natural polymeric material.


In alternative embodiments of the formulations or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein: the plurality of non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria are substantially dormant colony forming live bacteria, or the plurality of non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria or the plurality of non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores are lyophilized, wherein optionally the non-pathogenic dormant colony forming live bacteria comprise live vegetative bacterial cells that have been rendered dormant by lyophilization or freeze drying.


In alternative embodiments of the formulations or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein: the formulation comprises at least about 1×104 colony forming units (CFUs), or between about 1×101 and 1×1013 CFUs, 1×101 and 1×1012 CFUs, 1×101 and 1×1011 CFUs, 1×101 and 1×1010 CFUs, 1×101 and 1×109 CFUs, 1×101 and 1×108 CFUs, 1×102 and 1×108 CFUs, 1×103 and 1×107 CFUs, or 1×104 and 1×106 CFUs, of live non-pathogenic bacteria and/or non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores, or any combination thereof.


In alternative embodiments of the formulations or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein: the formulation or pharmaceutical composition comprises water, saline, a pharmaceutically acceptable preservative, a carrier, a buffer, a diluent, an adjuvant or a combination thereof.


In alternative embodiments of the formulations or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein: the formulation or pharmaceutical composition is formulated for administration orally or rectally, or is formulated as a liquid, a food, a gel, a geltab, a candy, a lozenge, a tablet, pill or capsule, or a suppository.


In alternative embodiments of the formulations or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein: the formulation or pharmaceutical composition further comprises: a biofilm disrupting or dissolving agent, an antibiotic, a benzo-coumarin or a dibenzo-α-pyrone (optionally, an urolithin A, or any polycyclic aromatic compound containing a 1-benzopyran moiety with a ketone group at the C2 carbon atom, or a 1-benzopyran-2-one), an ellagic acid and/or an ellagitannin, an inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule and/or a stimulatory immune checkpoint molecule (or any composition for use in checkpoint blockade immunotherapy).


In alternative embodiments of the formulations or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein: the inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule comprises a protein or polypeptide that binds to an inhibitory immune checkpoint protein, and optionally the inhibitor of the inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule is an antibody or an antigen binding fragment thereof that binds to an inhibitory immune checkpoint protein.


In alternative embodiments of the formulations or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein: the inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule targets a compound or protein comprising: CTLA4 or CTLA-4 (cytotoxic T-lymphocyte-associated protein 4, also known as CD152, or cluster of differentiation 152); Programmed cell Death protein 1, also known as PD-1 or CD279; Programmed Death-Ligand 1 (PD-L1), also known as cluster of differentiation 274 (CD274) or B7 homolog 1 (B7-H1)); PD-L2; A2AR (adenosine A2A receptor, also known as ADORA2A); B7-H3; B7-H4; BTLA (B- and T-lymphocyte attenuator protein); KIR (Killer-cell Immunoglobulin-like Receptor); IDO (Indoleamine-pyrrole 2,3-dioxygenase); LAG3 (Lymphocyte-Activation Gene 3 protein); TIM-3; VISTA (V-domain Ig suppressor of T cell activation protein) or any combination thereof.


In alternative embodiments of the formulations or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein: the inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule comprises: ipilimumab or YERVOY®; pembrolizumab or KEYTRUDA®; nivolumab or OPDIVO®; atezolizumab or TECENTRIP®; avelumab or BAVENCIO®; durvalumab or IMFINZI®; AMP-224 (MedImmune), AMP-514 (an anti-programmed cell death 1 (PD-1) monoclonal antibody (mAb) (MedImmune)), PDR001 (a humanized mAb that targets PD-1), STI-A1110 or STI-A1010 (Sorrento Therapeutics), BMS-936559 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), BMS-986016 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), TSR-042 (Tesaro), JNJ-61610588 (Janssen Research & Development), MSB-0020718C, AUR-012, enoblituzumab (also known as MGA271) (MacroGenics, Inc.), MBG453, LAG525 (Novartis), BMS-986015 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), or any combination thereof.


In alternative embodiments of the formulations or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein: the stimulatory immune checkpoint molecule comprises a member of the tumor necrosis factor (TNF) receptor superfamily, optionally CD27, CD40, OX40, GlTR (a glucocorticoid-induced TNFR family Related gene protein) or CD137, or comprises a member of the B7-CD28 superfamily, optionally CD28 or Inducible T-cell co-stimulator (ICOS).


In alternative embodiments, provided are kits or products of manufacture comprising a formulation or pharmaceutical composition as provided herein, wherein optionally the product of manufacture is an implant.


In alternative embodiments, provided are Uses of a formulation or pharmaceutical composition as provided herein, or a kit or product of manufacture as provided herein, for controlling, ameliorating or treating a cancer in an individual in need thereof.


In alternative embodiments, provided are Uses of a formulation as provided herein in the manufacture of a medicament for controlling, ameliorating or treating a cancer in an individual in need thereof.


In alternative embodiments, provided are formulations or pharmaceutical compositions as provided herein, or kits or products of manufacture as provided herein, for use in controlling, ameliorating or treating a cancer in an individual in need thereof. In alternative embodiments of the Use, kit, formulation or pharmaceutical composition as provided herein, the cancer is advanced melanoma, non-small-cell lung cancer or renal cell carcinoma.


The details of one or more exemplary embodiments of the invention are set forth in the accompanying drawings and the description below. Other features, objects, and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the description and drawings, and from the claims.


All publications, patents, patent applications cited herein are hereby expressly incorporated by reference for all purposes.





DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS

The drawings set forth herein are illustrative of exemplary embodiments provided herein and are not meant to limit the scope of the invention as encompassed by the claims.


Figures are described in detail herein.



FIG. 1 illustrates currently known metabolic pathways that convert ellagitannin and derived metabolites to urolithin A; letters represent the following enzymes: A) Ellagitannin hydrolase; B) Hexahydroxydiphenic acid lactonase or a spontaneous condensation reaction; C) Ellagic acid lactonohydrolase; D) Luteic acid decarboxylase; E) Urolithin M5 dehydroxylase; F) Urolithin M6 dehydroxylase; G) Urolithin C dehydroxylase (urolithin A forming); H) Urolithin M5 dehydroxylase (urolithin E forming); I) Urolithin E dehydroxylase; J) Urolithin M6 dehyroxylase (urolithin M7 forming); K) Urolithin M7 dehydroxylase; L) Urolithin M5 dehydroxylase (urolithin D forming); M) Urolithin D dehydroxylase; N) Urolithin C dehydroxylase (isourolithin A forming); O) Isourolithin A dehydroxylase; P) Urolithin B hydroxylase; and Q) Urolithin A dehydroxylase.



FIG. 2 illustrates a bar graph showing relative abundance of genera in each fecal sample from non-tumor mice: labels on each bar indicate timepoint:treatment. Timepoints 1-7 refer to days 0, 3, 7, 10, 14, 17, and 21, respectively; treatments are as follows: 1) Vehicle only; 2) ellagic acid (EA); 3) urolithin A (UA); 4) microbe mix 1; 5) microbe mix 2; 6) microbe mix 3+EA; 7) microbe mix 4+EA; 8) microbe mix 5; as discussed in detail in Example 4, below. Microbe Mix 3 consists of 10 ml each of E. lenta and G. urolithinfaciens cultures. Microbe Mix 4 consists of 3.3 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, and G. urolithinfaciens cultures. Combined microbial concentration in each mix is 1×109 cells/mL. 0.2 mL of the mixture was given in each dose. Ellagic acid was supplemented as 1.35 mg per dose.



FIG. 3 graphically illustrates data showing the efficacy of anti-CTLA-4 treatment in mice with CT26 cancer tumor graft, and supplemented with nutrients and/or microbial mixtures, including microbial mix 3 and ellagic acid, and microbial mix 4 (defined in the FIG. 2 legend) with ellagic acid, with or without addition of CTLA4; datapoints refer to tumor volume (mm3) at each day measurements were taken; as discussed in detail in Example 5, below.



FIG. 4, or Table 2, lists the microbe legend used to generate FIG. 2, where Table 2 indicates the bar color in order from top to bottom of the chart, and the taxonomic indicators are listed as kingdom, phylum, class, order, family, and genus; as discussed in detail in Example 4, below.



FIG. 5, lists the 16S rRNA analysis of fecal samples from mice (syngeneic mice with CT26 tumor) treated with vehicle, microbe mix 4 and ellagic acid and the anti-CTLA4 checkpoint inhibitor; taxonomic indicators are listed as class, discussed in detail in Example 6, below.



FIG. 6 graphically illustrates data from studies where mice inoculated with CT-26 colon cancer cells were treated with mix 4 and anti-CTLA4 therapy, the data showing that the anti-CTLA4 therapy with mix 4 (or “microbe mix 4”) had minimal tumor growth in contrast to the other groups, tumor volume is shown as a function of time since tumor inoculation, as described in Example 6, below.



FIG. 7 illustrates a plot summarizing data from a FACS analysis of whole blood obtained from the animals at the end of a study (as described in Example 6) that indicated that CD4 and CD8 T-lymphocyte activity are increased by treatment with a microbial cocktail 4 in conjunction with anti-CTLA4.



FIG. 8 graphically illustrates data from studies where mice inoculated with CT-26 colon cancer cells were treated with microbial mix 2, mix 5 and anti-CTLA4 therapy, the data showing that the anti-CTLA4 therapy with microbial mix 2 (or “mix D”) had minimal tumor growth in contrast to the other groups, tumor volume is shown as a function of time since tumor inoculation, as described in Example 6, below.



FIG. 9, lists the 16S rRNA analysis of fecal samples from mice treated with vehicle, microbe mix 2 and the anti-CTLA4 checkpoint inhibitor. Taxonomic indicators are listed as class, discussed in detail in Example 6, below.



FIG. 10, graphically shows the Principal Components Analysis (PCA) of the 16S RNA analysis of fecal samples collected from mice treated in FIG. 6 and FIG. 8, discussed in detail in Example 6, below.



FIG. 11 graphically illustrates exemplary flow cytometry analysis of peripheral blood samples from a patient undergoing immunotherapy are shown, as described in Example 7, below.



FIG. 12 graphically illustrates exemplary chromatograms from LCMS analysis of fecal samples producing urolithin A, as described in Example 17, below.



FIG. 13 graphically illustrates data from studies where mice inoculated with CT-26 colon cancer cells were treated with microbial mix 4 and prebiotic (ellagic acid) therapy, the data showing that the prebiotic therapy (ellagic acid) with microbial mix 4 had minimal tumor growth in contrast to the other groups, tumor volume is shown as a function of time since tumor inoculation, as described in Example 18, below



FIG. 14 graphically illustrates flow cytometry data from a immune-phenotyping of mice subjected to cancer receiving the different microbial treatments, where measurements were conducted on both peripheral blood and on the tumor itself, with stains for various cell surface markers, where final tumor volume is a function of CD3+ proportion in CD45 cells (left image) or CD4 to CD8 ratio in CD3+ cells (right image), as discussed in detail in Example 18, below.



FIG. 15 graphically illustrates a principal component analysis on metabolome profile from all samples at timepoint T7. Downward cones, Control; circles, Microbe; squares, Drug; and upward cones, Combo; as described in detail in Example 6, below FIG. 16 graphically illustrates data of concentrations of pterin and biopterin in mouse samples over time; in order from lightest to darkest lines and symbols, groups are indicated as follows: Control, Microbe, Drug, Combo; as described in detail in Example 6, below.



FIG. 17 graphically illustrates the 16S rRNA relative read abundance by time point for two genera, Eggerthella and Gordonibacter from mouse stool samples collected overtime. Microbe mix 4 contains organisms in both Eggerthella and Gordonibacter, and as expected, these genera have a non-zero read abundance at the 8-hour time point only when microbial cocktail 4 is administered; as discussed in detail in Example 25, below.



FIG. 18 graphically illustrates results from unsupervised clustering using t-SNE on the whole genome sequences from fecal samples obtained from 20 humans, 11 with cancer on in remission, and 9 healthy individuals. In the first cluster, deemed here as the “unhealthy” cluster, all but one of the humans have had cancer, while in the other “healthy” cluster, only two members have had cancer; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 19A-B graphically illustrate from the whole genome sequencing results differential abundance testing between healthy individuals and current or former cancer patients was performed for: FIG. 19AEubacterium hallii, and FIG. 19BBlautia massiliensis. The Mann-Whitney non-parametric ranksum test was applied to assess statistical significance; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 20 illustrates Table 17; as discussed in detail in Example 6, below.



FIG. 21 illustrates Table 18; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 22 graphically illustrates flow cytometry data from immune-phenotyping blood samples obtained from human subjects with and without cancer. The resulting gated percentages are plotted for different cell markers. P values are computed using the Mann-Whitney U test; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 23 graphically illustrates principal component analysis of flow cytometry data from immune-phenotyping blood samples obtained from human subjects with and without cancer. The first two principal components are plotted. The P value is computed using permutational multivariate analysis of variance (PERMANOVA); as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 24A-C graphically illustrate boxplots of the organisms that are statistically significantly depleted in the cancer population (p<0.01, Mann-Whitney U) in comparison to human subjects without cancer; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 25 graphically illustrates the fold change for each microbial species within human subjects with and without cancer is plotted against the inverse p-value (Mann-Whitney U). Organisms statistically significantly enriched in healthy samples appear at the top left of the plot; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 26 graphically illustrates the distance between the whole genome sequences from samples as calculated using the generalized Unifrac metric and principal coordinates analysis (PCoA) which was performed on the resulting distance matrix. A statistically significant difference (p=0.05, PERMANOVA) was observed between the cancer and healthy populations; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 27 graphically illustrates the distance between the whole genome sequences from samples as calculated using a Euclidean distance metric on scaled species-level read percentages, where PCA was performed on the data. A statistically significant difference (p=0.05, PERMANOVA) is observed between the cancer and healthy populations; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 28 graphically illustrates the 16S RNA OTU abundances for each treatment group and time point—with OTU's not shown captured in the Other category; as discussed in detail in Example 22, below.



FIG. 29 graphically illustrates tumor volumes for mice remaining alive (10 mice initially per group) 28 days post tumor inoculation; as discussed in detail in Example 22, below.



FIG. 30 graphically illustrates tumor volumes over time for mice treated with anti-PD1 alone or in conjunction with mix 2; as discussed in detail in Example 22, below.



FIG. 31 graphically illustrates flow cytometry data on mice 22 days post-inoculation and CD3+ percentage is displayed against tumor volume at day 28 post-inoculation; as discussed in detail in Example 22, below.



FIG. 32 graphically illustrates tumor volumes that were measured 28 days post inoculation and displayed by both pre-treatment and treatment groups; as discussed in detail in Example 22, below.



FIG. 33A-B graphically illustrates tumor volumes that were measured at multiple time points post-inoculation. Mean and standard error of the mean are displayed for each treatment group within water (FIG. 33A) and antibiotic (FIG. 33B) pre-treatment groups; as discussed in detail in Example, 22 below.



FIG. 34 graphically illustrates the distance between the whole genome sequences from samples as calculated using the generalized Unifrac metric and principal coordinates analysis (PCoA) which was performed on the resulting distance matrix. A statistically significant difference (p=0.05, PERMANOVA) was observed between the cancer and healthy populations; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 35 graphically illustrates the distance between the whole genome sequences from samples as calculated using a Euclidean distance metric on scaled species-level read percentages, where PCA was performed on the data. A statistically significant difference (p=0.05, PERMANOVA) is observed between the cancer and healthy populations; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 36 graphically illustrates a receiver operating characteristic curve wherein any samples above the shown threshold in the first principal component are marked as cancer.



FIG. 37 graphically illustrates the fold change for each microbial species within human subjects with and without cancer is plotted against the inverse p-value (Mann-Whitney U). Organisms statistically significantly enriched in healthy samples appear at the top left of the plot; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 38A-D graphically illustrates images of the gastrointestinal tract at day 21 for mice pre-treated with either water or antibiotics and treatments including vehicle, anti-CTLA-4, anti-CTLA-4 in combination with mix 4+ellagic acid and anti-CTLA-4 in combination with mix 2; as discussed in detail in Example 22, below.



FIG. 39 graphically illustrates Spearman correlations between immune cell populations and final tumor volume for all treatment groups and magnitude is plotted by GI location (small intestine, cecum and colon); as discussed in detail in Example 22, below.



FIG. 40 graphically illustrates the stastically significant correlation between final tumor volume for all treatment groups and the IA/IE (MHC II) immune cell populations in the colon for all treatment groups; as discussed in detail in Example 22, below.



FIG. 41A-D graphically illustrates flow cytometry gated percentages for CD11b+, CD3+, CD8-HLADR+ and FoxP3+ populations with respect to whether an organism is present in the microbiome above a certain threshold abundance; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 42 graphically illustrates a heatmap of the Spearman correlations calculated between each flow gate (CD11b+, CD3+, CD8-HLADR+ and FoxP3+) for humans and each organism in the gut whose mean abundance is greater than or equal to 0.0005; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 43 graphically illustrates flow cytometry data from immune-phenotyping 47 blood samples obtained from human subjects with and without cancer; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 44 graphically illustrates principal component analysis of flow cytometry data from immune-phenotyping blood samples obtained from human subjects with and without cancer. The first two principal components are plotted. The P value is computed using permutational multivariate analysis of variance (PERMANOVA); as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 45 graphically illustrates tumor volume distributions at day 19 after randomization for each treatment. The box denotes the 25th, 50th, and 75th percentiles of the data, and each point is a single mouse; as discussed in detail in Example 22, below.



FIG. 46 graphically illustrates tumor volumes that were measured at multiple time points post-inoculation. Mean and standard error of the mean are displayed for each treatment group within the antibiotic pre-treatment groups; as discussed in detail in Example, 22 below.



FIG. 47 graphically illustrates tumor volume distribution with and without Microbe Mix 2 being administered for each FMT donor. The box denotes the 25th, 50th, and 75th percentiles of the data, and each point is a single mouse; as discussed in detail in Example 22, below.



FIG. 48 graphically illustrates the mean tumor volume over time for mice receiving Microbe Mix 2 vs Vehicle for each fecal transplant donor. Error bars are standard error of the mean; as discussed in detail in Example 22, below.



FIG. 49 graphically illustrates the mean tumor volume over time for mice receiving Microbe Mix 2 vs Vehicle for each fecal transplant donor. Each dot denotes an individual mouse's tumor volume; as discussed in detail in Example, 22 below.



FIG. 50 graphically illustrates flow cytometry data from immune-phenotyping 73 blood samples obtained from human subjects with and without cancer. Statistical analysis was performed to find significantly different differences in immune markers between cancer and control sample cohorts, using a Mann Whitney U test and filtering for a false discovery rate of 0.05. Markers passing the FDR filter are plotted. The box denotes the 25th, 50th, and 75th percentiles of the data, and each point is a single sample; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 51 graphically illustrates principal component analysis of flow cytometry data from immune-phenotyping 73 blood samples obtained from human subjects with and without cancer. Principal component analysis is performed on the immune marker percentages and the first two components are plotted by stage of cancer. The P value is computed using permutational multivariate analysis of variance (PERMANOVA); as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 52 graphically illustrates a volano plot of the whole genome sequencing data performed on performed on fecal samples from subjects with and without cancer where the reads are classified and abundance of each species or strain is estimated computationally. The fold change difference and statistical significance (inverse p value, Mann Whitney U test) was calculated for abundances between cancer and control sample cohorts. Each point is a microbial species or strain, and the area of each point corresponds to the average abundance of that organism in control samples; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 53 graphically the results of a statistical analysis performed to find significantly significant correlations between immune markers and organisms, using a Spearman correlation and p value and filtering for a false discovery rate of 0.15. The ratio of the number of statistically significant correlations discovered to the total number of organisms considered for each family is plotted. A higher value indicates bacterial families that contain species that are more likely to be significantly correlated to the immune system; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 54 graphically illustrates the results of a statistical analysis performed to find significantly significant correlations between immune markers and organisms, using a Spearman correlation and p value and filtering for a false discovery rate of 0.15. The number of statistically significant correlations for each immune marker is plotted, as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 55 graphically illustrates the results of a principal component analysis performed on centered-log-ratio transformed abundances from whole genome sequencing data, and the first two principal coordinates are plotted for cancer and control sample cohorts; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 56 graphically illustrates the results of a principal component analysis performed on centered-log-ratio transformed abundances from whole genome sequencing data, and the first two principal coordinates are plotted for cancer and control sample cohorts. Points corresponding to longitudinal samples from the same subject are connected, with darker points corresponding to later samples; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 57 graphically illustrates the results of a principal component analysis performed on untargeted metabolomics data from plasma and fecal samples for cancer and control sample cohorts. The first two principal coordinates are plotted; as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 58 graphically illustrates the results of a statistical analysis to find differentially abundant organisms between cancer and control sample cohorts. Whole genome sequencing is performed on fecal samples from subject with and without cancer and the reads are classified and abundance of each species or strain is estimated computationally. The fold change difference and statistical significance (inverse p value, Mann Whitney U test) is calculated for abundances between cancer and control sample cohorts. Some statistically significant differential organisms' abundances are displayed, as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 59 depicts in table form the results of a statistical analysis performed on metabolomics data on plasma obtained from a third party provider. A Mann Whitney U test is used to find significantly different metabolites between cancer and control cohorts. The top 100 metabolites ranked by p value are reported, as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 60 graphically illustrates the results of a statistical analysis performed on metabolomics data on plasma obtained from a third party provider (as “a volcano plot”). A Mann Whitney U test is used to find significantly different metabolites between cancer and control cohorts. Metabolites enriched in cancer samples appear on the right side of the plot and those enriched in control samples occur on the left, with higher points on the y-axis corresponding to increased statistical significance, as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 61 graphically illustrates the results of a principal component analysis comparing immune flow cytometry data to whole genome sequencing data. The primary principal component for the whole genome sequencing data and the second principal component for immune flow cytometry data are plotted against each other, revealing a strong correlation and suggesting that the microbiome may play a role in affecting the immune system and vice versa, as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 62 graphically illustrates the results of a principal component analysis performed on the plasma metabolomics of cancer and control samples, showing clear separation between cancer and control samples, as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.



FIG. 63 graphically illustrates the distribution of Euclidean distances in a centered-log-transformed space between successive longitudinal fecal whole genome sequencing samples for both cancer and control cohorts. The plot shows a higher average distance between longitudinal cancer samples than control, as discussed in detail in Example 7, below.





Like reference symbols in the various drawings indicate like elements.


DETAILED DESCRIPTION

In alternative embodiments, provided are compositions, including products of manufacture and kits, and methods, comprising novel combinations of non-pathogenic, live (optionally dormant) bacteria and/or bacterial spores. In alternative embodiments, the compositions, products of manufacture, kits and methods as provided herein are used as a co-therapy (or co-treatment) for the control, amelioration and/or treatment of a disease or condition, for example, a cancer. In alternative embodiments, the compositions, products of manufacture, kits and/or methods as provided herein are administered to an individual receiving a drug, e.g., a cancer, therapy, thereby resulting in a modification or modulation of the patient's gut microfloral population(s), thus resulting in an enhancement of the therapy, for example, lowering the dosage or amount of drug needed for effective therapy, or the frequency with which a drug must be administered to be effective. In alternative embodiments, by modulating or modifying the individual's gut microbial population(s) using compositions, products of manufacture and methods as provided herein, the pharmacodynamics of a drug administered to the patient is altered, for example, is the pharmacodynamics of the drug is enhanced, e.g., the individual's ability to absorb a drug is modified (e.g., accelerated or slowed, or enhanced), or the dose efficacy of a drug is increased (e.g., resulting in needing a lower dose of drug for an intended effect). For example, in alternative embodiments, by modulating or modifying of the patient's gut microbial population(s) using compositions, products of manufacture and methods as provided herein the dose efficacy of a cancer drug is increased, thereby enhancing the control or treatment of that cancer. In alternative embodiments, the amount, identity, presence, and/or ratio of gut microbiota in a subject is manipulated to facilitate one or more co-treatments.


Described here for the first time are novel combinations of specific microbes, e.g., bacteria, including bacteria found in a human gut, which can be administered as a co-therapy for cancer patients undergoing immune checkpoint inhibitor treatment. As described in the Examples, below, we demonstrated a correlation between these microbes and the metabolic functions associated with them and the efficacy of treatment in both human patients and mouse colon cancer models. We then demonstrated that administering these microbes to cancer mice improves the fraction of animals that show significant tumor size reduction.


In alternative embodiments, immune checkpoint inhibitors (or inhibitors of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule) and/or stimulatory immune checkpoint molecules (or more accurately, stimulatory immune molecules) are administered with, or formulated with, the combinations of non-pathogenic bacteria and/or non-pathogenic germination-competent bacterial spores as provided herein.


The immune checkpoint inhibitors (also described as an inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule) can function by interfering with regulatory pathways that naturally exist to prevent T cell proliferation. In the tumor microenvironment these pathways are highly active, so T cells are often driven to an ineffective state. Checkpoint inhibitors target particular proteins in these regulatory pathways such as cytotoxic T lymphocyte-associated protein 4 (CTLA-4), programmed cell death protein 1 (PD-1), or programmed cell death ligand 1 (PD-L1). By binding to these molecules, the blockade is eliminated and T cells are able to respond to tumor antigens. Thus, in alternative embodiments, an inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule is a molecule that can directly (or specifically) bind to CTLA-4, PD-1, PD-L1, or other component of the immune checkpoint blockade to prevent proper binding to its natural ligand. In alternative embodiments, a stimulatory immune checkpoint molecule—which can also be, or more accurately is, described as a stimulatory immune molecule, because it does not increase the function of the blockade to reducing immune activity, but rather is a molecule which enhances function of the immune system, either by enhancing the action of a checkpoint inhibitor or by an independent mechanism.


In alternative embodiments, provided are therapeutic compositions, including formulations and pharmaceutical compositions, comprising non-pathogenic (optionally dormant) live bacteria and/or germination-competent bacterial spores for the prevention or treatment of a cancer or the side effects of a cancer therapy, e.g., a drug therapy, as well as for gastrointestinal conditions, and other diseases and disorders and/or for general nutritional health.


In alternative embodiments, therapeutic compositions, formulations or pharmaceutical compositions as provided herein, or used to practice methods as provided herein, comprise a population of (e.g., a substantially purified population of) at least two types of colony forming live (optionally dormant) bacteria and/or germinable bacterial spores, wherein the live bacteria or bacteria arising from germination of the germinable spores can individually or together metabolize urolithin A from ellagic acid. In another embodiment, at least one of the types of live bacteria and/or bacteria arising from germination of the germinable spores can carry out the entire ellagic acid to urolithin A metabolic pathway. In yet another embodiment, at least one of the live bacteria and/or bacterial spores is or is derived from a Gordonibacter species.


In alternative embodiments, therapeutic compositions, formulations or pharmaceutical compositions as provided herein, or used to practice methods as provided herein, comprise colony forming (optionally dormant) live bacteria and/or germinable bacterial spores which can be used as an adjuvant to an antineoplastic treatment administered to a cancer patient. In some embodiments, the therapeutic composition can act as a probiotic composition. In alternative embodiments, therapeutic compositions (e.g., the formulations) as provided herein, comprise the bacteria and/or spores and an antineoplastic active agent.


In alternative embodiments, therapeutic compositions, formulations or pharmaceutical compositions as provided herein, or used to practice methods as provided herein, comprise colony forming (optionally dormant) live bacteria and/or germinable bacterial spores for use in combination (e.g., as a co-therapy) with (or supplementary to) a drug (which can be a protein, e.g., a therapeutic antibody) blocking an immune checkpoint for inducing immuno-stimulation in a cancer patient. The therapeutic composition and the drug (e.g., antibody) can be administered separately or together, or at different time points or at the same time.


In alternative embodiments, therapeutic compositions, formulations or pharmaceutical compositions as provided herein comprise colony forming (optionally dormant) live bacteria and/or germinable bacterial spores which can be used as an adjuvant to an antineoplastic and immune checkpoint treatment administered to a cancer patient. In alternative embodiments, the therapeutic composition comprises the antineoplastic and immune checkpoint active agents.


In alternative embodiments, therapeutic compositions as provided herein are manufactured as a formulation or pharmaceutical composition having a core comprising the at least two types of colony forming (optionally dormant) live bacteria (optionally as a purified population) and/or germinable bacterial spores, which optionally can individually or together (including the bacteria arising from germination of the germinable spores) metabolize urolithin A from ellagic acid or an ellagitannin. The formulation or pharmaceutical composition also comprises a layer of polymeric material (e.g., natural polymeric material) enveloping, or surrounding, the core.


In alternative embodiments, therapeutic compositions, formulations or pharmaceutical compositions as provided herein, or used to practice methods as provided herein, can comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, and/or adjuvant. In other embodiments a pharmaceutically acceptable preservative is present. In yet other embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable germinate is present. In still other embodiments the therapeutic composition contains ellagic acid.


In alternative embodiments, therapeutic compositions, formulations or pharmaceutical compositions as provided herein, or used to practice methods as provided herein, are in the form of a tablet, geltab or capsule, e.g., a polymer capsule such as a gelatin or a hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC, or hypromellose) capsule (e.g., VCAPS PLUS™ (Capsugel, Lonza)). In other embodiments, the therapeutic compositions, formulations or pharmaceutical compositions are in or are manufactured as a food or drink, e.g., an ice, candy, lolly or lozenge, or any liquid, e.g., in a beverage.


In alternative embodiments, in the preparation of bacteria (e.g., to prepare the purified population(s) of bacteria, or the bacteria induced to form germinable bacterial spores) used in therapeutic compositions, formulations or pharmaceutical compositions as provided herein, or used to practice methods as provided herein, the bacteria are fermented in a nutrient media, e.g., a nutrient media with or without fruits and/or fruit juices. In alternative embodiments, suitable fruits and/or juices are pomegranate, raspberry, blueberry, blackberry, cranberry, and strawberry fruits and/or juices.


In alternative embodiments, therapeutic compositions, formulations or pharmaceutical compositions as provided herein, or used to practice methods as provided herein, comprise at least one bacterial type that is not detectable, or not naturally found, in a healthy or normal subject's (e.g., human) gastrointestinal tract. In alternative embodiments, the gastrointestinal tract refers to the stomach, the small intestine, the large intestine and the rectum, or combinations thereof.


In alternative embodiments, provided are methods of ameliorating or treating cancer and/or at least one symptom resulting from a cancer therapy or of a condition of the gastrointestinal tract. In alternative embodiments, provided are methods comprising administration to a subject of a therapeutic composition, formulation or pharmaceutical composition as provided herein, e.g., a purified population of at least two types of colony forming live (optionally dormant) bacteria and/or germinable bacterial spores, wherein the live bacteria or the bacteria that germinate from the spores can individually or together metabolize urolithin A from ellagic acid, or synthesize urolithin A.


In alternative embodiments, by administration of a therapeutic composition, formulation or pharmaceutical composition as provided herein to a subject, or practicing a method as provided herein, the microbiome of the subject is modulated or altered.


In alternative embodiments, therapeutic compositions, formulations or pharmaceutical compositions as provided herein are delivered in conjunction with (e.g., together with), or further comprise, an ellagic acid and/or an ellagitannin. In alternative embodiments, methods as provided herein further comprise administration of an ellagic acid and/or an ellagitannin. In alternative embodiments, therapeutic compositions, formulations or pharmaceutical compositions as provided herein are delivered simultaneously with ellagic acid and/or ellagitannins, or, are delivered subsequent to delivery of ellagic acid and/or ellagitannins.


In alternative embodiments, the term “microbiome” encompasses the communities of microbes that can live sustainably and/or transiently in and on a subject's body, e.g., in the gut of a human, including bacteria, viruses and bacterial viruses, archaea, and eukaryotes. In alternative embodiments, the term “microbiome” encompasses the “genetic content” of those communities of microbes, which includes the genomic DNA, RNA (ribosomal-, messenger-, and transfer-RNA), the epigenome, plasmids, and all other types of genetic information.


In alternative embodiments, the term “subject” refers to any animal subject including humans, laboratory animals (e.g., primates, rats, mice), livestock (e.g., cows, sheep, goats, pigs, turkeys, and chickens), and household pets (e.g., dogs, cats, and rodents). The subject may be suffering from a gastrointestinal condition, diseases, and/or disorder or may be desirous of improved general nutritional health.


In alternative embodiments, the term “type” or “types” when used in conjunction with “bacteria” or “bacterial” refers to bacteria differentiated at the genus level, the species level, the sub-species level, the strain level, or by any other taxonomic method known in the art.


In alternative embodiments, the phrase “dormant live bacteria” refers to live vegetative bacterial cells that have been rendered dormant by lyophilization or freeze drying. Such dormant live vegetative bacterial cells are capable of resuming growth and reproduction immediately upon resuscitation.


In alternative embodiments, the term “spore” also includes “endospore”, and these terms can refer to any bacterial entity which is in a dormant, non-vegetative and non-reproductive stage, including spores that are resistant to environmental stress such as desiccation, temperature variation, nutrient deprivation, radiation, and chemical disinfectants. In alternative embodiments, “spore germination” refers to the dormant spore beginning active metabolism and developing into a fully functional vegetative bacterial cell capable of reproduction and colony formation. In alternative embodiments, “germinant” is a material, composition, and/or physical-chemical process capable of inducing vegetative growth of a dormant bacterial spore in a host organism or in vitro, either directly or indirectly.


In alternative embodiments, the term “colony forming” refers to a vegetative bacterium that is capable of forming a colony of viable bacteria or a spore that is capable of germinating and forming a colony of viable bacteria.


In alternative embodiments, the term “natural polymeric material” comprises a naturally occurring polymer that is not easily digestible by human enzymes so that it passes through most of the human digestive system essentially intact until it reaches the large or small intestine.


In alternative embodiments, bacteria used in formulations or pharmaceutical compositions as provided herein, or used to practice methods as provided herein, comprise a biosynthetic pathway capable of converting ellagitannin to urolithin A (as illustrated in FIG. 1), and include bacterial types currently known to be involved in the metabolic pathway capable of converting ellagic acid to urolithin A; for example, these bacteria include Lactobacillus plantarum, L. paraplantarum, and Akkermansia muciniphila, which are known to be capable of steps A and B as shown in FIG. 1, while steps C-E can be carried out by Gordonibacter and steps C-E and N by CEBAS 4A4 (see e.g., Selma et al. (2017) Front Microbiol 8: 1521). Populations of these bacterial types and/or additional bacteria and/or bacterial spores, non-naturally occurring microorganisms, engineered microorganisms and combinations thereof are formulated into compositions as provided herein and administered to mammals, e.g., humans, by the methods provided herein.


In alternative embodiments, therapeutic compositions, formulations or pharmaceutical compositions as provided herein comprise population(s) of non-pathogenic dormant live bacteria and/or bacterial spores. The dormant live bacteria can be capable of colony formation and, in the case of spores, germination and colony formation. In alternative embodiments, the compositions contain at least two types of dormant live bacteria and/or bacterial spores that are capable of metabolizing urolithin A from ellagic acid, individually or together. Thus, in alternative embodiments, compositions are useful for altering a subject's gastrointestinal biome, e.g., by increasing the population of those bacterial types or microorganisms, or are capable of altering the microenvironment of the gastrointestinal biome, e.g., by changing the chemical microenvironment or disrupting or degrading intestinal mucin or biofilm, thereby providing treatment of cancer, gastrointestinal conditions, and symptoms resulting from cancer therapy, ultimately increasing the health of the subject to whom they are administered.


In alternative embodiments, the bacterial types that are capable of metabolizing urolithin A from ellagic acid, individually or together, are isolated from biological material associated with their mammalian (e.g., human) host, including feces as well as material isolated from the various segments of the gastrointestinal tract, such as the small and large intestine. If fecal matter is used, it can be obtained from a single mammalian donor or can be feces pooled from multiple donors, such as at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, or 1000 donors. If a single donor is used, in some cases multiple samples can be obtained from that donor and pooled, such as at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, or 100 samples.


In alternative embodiments, the terms “purify,” purified,” and “purifying” are used interchangeably to describe a population's known or unknown composition of bacterial type(s), amount of that bacterial type(s), and/or concentration of the bacterial type(s); a purified population does not have any undesired attributes or activities, or if any are present, they can be below an acceptable amount or level. In alternative embodiments, the terms various populations of bacterial types are purified, and the terms “purified,” “purify,” and “purifying” refer to a population of desired bacteria and/or bacterial spores that have undergone at least one process of purification; for example, a process comprising screening of individual colonies derived from fecal matter for a desired phenotype, such as their effectiveness in enhancing the pharmacodynamics of a drug (such as a cancer drug, e.g., a drug inhibitory to an ICI), e.g., the individual's ability to absorb a drug is modified (e.g., accelerated or slowed, or enhanced), or the dose efficacy of a drug is increased (e.g., resulting in needing a lower dose of drug for an intended effect), and/or the ability to bio-convert ellagic acid to urolithin A, or a selection or enrichment of the desired bacterial types.


Enrichment can be accomplished by increasing the amount and/or concentration of the bacterial types, such as by augmenting with a cultured population of a single strain obtained from a culture collection or other pure source, or by a removal or reduction in unwanted bacterial types. In addition, enrichment can also occur by removal of material derived from the microbial environment found in the human or animal from which the bacterial type was isolated and/or cells from that human or animal host.


In alternative embodiments, purification can result in populations that are at least 75% free, 80% free, 90% free, 95% free, 96% free, 97% free, 98% free, 99% free or 100% free of anything other than the desired bacterial type(s). In alternative embodiments, the bacterial populations purified from a single fecal material donor are combined with at least one other purified population resulting from a different purification, either from the same donor purified at a different time, from one or more different fecal material donors, or combinations thereof.


In alternative embodiments, bacteria used to practice compositions and methods provided herein are derived from fecal material donors that are in good health, have microbial biomes associated with good health, and are typically free from antibiotic administration during the collection period and for a period of time prior to the collection period such that no antibiotic remains in the donor's system. In alternative embodiments, the donor subjects do not suffer from and have no family history of renal cancer, bladder cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, lymphoma, leukemia, autoimmune disease. In alternative embodiments, donor subjects are free from irritable bowel disease, irritable bowel syndrome, celiac disease, Crohn's disease, colorectal cancer, anal cancer, stomach cancer, sarcomas, any other type of cancer, or a family history of these diseases. In alternative embodiments, donor subjects do not have and have no family history of mental illness, such as anxiety disorder, depression, bipolar disorder, autism spectrum disorders, panic disorders, obsessive-compulsive disorder, attention-deficit disorders, eating disorders (e.g. bulimia, anorexia), mood disorder or schizophrenia. In yet other embodiments the donor subjects have no knowledge or history of food allergies or sensitivities.


In alternative embodiments, the health of fecal matter donors is screened prior to the collection of fecal matter, such as at 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, or 52 weeks pre-collection. In alternative embodiments, fecal matter donors are also screened post-collection, such as at 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, or 52 weeks post-collection. Pre- and post-screening can be conducted daily, weekly, biweekly, monthly, or yearly. In alternative embodiments, individuals who do not test positive for pathogenic bacteria and/or viruses (e.g. HIV, hepatitis, polio, adeno-associated virus, pox, coxsackievirus, etc.) pre- and post-collection are considered verified donors.


In alternative embodiments, a qualifying aspect of fecal matter donors is that their gut microbiota are demonstrably able to convert ellagitannins and/or ellagic acid to urolithin metabolites, including urolithin M-5, urolithin M-6, urolithin E, urolithin M-7, urolithin D, urolithin C, urolithin M-7, urolithin B, isourolithin A, and urolithin A, and also including adduct species, including metabolites having undergone sulfonation and glucuronidation. Urolithin metabolites can be detected directly or as extracts of feces, blood serum, or urine.


In alternative embodiments, to purify bacteria and/or bacterial spores, fecal matter is collected from donor subjects and placed in an anaerobic chamber within a short time after elimination, such as no more than 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 20 minutes, 25 minutes, 30 minutes, 35 minutes, 40 minutes, 45 minutes, 50 minutes, 55 minutes, or 60 minutes after elimination. Bacteria from a sample of the collected fecal matter can be collected in several ways. For example, the sample can be mixed with anoxic nutrient broth, dilutions of the resulting mixture conducted, and bacteria present in the dilutions grown on solid anoxic media. Alternatively, bacteria can be isolated by streaking a sample of the collected material directly on anoxic solid media and growing colonies. In alternative embodiments, to increase the ease of isolating bacteria from fecal samples mixed with anoxic nutrient broth, the resulting mixture can be shaken, vortexed, blended, filtered, and centrifuged to remove large non-bacterial matter.


In alternative embodiments, purification of the isolated bacteria and/or bacterial spores by any means known in the art, for example, contamination by undesirable bacterial types, host cells, and/or elements from the host microbial environment can be eliminated by reiterative streaking to single colonies on solid media until at least two replicate streaks from serial single colonies show only a single colony morphology. Purification can also be accomplished by reiterative serial dilutions to obtain a single cell, for example, by conducting multiple 10-fold serial dilutions to achieve an ultimate dilution of 10−2, 10−3, 10−4, 10−5, 10−6, 10−7, 10−8, 10−9 or greater. Any methods known to those of skill in the art can also be applied. Confirmation of the presence of only a single bacterial type can be confirmed in multiple ways such as, gram staining, PCR, DNA sequencing, enzymatic analysis, metabolic profiling/analysis, antigen analysis, and flow cytometry using appropriate distinguishing reagents.


In alternative embodiments, purified population(s) of vegetative bacteria that are incorporated into therapeutic bacterial compositions as provided herein, or used to practice methods as provided herein, are fermented in media supplemented with ellagitannins or ellagic acid. Suitable media include Nutrient Broth (Thermo Scientific Oxoid™), Anaerobe Basal Broth (Thermo Scientific™ Oxoid™), or one of the following media available from Anaerobe Systems: Brain Heart Infusion Broth (BHI), Campylobacter-Thioglycollate Broth (CAMPY-THIO), Chopped Meat Broth (CM), Chopped Meat Carbohydrate Broth (CMC), Chopped Meat Glucose Broth (CMG), Cycloserine Cefoxitin Mannitol Broth with Taurocholate Lysozyme Cysteine (CCMB-TAL), Oral Treponeme Enrichment Broth (OTEB), MTGE-Anaerobic Enrichment Broth (MTGE), Thioglycollate Broth with Hemin, Vit. K, without indicator, (THIO), Thioglycollate Broth with Hemin, Vit. K, without indicator, (THIO), Lactobacilli-MRS Broth (LMRS), Brucella Broth (BRU-BROTH), Peptone Yeast Extract Broth (PY), PY Glucose (PYG), PY Arabinose, PY Adonitol, PY Arginine, PY Amygdalin, PYG Bile, PY Cellobiose, PY DL-Threonine, PY Dulcitol, PY Erythritol, PY Esculin, PYG Formate/Fumarate for FA/GLCf, PY Fructose, PY Galactose, PYG Gelatin, PY Glycerol, Indole-Nitrate Broth, PY Inositol, PY Inulin, PY Lactate for FA/GLCf, PY Lactose, PY Maltose, PY Mannitol, PY Mannose, PY Melezitose, PY Melibiose, PY Pyruvic Acid, PY Raffinose, PY Rhamnose, PY Ribose, PY Salicin, PY Sorbitol, PY Starch, PY Sucrose, PY Trehalose, PY Xylan, PY Xylose, Reinforced Clostridial Broth (RCB), Yeast Casitone Fatty Acids Broth with Carbohydrates (YCFAC Broth). In alternative embodiments, fermentation is conducted in stirred-tank fermentation vessels, performed in either batch or fed-batch mode, with nitrogen sparging to maintain anaerobic conditions. pH is controlled by the addition of concentrated base, such as NH4OH or NaOH. In the case of fed-batch mode, the feed is a primary carbon source for growth of the microorganisms, such as glucose, along with an ellagic acid source. In alternative embodiments, the post-fermentation broth is collected, and/or the bacteria isolated by ultrafiltration or centrifugation and lyophilized or freeze dried prior to formulation.


In alternative embodiments, purified population(s) of vegetative bacteria to be incorporated into therapeutic bacterial compositions as provided herein, or used to practice methods as provided herein, are fermented with fruits (pomegranate, raspberry, blueberry, blackberry, cranberry, strawberry etc.) containing ellagitannins or ellagic acid. Here, the fermentation media consists of fruit juice supplemented with additional materials needed to support microbial growth, such as amino acids, inorganic phosphate, ammonium sulfate, or magnesium sulfate. Fermentation and bacteria isolation is conducted as described above.


In alternative embodiments, purified and isolated vegetative bacterial cells used in therapeutic bacterial compositions as provided herein, or used to practice methods as provided herein, have been made dormant; noting that bacterial spores are already in a dormancy state. Dormancy of the vegetative bacterial cells can be accomplished by, for example, incubating and maintaining the bacteria at temperatures of less than 4° C., freezing and/or lyophilization of the bacteria. Lyophilization can be accomplished according to normal bacterial freeze-drying procedures as used by those of skill in the art, such as those reported by the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) on the ATCC website (see, e.g., (https://www.atcc.org). In alternative embodiments, the purified population of dormant live bacteria and/or bacterial spores has a reduced or undetectable level of one or more pathogenic activities, such as the ability to cause infection and/or inflammation, toxicity, an autoimmune response, an undesirable metabolic response (e.g. diarrhea), or a neurological response. Reduction of such pathogenic activities can be in the amount of at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.9% or 99.99%, or as compared to that seen for a purified population of each individual bacterial type.


In alternative embodiments, all of the types of dormant live bacteria or bacterial spores present in a purified population are obtained from fecal material treated as described herein or as otherwise known to those of skill in the art. In other embodiments, one or more of the types of dormant live bacteria or bacterial spores present in a purified population is generated in culture and combined with one or more types obtained from fecal material. In alternative embodiments, all of the types of dormant live bacteria or bacterial spores present in a purified population are generated in culture. In still other embodiments, one or all of the types of dormant live bacteria and/or bacterial spores present in a purified population are non-naturally occurring or engineered. In yet other embodiments, non-naturally occurring or engineered non-bacterial microorganisms are present, with or without dormant live bacteria and/or bacterial spores.


In alternative embodiments, bacterial compositions used in compositions as provided herein, or to practice methods as provided herein, comprise at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more bacterial types, or more than 20 bacterial types. In alternative embodiments, the bacterial compositions comprise at least about 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 1010, 1011, 1012, 1013, 1014, 1015, or more (or between about 102 to 1016), dormant live bacteria and/or bacterial spores. In some embodiments each bacterial type is equally represented in the total number of dormant live bacteria and/or bacterial spores. In other embodiments, at least one bacterial type is represented in a higher amount than the other bacterial type(s) found in the composition. In alternative embodiments, a population of bacterial types used in compositions as provided herein, or to practice methods as provided herein, can increase those populations found in the subject's gastrointestinal tract by at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, 200%, 300%, 400%, 500%, 600%, 700%, 800%, 900% or 1000% as compared to the subject's gastrointestinal population prior to treatment.


In alternative embodiments, the bacterial cells and/or spores used in compositions as provided herein, or to practice methods as provided herein, are mixed with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, such as diluents, carriers, adjuvants, binders, fillers, salts, lubricants, glidants, disintegrants, coatings, coloring agents, etc. Examples of such excipients are acacia, alginate, alginic acid, aluminum acetate, benzyl alcohol, butyl paraben, butylated hydroxy toluene, citric acid, calcium carbonate, candelilla wax, croscarmellose sodium, confectioner sugar, colloidal silicone dioxide, cellulose, plain or anhydrous calcium phosphate, carnuba wax, corn starch, carboxymethylcellulose calcium, calcium stearate, calcium disodium EDTA, copolyvidone, calcium hydrogen phosphate dihydrate, cetylpyridine chloride, cysteine HCL, crossprovidone, calcium phosphate di or tri basic, dibasic calcium phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, dimethicone, erythrosine sodium, ethyl cellulose, gelatin, glyceryl monooleate, glycerin, glycine, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl behenate, hydroxy propyl cellulose, hydroxyl propyl methyl cellulose, hypromellose, HPMC phthalate, iron oxides or ferric oxide, iron oxide yellow, iron oxide red or ferric oxide, lactose hydrous or anhydrous or monohydrate or spray dried, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, mannitol, methyl cellulose, magnesium carbonate, mineral oil, methacrylic acid copolymer, magnesium oxide, methyl paraben, providone or PVP, PEG, polysorbate 80, propylene glycol, polyethylene oxide, propylene paraben, polaxamer 407 or 188 or plain, potassium bicarbonate, potassium sorbate, potato starch, phosphoric acid, polyoxy 140 stearate, sodium starch glycolate, starch pregelatinized, sodium crossmellose, sodium lauryl sulfate, starch, silicon dioxide, sodium benzoate, stearic acid, sucrose, sorbic acid, sodium carbonate, saccharin sodium, sodium alginate, silica gel, sorbiton monooleate, sodium stearyl fumarate, sodium chloride, sodium metabisulfite, sodium citrate dihydrate, sodium starch, sodium carboxy methyl cellulose, succinic acid, sodium propionate, titanium dioxide, talc, triacetin, and triethyl citrate.


In alternative embodiments, the bacterial cells and/or spores used in compositions as provided herein, or to practice methods as provided herein, are fabricated as microflora-triggered delivery systems.


In alternative embodiments, bacterial cells and/or spores used in compositions as provided herein, or to practice methods as provided herein, are encapsulated in at least one polymeric material, e.g., a natural polymeric material, such that there is a core of bacterial cells and/or spores surrounded by a layer of the polymeric material. Examples of suitable polymeric materials are those that have been demonstrated to remain intact through the GI tract until reaching the small or large intestine, where they are degraded by microbial enzymes in the intestines. Exemplary natural polymeric materials can include, but are not restricted to, chitosan, inulin, guar gum, xanthan gum, amylose, alginates, dextran, pectin, khava, and albizia gum (Dafe et al. (2017) Int J Biol Macromol; Kofla et al. (2016) Int J Nanomedicine 11:1089-1095).


In alternative embodiments, compositions provided herein are suitable for therapeutic administration to a mammal in need thereof. In alternative embodiments the compositions are produced by a process comprising, e.g.: (a) obtaining fecal material from a mammalian donor subject, (b) subjecting the fecal material to at least one purification treatment under conditions that produce a single bacterial type population of bacteria and/or bacterial spores, (c) optionally combining the purified population with another purified population obtained from the same or different fecal material, from cultured conditions, or from a genetic stock center such as ATCC or DSMZ, (d) treating the purified population(s) under conditions that cause vegetative bacterial cells to become dormant, and (e) placing the dormant bacteria and/or bacterial spores in a vehicle for administration.


In alternative embodiments, formulations and pharmaceutical compositions, and bacterial cells and/or spores used in compositions as provided herein or to practice methods as provided herein, are formulated for oral or gastric administration to a mammalian subject. In particular embodiments, the composition is formulated for oral administration as a solid, semi-solid, gel or liquid form, such as in the form of a pill, tablet, capsule, lozenge, food, extract or beverage. Examples of suitable foods are those that require little mastication, such as yogurt, puddings, gelatins, and ice cream. Examples of extracts include crude and processed pomegranate juice, strawberry, raspberry and blackberry. Examples of suitable beverages include cold beverages, such as juices (pomegranate, raspberry, blackberry, blueberry, cranberry, acai, cloudberry, etc., and combinations thereof) and teas (green, black, etc.) and oaked wine.


In alternative embodiments, formulations and pharmaceutical compositions further comprise, or methods as provided herein further comprise administration of, at least one antibiotic, e.g., a doxycycline, chlortetracycline, tetracycline hydrochloride, oxytetracycline, demeclocycline, methacycline, minocycline, penicillin, amoxycillin, erythromycin, clarithromycin, roxithromycin, azithromycin, spiramycin, oleandomycin, josamycin, kitsamysin, flurithromycin, nalidixic acid, oxolinic acid, norfloxacin, perfloxacin, amifloxacin, ofloxacin, ciprofloxacin, sparfloxacin, levofloxacin, rifabutin, rifampicin, rifapentin, sulfisoxazole, sulfamethoxazole, sulfadiazine, sulfadoxine, sulfasalazine, sulfaphenazole, dapsone, sulfacytidine, linezolid or any combination thereof.


Mucin Digesting or Degrading Agents


In alternative embodiments, formulations or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein comprise, or also comprise, bacteria that can degrade or digest the mucin layer of the inner wall of the large intestine. In alternative embodiments, these mucin-digesting or mucin-degrading bacteria comprise: bacteria of the genus Faecalibacterium, e.g., F. prausnitzii; bacteria of the genus Akkermansia, e.g., A. muciniphila; bacteria of the genus Eubacterium, e.g., E. hallii; bacteria of the genus Blautia; bacteria of the genus Ruminococcus, e.g., R. torques, R. faecis or R. gnavus; bacteria of the species Gemmiger, e.g., G. formicilis; bacteria of the genus Dorea, e.g., D. formicigenerans, D. formicilis, or D. longicatena; bacteria of the genus Coprococcus, e.g., C. comes; bacteria of the genus Anaerostipes, e.g., A. hadrus; or bacteria of the genus Bifidobacterium, or B. longum, B. bifidum, or B. brevis. In alternative embodiments, any formulation or pharmaceutical composition as provided herein can further comprise a mucin-digesting or mucin-degrading bacteria.


While the invention is not limited by any particular mechanism of action, mucin-digesting (e.g., fermenting) or mucin-degrading bacteria can contribute to the efficacy of formulations or pharmaceutical compositions as provided herein because they can either degrade, digest or change the composition of the thick mucin layer of the inner wall of the large intestine which that effectively acts as a semi-permeable barrier between processed feces in the intestinal lumen and the intestinal epithelium. The mucin layer itself consists of an inner layer attached to the intestinal wall that is mostly devoid of bacteria in healthy individuals, and an outer layer that consists of secreted mucin structures that is colonized by a variety of bacterial species that can utilize mucin as a carbon source (Tailford et al 2015 Frontiers in Genetics 6:81). These mucin-associating bacteria can provide nutrients and signaling factors to immune cells on the host side of the intestinal wall that help to maintain healthy and proper immuno responses throughout the body. Such bacteria include Akkermansia muciniphila, Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Ruminococcus gnavus, and Eubacterium hallii. In particular, A. muciniphila has been shown to degrade mucin to ferment the released constituent sugars into short-chain fatty acid (SCFA) compounds like acetate and proprionate, which can be further utilized by F. prausnitzii and other bacteria to produce the SCFA butyrate (Belzer et al. 2017 mBio 8:e00770-17). These SCFA compounds can find their way to the host where they support epithelial cell health and provide modulatory stimuli to immune cells (McDermott and Huffnagle 2014 Immunology 142:24-31), where that modulatory stimuli is beneficial to the individual.


Biofilm Dissolving or Disrupting Agents


In alternative embodiments, formulations or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein further comprise (e.g., are co-formulated with) biofilm dissolving agents, or formulations or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are administered with biofilm dissolving or disrupting agents (they can be administered before, during and/or after administration of formulations or pharmaceutical compositions as provided herein). n alternative embodiments, biofilm dissolving or disrupting components or agents that can be used include, e.g., enzymes such as a deoxyribonuclease (DNase), a N-acetylcysteine, an auranofin, alginate lyase, glycoside hydrolase dispersin B; Quorum-sensing inhibitors e.g., ribonucleic acid III inhibiting peptide, Salvadora persica extracts, Competence-stimulating peptide, Patulin and penicillic acid; peptides-cathelicidin-derived peptides, small lytic peptide, PTP-7 (a small lytic peptide, see e.g., Kharidia (2011) J. Microbiol. 49(4):663-8, Epub 2011 Sep. 2), Nitric oxide, neo-emulsions; ozone, lytic bacteriophages, lactoferrin, xylitol hydrogel, synthetic iron chelators, cranberry components, curcumin, silver nanoparticles, Acetyl-11-keto-β-boswellic acid (AKBA), barley coffee components, probiotics, sinefungin, S-adenosylmethionine, S-adenosyl-homocysteine, Delisea furanones, N-sulfonyl homoserine lactones and/or macrolide antibiotics or any combination thereof.


In alternative embodiments, biofilm disrupting agents comprise enzymes or degrading substances such as: N-acetylcysteine, deoxyribonuclease (DNase). Others would include Alginate, lyase and Glycoside hydrolase dispersin, Ribonucleic-acid-III inhibiting peptide (RIP), Salvadora persica extracts, Competence-stimulating peptide (CSP) Patulin (PAT) and penicillic acid (PA)/EDTA, Cathelicidin-derived peptides, Small lytic peptide, PTP-7, Nitric oxide, Chlorhexidine, Povidone-iodine (PI), Nanoemulsions, Lytic bacteriophages, Lactoferrin/xylitol hydrogel, Synthetic iron chelators, Cranberry components, Curcumin, Acetyl-11-keto-boswellic acid (AKBA), Barley coffee (BC) components, silver nanoparticles, azithromycin, clarithromycin, gentamicin, streptomycin and also Disodium EDTA.


Gradual or Delayed Release Formulations


In alternative embodiments, exemplary formulations contain or are coated by an enteric coating to protect the bacteria through the stomach and small intestine, although spores are typically resistant to the stomach and small intestines.


In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are formulated with a delayed release composition or formulation, coating or encapsulation. In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are designed or formulated for implantation of living bacteria or spores into the gut, including the intestine and/or the distal small bowel and/or the colon. In this embodiment the living bacteria pass the areas of danger, e.g., stomach acid and pancreatic enzymes and bile, and reach the intestine undamaged to be viable and implanted in the GI tract. In alternative embodiments, a formulation or pharmaceutical preparation is liquid, frozen or freeze-dried. In alternative embodiments, e.g., for an encapsulated formulation, all are in powdered form.


In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are formulated for delayed or gradual enteric release using cellulose acetate (CA) and polyethylene glycol (PEG), e.g., as described by Defang et al. (2005) Drug Develop. & Indust. Pharm. 31:677-685, who used CA and PEG with sodium carbonate in a wet granulation production process.


In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are formulated for delayed or gradual enteric release using a hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), a microcrystalline cellulose (MCC) and magnesium stearate, as described e.g., in Huang et al. (2004) European J. of Pharm. & Biopharm. 58: 607-614).


In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are formulated for delayed or gradual enteric release using e.g., a poly(meth)acrylate, e.g. a methacrylic acid copolymer B, a methyl methacrylate and/or a methacrylic acid ester, a polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) or a PVP-K90 and a EUDRAGIT® RL PO™, as described e.g., in Kuksal et al. (2006) AAPS Pharm. 7(1), article 1, E1 to E9.


In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are formulated for delayed or gradual enteric release as described in U.S. Pat. App. Pub. 20100239667. In alternative embodiments, the composition comprises a solid inner layer sandwiched between two outer layers. The solid inner layer can comprise the non-pathogenic bacteria and/or spores, and one or more disintegrants and/or exploding agents, or one or more effervescent agents or a mixture. Each outer layer can comprise a substantially water soluble and/or crystalline polymer or a mixture of substantially water soluble and/or crystalline polymers, e.g., a polyglycol. These can be adjusted to achieve delivery of the living components to the intestine.


In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are formulated for delayed or gradual enteric release as described in U.S. Pat. App. Pub. 20120183612, which describes stable pharmaceutical formulations comprising active agents in a non-swellable diffusion matrix. In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are released from a matrix in a sustained, invariant and, if several active agents are present, independent manner and the matrix is determined with respect to its substantial release characteristics by ethylcellulose and at least one fatty alcohol to deliver bacteria distally.


In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are formulated for delayed or gradual enteric release as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,284,274, which describes a bilayer tablet containing an active agent (e.g., an opiate analgesic), a polyalkylene oxide, a polyvinylpyrrolidone and a lubricant in the first layer and a second osmotic push layer containing polyethylene oxide or carboxy-methylcellulose.


In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are formulated for delayed or gradual enteric release as described in U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 20030092724, which describes sustained release dosage forms in which a nonopioid analgesic and opioid analgesic are combined in a sustained release layer and in an immediate release layer, sustained release formulations comprising microcrystalline cellulose, EUDRAGIT RSPO™, CAB-O-SIL™, sodium lauryl sulfate, povidone and magnesium stearate.


In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are formulated for delayed or gradual enteric release as described in U.S. Pat. App. Pub. 20080299197, describing a multi-layered tablet for a triple combination release of active agents to an environment of use, e.g., in the GI tract. In alternative embodiments, a multi-layered tablet is used, and it can comprise two external drug-containing layers in stacked arrangement with respect to and on opposite sides of an oral dosage form that provides a triple combination release of at least one active agent. In one embodiment the dosage form is an osmotic device, or a gastro-resistant coated core, or a matrix tablet, or a hard capsule. In these alternative embodiments, the external layers may contain biofilm dissolving agents and internal layers can comprise viable/living bacteria, for example, a formulation comprising at least two different species or genera (or types) of non-pathogenic bacteria as used to practice methods as provided herein.


In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are formulated as multiple layer tablet forms, e.g., where a first layer provides an immediate release of a formulation or pharmaceutical preparation as provided herein and a second layer provides a controlled-release of another (or the same) bacteria or drug, or another active agent, e.g., as described e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 6,514,531 (disclosing a coated trilayer immediate/prolonged release tablet), U.S. Pat. No. 6,087,386 (disclosing a trilayer tablet), U.S. Pat. No. 5,213,807 (disclosing an oral trilayer tablet with a core comprising an active agent and an intermediate coating comprising a substantially impervious/impermeable material to the passage of the first active agent), and U.S. Pat. No. 6,926,907 (disclosing a trilayer tablet that separates a first active agent contained in a film coat from a core comprising a controlled-release second active agent formulated using excipients which control the drug release, the film coat can be an enteric coating configured to delay the release of the active agent until the dosage form reaches an environment where the pH is above four).


In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are formulated for delayed or gradual enteric release as described in U.S. Pat. App. Pub. 20120064133, which describes a release-retarding matrix material such as: an acrylic polymer, a cellulose, a wax, a fatty acid, shellac, zein, hydrogenated vegetable oil, hydrogenated castor oil, polyvinylpyrrolidine, a vinyl acetate copolymer, a vinyl alcohol copolymer, polyethylene oxide, an acrylic acid and methacrylic acid copolymer, a methyl methacrylate copolymer, an ethoxyethyl methacrylate polymer, a cyanoethyl methacrylate polymer, an aminoalkyl methacrylate copolymer, a poly(acrylic acid), a poly(methacrylic acid), a methacrylic acid alkylamide copolymer, a poly(methyl methacrylate), a poly(methacrylic acid anhydride), a methyl methacrylate polymer, a polymethacrylate, a poly(methyl methacrylate) copolymer, a polyacrylamide, an aminoalkyl methacrylate copolymer, a glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, a methyl cellulose, an ethylcellulose, a carboxymethylcellulose, a hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, a hydroxymethyl cellulose, a hydroxyethyl cellulose, a hydroxypropyl cellulose, a crosslinked sodium carboxymethylcellulose, a crosslinked hydroxypropylcellulose, a natural wax, a synthetic wax, a fatty alcohol, a fatty acid, a fatty acid ester, a fatty acid glyceride, a hydrogenated fat, a hydrocarbon wax, stearic acid, stearyl alcohol, beeswax, glycowax, castor wax, carnauba wax, a polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, a co-polymer of lactic and glycolic acid, carboxymethyl starch, potassium methacrylate/divinylbenzene copolymer, crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinylalcohols, polyvinylalcohol copolymers, polyethylene glycols, non-crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinylacetates, polyvinylacetate copolymers or any combination. In alternative embodiments, spherical pellets are prepared using an extrusion/spheronization technique, of which many are well known in the pharmaceutical art. The pellets can comprise one or more formulations or pharmaceutical preparations as provided herein.


In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are formulated for delayed or gradual enteric release as described in U.S. Pat. App. Pub. 20110218216, which describes an extended release pharmaceutical composition for oral administration, and uses a hydrophilic polymer, a hydrophobic material and a hydrophobic polymer or a mixture thereof, with a microenvironment pH modifier. The hydrophobic polymer can be ethylcellulose, cellulose acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, methacrylic acid-acrylic acid copolymers or a mixture thereof. The hydrophilic polymer can be polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, polyethylene oxide, acrylic acid copolymers or a mixture thereof. The hydrophobic material can be a hydrogenated vegetable oil, hydrogenated castor oil, carnauba wax, candellia wax, beeswax, paraffin wax, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate, cetyl alcohol, cetostearyl alcohol or and a mixture thereof. The microenvironment pH modifier can be an inorganic acid, an amino acid, an organic acid or a mixture thereof. Alternatively, the microenvironment pH modifier can be lauric acid, myristic acid, acetic acid, benzoic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid; glycolic acid, lactic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, sodium dihydrogen citrate, gluconic acid, a salicylic acid, tosylic acid, mesylic acid or malic acid or a mixture thereof.


In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are powders that can be included into a tablet or a suppository. In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are ‘powders for reconstitution’ as a liquid to be drunk placed down a naso-duodenal tube or used as an enema for patients to take home self-administer enemas. In alternative embodiments, compositions and formulations as provided herein, and compositions and formulations used to practice methods as provided herein, are micro-encapsulated, formed into tablets and/or placed into capsules, especially enteric-coated capsules.


In alternative embodiments, bacterial spores comprise the largest or only component of the compositions, and the compositions may be formulated, co-formulated or co-administered with a germinant.


In alternative embodiments containing dormant live bacteria with or without bacterial spores, the compositions are co-formulated or co-administered with prebiotic substance, such as substrates in the ellagic acid to urolithin A metabolic pathway, to enhance efficacy or engraftment.


In alternative embodiments, composition as provided herein are formulated to be effective in a given mammalian subject in a single administration or over multiple administrations. In some embodiments, a substrate or prebiotic required by the bacterial type is administered for a period of time in advance of the administration of the bacterial composition; such administration pre-loads the gastrointestinal tract with the substrates needed by the bacterial types of the composition and increases the potential for the bacterial composition to have adequate resources to perform the required metabolic reactions. In other embodiments, the composition is administered simultaneously with the substrates required by the bacterial types of the composition. In still other embodiments the composition is administered alone. Efficacy can be measured by an increase in the population of those bacterial types originally found in the subject's intestinal tract before treatment.


Products of Manufacture and Kits

Provided are products of manufacture, e.g., implants or pharmaceuticals, and kits, containing components for practicing methods as provided herein, e.g., including a formulation comprising at least two different species or genera (or types) of non-pathogenic bacteria, wherein each of the non-pathogenic bacteria comprise (or are in the form of) a plurality of non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria, a plurality of non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores, or a combination thereof, and optionally including instructions for practicing methods as provided herein.


The invention will be further described with reference to the examples described herein; however, it is to be understood that the invention is not limited to such examples.


EXAMPLES

Unless stated otherwise in the Examples, all recombinant DNA techniques are carried out according to standard protocols, for example, as described in Sambrook et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, NY and in Volumes 1 and 2 of Ausubel et al. (1994) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Current Protocols, USA. Other references for standard molecular biology techniques include Sambrook and Russell (2001) Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Third Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, NY, Volumes I and II of Brown (1998) Molecular Biology LabFax, Second Edition, Academic Press (UK). Standard materials and methods for polymerase chain reactions can be found in Dieffenbach and Dveksler (1995) PCR Primer: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, and in McPherson at al. (2000) PCR—Basics: From Background to Bench, First Edition, Springer Verlag, Germany.


The following Examples describe methods and compositions for practicing embodiments as provided herein, including methods for making and using compositions comprising non-pathogenic bacteria and non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores used to practice methods as provide herein.


Example 1: Exemplary Bacterial Strains and Culture Conditions

Anaerobe Basal Broth Supplemented with Rumen Fluid (ABB+RF)


34.5 grams of anaerobic basal broth dry powder (Fisher Scientific/Oxoid) is combined with 600 ml distilled water and is brought to a gentle boil while stirring on a heated stirplate until the solution clarifies. 150 ml of rumen fluid (Bar Diamond Inc., Parma Id.) that has been centrifuge-clarified is then added, along with 1 ml 2.5 mg/ml resazurin (ACROS Organics™) solution followed by distilled water to one liter final volume. The medium is kept at 55° C. in a water bath while it is dispensed in 50 ml volumes into 100 ml serum bottles. Nitrogen is bubbled through a metal canula into each bottle for 15 minutes to displace oxygen from the medium, then the bottles are quickly sealed by insertion of a butyl-rubber bung that is secured by a crimped collar. The medium bottles are then sterilized by autoclaving and then stored in the dark until use. L-cysteine is added to 1 mM final concentration to each ABB+RF bottle one hour prior to use to fully reduce the medium prior to inoculation with microorganisms.


Preparation of Centrifuge-Clarified Rumen Fluid

Rumen fluid is the liquid obtained from the rumen of fistulated cows and is obtained in 1 liter volumes from Bar Diamond Inc., Parma Id. The rumen fluid is aliquoted in 50 ml volumes into 50 ml conical tubes and centrifuged at 4000 g for 30 minutes at 4° C. to pellet large fibrous material. After centrifugation the supernatant is decanted into fresh 50 ml conical tubes that are then subjected to centrifugation at 34,000 g for 90 minutes at 4° C. The supernatant from this centrifugation is then decanted into fresh 50 ml conical tubes and stored at −20° C. until use.


Microorganisms in Mouse Study

The following obligate anaerobic microbes were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC): Faecalibacterium prausnitzii (ATCC-27768), Clostridium coccoides (ATCC-29236), Ruminococcus gnavus (ATCC-29149), Clostridium scindens (ATCC-35704), Akkermansia muciniphila (BAA-835), Enterococcus hirae (ATCC-9790), Bacteroides thetaiotamicron (ATCC-29148), Bacteroides caccae (ATCC-43185), Bifidobacterium breve (ATCC-15700), Bifidobacterium longum (ATCC BAA-999) and Gemmiger formicilis (ATCC-27749). Eggerthella lenta (DSM-2243), Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens (DSM-27213), Gordonibacter species CEBAS 4A4; Alistipes indistinctus (DSM-22520) and Dorea formicigenerans (DSM-3992) were obtained from the Leibnitz Institute-German Collection of Microorganisms and Cell Cultures (DSMZ).


Culture of Individual Microbes for Mouse Study

0.5 ml starter cultures of C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. muciniphila, E. hirae, B. thetaiotamicron, B. caccae, B. breve, B. lonum, G. formicilis, E. lenta, G. urolithinfaciens, A. indistinctus and D. formicigenerans are each inoculated into four 50 ml anaerobic bottles of fully reduced ABB+RF anaerobic medium and cultured at 37° C. F. prausnitzii is inoculated into fifteen 7 ml tubes of YCFAC (Anaerobe Systems) and cultured at 37° C. Cultures are harvested after 48 hours when they achieve 0.1 to 1.0×109 cells/ml as measured by optical absorbance at 600 nm by spectrophotometer (1 OD600=1.0×109 cells/nil). Bacterial starter cultures may be modified in order to achieve 1.0×1010 cells/ml, 1.0×1011 cells/ml or 1.0×1012 cell/ml.


To harvest cultures, they are first brought into the anaerobic chamber where they are opened and decanted into 50 ml conical tubes that are tightly capped and sealed by wrapping the caps in parafilm. These are brought out of the anaerobic chamber and then centrifuged at 4000 g for 15 minutes at 4° C. The centrifuged tubes are brought back into the anaerobic chamber where the supernatant is decanted and discarded. The cell pellets are each combined with anoxic Phosphate Buffered Saline with 2.5 mM L-Cysteine and 15% glycerol (PBS-C-G) followed by tight capping and parafilm seal. The capped and sealed tubes are brought out of the anaerobic chamber and are centrifuged at 4000 g for 15 minutes. The culture tubes are again brought into the anaerobic chamber where the supernatant is decanted and discarded. Pelleted cells are resuspended in volumes of PBS-C-G to attain effective cell densities of each microbial strain at 1×109 cells/ml, 1.0×1010 cells/ml, 1.0×1011 cells/ml or 1.0×1012 cell/ml.


Assembly of Microbe Mixes

The PBS-C-G suspended microbe cultures are mixed together to form 20 ml of the following microbe mixes to attain 1×109, 1.0×1010 cells/ml, 1.0×1011 cells/ml or 1.0×1012 total microbial cells/ml (see Table 1):












TABLE 1







Microbe




Mix
Strains









1

Faecalibacterium
prausnitzii






Clostridium
coccoides






Ruminococcus
gnavus






Clostridium
scindens




2

Faecalibacterium
prausnitzii






Clostridium
coccoides






Ruminococcus
gnavus






Clostridium
scindens






Akkermansia
muciniphila






Enterococcus
hirae




3

Eggerthella
lenta






Gordonibacter






urolithinfaciensans




4

Faecalibacterium
prausnitzii






Clostridium
coccoides






Ruminococcus
gnavus






Clostridium
scindens






Eggerthella
lenta






Gordonibacter






urolithinfaciensans




5

Faecal/bacterium
prausnitzii






Clostridium
coccoides






Ruminococcus
gnavus






Clostridium
scindens






Bacteroides
thetaiotamicron






Bacteroides
caccae






Gemmiger
formicilis




6

Faecal/bacterium
prausnitzii






Clostridium
coccoides






Ruminococcus
gnavus






Clostridium
scindens






Alistipes
indistinctus






Dorea
formicigenerans




7

Faecal/bacterium
prausnitzii






Clostridium
coccoides






Ruminococcus
gnavus






Clostridium
scindens






Bifidobacterium
longum






Bifidobacterium
breve











Microbe Mix 1 consists of 5 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, and C. scindens cultures.


Microbe Mix 2 consists of 3.3 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. mucimphila, and E. hirae cultures.


Microbe Mix 3 consists of 10 ml each of E. lenta and G. urolithinfaciens cultures.


Microbe Mix 4 consists of 3.3 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, and G. urolithinfaciens cultures.


Microbe Mix 5 consists of 2.9 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, B. thetaiotamicron, B. caccae, and G. formicilis cultures.


Microbe Mix 6 consists of 3.3 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. indistinctus and D. formicigenerans cultures.


Microbe Mix 7 consists of 3.3 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, B. longum and B. breve cultures.


After assembly, 20 ml of PBS-C-G is added to each microbe mix to double the volume to 40 ml and to reduce the total cell density of each microbe mix to attain a gavage dosage of 1×108/0.2 ml. Microbe mixes are aliquoted into eight 5.0 ml volumes into 15 ml conical tubes and stored at −20° C., or −80° C., until required. Example 2—Therapeutic effect of microbes on efficacy of cancer immunotherapy


Animals and Tumor Model

BALB/c mice are obtained from Jackson laboratory or Taconic farms. 6-8-week-old female mice are used. For tumor growth experiments, mice are injected subcutaneously with 1×106 CT-26 colon cancer tumor cells (Griswold and Corbett (1975) Cancer 36:2441-2444). Tumor size is measured twice a week until endpoint, and tumor volume determined as length×width×0.5.


Tumor Cell Preparation

Cryo vials containing CT-26 tumor cells are thawed and cultured according to manufacturer's protocol (ATCC CRL-2638). On the day of injection cells are washed in serum free media, counted, and resuspended in cold serum free media at a concentration of 250,000 viable cells/100 μl.


Flow Cytometry

A whole-blood flow cytometry-based assay is utilized to assess T cell activation in response to CTLA4 and microbial treatment. Whole blood via cardiac puncture is collected into an EDTA tube at the end of the experiment. 100 μL of whole mouse blood is transferred to a 15 mL conical tube. 1 mL of RBC Lysis Buffer is added to the tube and allowed to incubate at room temperature for 10 minutes. Lysis is quenched by adding 10 mL of cold DPBS. Samples are centrifuged at 1500 rpm for 5 minutes at 4° C. The pellet is aspirated and resuspend in another 10 mL of cold DPBS. Samples are recentrifuged at 1500 rpm for 5 minutes at 4° C. Samples are resuspended in 500 μL of FACS buffer and transferred to a 96-well plate. Samples are stained with Fixable Viability ef780 (eBioscience), CD45-PEcy7 (BioLegend), CD3-BV605 (BioLegend), CD8-AF700 (BioLegend), and CD4-AF488 (BioLegend). Stained samples are run on a BD LSRFortessa™ flow cytometer and analyses are performed with FlowJo™ (Tree Star).


Tumor Challenge and Treatment

Mice are divided into immunotherapy treatment and non-treatment groups. The treatment group is injected intraperitoneally once the tumor reached a size of 40 to 60 mm3 (day 0) with 100 μg anti-PD1 mAb (BioXCell), or with 100 μg anti-PD-L1 mAb, or with 100 μg anti-CTLA-4 mAb (BioXCell) in 100 μl PBS twice a week for three weeks starting from day 1. Tumor size is routinely monitored by means of a caliper. Stool is collected on day 0 and 48 hours after each subsequent administration of treatment until the end of the study.


To test whether manipulation of the microbial community is effective as a combination therapy, microbial cocktails as provided herein, e.g., mixes 1-7 (Table 1, see Example 1) or as described in Table 5, in the presence or absence of ellagic acid and/or ellagitannin is administered. In some groups, ellagic acid is administered separately via oral gavage (0.2 mL of a 5.5 mg/mL suspension) prior to administration of the microbe cocktails. In other groups, urolithin A is administered alone via oral gavage (0.2 mL of a 5.5 mg/mL suspension), without microbe cocktails. Each mouse treated by combination therapy is given 200 μl of the suspension by oral gavage twice a week for the duration of the study starting from day 1. Tumor growth and tumor-specific T cell responses are compared among the different treatment groups.


GI Tract Removal and Analysis

After mice are euthanized at the termination of the study, the intact digestive tract of each mouse from stomach to rectum are removed and kept in a 5 ml Eppendorf tube on ice prior to dissection. Forceps are sterilized by soaking in 100% ethanol and then used to remove the intestine length and stretch it on a work surface covered with cellophane. With the use of ethanol-sterilized dissection scissors, 3 cm lengths of the jejunum nearest to the stomach and the ilium nearest to the cecum/large intestine are excised and then each placed with forceps in a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube and placed on ice. A 2 cm segment of the cecum/ascending colon is then excised, as are 2 cm segments of the transcending colon and the descending colon, and all are placed in 1.5 ml Eppendorf tubes on ice. Dissection instruments are sterilized by dipping in 100% ethanol between each intestine fragment removal. To each tube containing dissected intestinal segments is added 0.5 ml ice cold PBS buffer. A plastic pestle is used to press and massage the intestinal segment in each tube to expel ruminal matter, which is then removed by pipette and placed in a fresh Eppendorf tube. Tubes containing expelled ruminal matter from each intestinal segment are immediately placed on dry ice and then stored for later analyses at −80° C. Remaining intestinal tissues are then rinsed twice by adding and then removing 0.5 ml ice cold PBS. Rinsed intestinal fragment tissues are then frozen on dry ice and then stored at −80° C. for later analysis.


Example 3—Fecal Sample Processing

After harvesting, mouse fecal samples are transferred into the anaerobic chamber for manipulation. Approximately 50 mg of mouse fecal matter is resuspended in 600 phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) in a 1.5 mL tube and mixed for 10 seconds using a micro-blender with pestle attachment, until all large particles are broken up. The material is then allowed to stand for 15 minutes or more to allow most particulate matter to settle. From the top of the fecal resuspension, 50 μL is removed and transferred to a cryostorage vial containing 50 μL of dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). Vials are frozen in liquid nitrogen for permanent storage. The remainder of each sample is removed from the anaerobic chamber, mixed well with a pipette, and aliquoted in 4 equal parts for subsequent analysis. 3 of these aliquots are placed in 1.5 mL microcentrifuge tubes to be used for DNA extraction, RNA extraction, and LCMS metabolomics analysis, respectively. The fourth is placed in a headspace GCMS autosampler vial and capped immediately with a crimp-top cap. All samples are frozen and stored at −80 deg. C until processed.


DNA Sequencing Analysis

Sample tubes containing approximately 10 mg fecal matter resuspended in 130 μL PBS are thawed and total genomic DNA is extracted using the QIAmp PowerSoil DNA™ kit (Qiagen). 16S RNA sequencing is used to monitor the overall species composition of fecal samples, to determine how species abundance varies with immunotherapy treatment, microbial supplementation, nutrient addition, and time course. Amplicons specific for the v4 region of 16S RNA are generated using primers homologous to the conserved regions surrounding v4.


16S primers that target the variable 4 region:









515FB FORWARD primer:


(SEQ ID NO: 1)


TCGTCGGCAGCGTCAGATGTGTATAAGAGACAGGTGYCAGCMGCCGCGG





TAA





806RB REVERSE primer:


(SEQ ID NO: 2)


GTCTCGTGGGCTCGGAGATGTGTATAAGAGACAGGGACTACNVGGGTWT





CTAAT






The 515FB FOR and 806RB REV primer sequences are used to amplify the v4 region of the 16S rRNA gene (see, for example, Caporaso et al. (2011) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 108, 4516-4522; Caporaso et al. (2012) ISME J doi:10.1038/ismej.2012.8; April (2015) Aquat Microb Ecol 75, 129-137).


A second round of PCR is then used to add barcodes, using the Illumina NEXTERA® XT Index Kit v2 Set A. The amplicons are purified and quantities normalized using magnetic beads, using the Illumina NEXTERA XT® DNA library preparation kit protocol. Finally, sequencing is performed on MISEQ® (Illumina) with 2×250 bp paired-end reads. Published computational workflows such as QIIME™ (see, e.g., Kuczynski et al. (2011) Curr. Protoc. Bioinformatics) are used to identify the microbial species represented by the 16S RNA amplicons, and to determine the relative proportions of species in each sample.


As opposed to 16S RNA sequencing which only sequences a specific region of each genome, whole metagenome sequencing is used to get entire sequences. The DNA isolated from the fecal samples is fragmented and then library preparation performed using the Illumina NEXTERA® XT DNA kit (Illumina), following the manufacturer's instructions. Sequencing is performed on MISEQ® (Illumina) with 2×250 bp paired-end reads. Multiple genomes can be multiplexed in the same run by ligating unique barcodes onto each library, as described in the NEXTERA® XT protocol. The barcodes are deconvoluted in the BASESPACE® software platform (Illumina), thus binning sequencing reads into the appropriate samples. Metaphlan2 and HuMann2® (huttenhower.sph.harvard.edu/metaphlan2) are used to assemble the raw sequence reads into contigs. Open reading frames are compared to the NCBI protein database (www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov) to match to known gene functions. Hits are counted per gene family and normalized for length and alignment quality. Gene family abundances are then combined into structured pathways from MetaCyc57® (metacyc.org) and KEGG® (http://www.genome.jp/kegg/), and sum-normalized to relative abundances. From this data, gene functions differentially present across samples are determined.


Transcriptome Analysis

For analysis, samples are thawed and brought to room temperature. 10 μl of mutanolysin and 10 μl of Proteinase K are added to each and incubated for 10 minutes at room temperature. RNA is extracted by binding to an RNeasy™ column (Qiagen) followed by washing and elution using the reagents provided in the RNeasy™ kit (Qiagen). Sequencing libraries are prepared from RNA by fragmentation, ribodepletion, cDNA synthesis, PCR amplification, and barcoding as described in the TRUSEQ® mRNA sample preparation kit (Illumina). DNA concentration is measured using the QUBIT® fluorometer (ThermoFisher Scientific) and quality and size distribution are determined using a Bioanalyzer 2100® (Agilent), following the manufacturer's instructions. Sample libraries are normalized to 40 nM and sequenced on an Illumina MISEQ® instrument using 2×75 cycles. Reads are then mapped to the DNA metagenomic reference sequence created from the whole genome sequencing data to determine relative abundance of each transcript.


Proteomics Analysis

Proteomics is conducted on raw fecal material to measure the various proteins present in the samples, including both microbial and mammalian (human or any non-human, including e.g., rat, mouse, pig, monkey, dog, etc.). Although it is not as sensitive as RNA sequencing (hundreds of proteins detected as opposed to thousands of genes), it may be a more accurate reflection of actual microbial metabolism due to the potential for post-translational regulation. Furthermore, analysis of the mammalian proteins can provide information on immune system interactions with the gut. For example, it was shown recently that immunoglobulin A binds to the surface of commensal bacteria and helps them colonize the gut (see, e.g., Donaldson, G. P., et al, Gut microbiota utilize immunoglobulin A for mucosal colonization, Science, 2018, 360(6390): p. 795-800).


Proteomics also can be performed on mammalian blood plasma to look for biomarkers that may be related to immune system function. Plasma is isolated from whole blood by centrifugation at 1500×g for 10 minutes, taking the supernatant. A second centrifugation is performed to remove any residual blood cells. Proteomics can be conducted (e.g., at the University of California San Diego Biomolecular & Proteomics Mass Spectrometry Facility (http://massspec.ucsd.edu/bioms/)), applying the method known as isobaric tag for relative and absolute quantitation (iTRAQ) (see e.t., Wiese, S., et al, Protein labeling by iTRAQ: a new tool for quantitative mass spectrometry in proteome research, Proteomics, 2007, vol 7(3): p. 340-50).


Metabolomics Analysis Using LCMS

This protocol also can be used for urolithin analysis, e.g., as shown in FIG. 12 and discussed in Example 17.


To extract metabolites from the fecal matter suspension or whole blood, 0.5 mL of a solution containing 40% DMSO, 40% methanol, and 20% 0.1M hydrochloric acid is added to the sample aliquot, and vortexed for 30 seconds. The material is then pelleted by centrifugation at 14,000 rpm for 5 minutes, and the supernatant removed and passed through a 0.45 um pore filter. Untargeted metabolomics analysis is performed on this supernatant using HPLC equipped with a triple quadrupole mass spectrometer in negative ionization mode (ThermoFinnegan). A C18 POROSHELL® 120 (3×150 mm, 2.7 um particle size) is used for the separation, with mobile phases of 0.1% formic acid (A) and 0.1% formic acid in acetonitrile (B) at a flow of 0.3 mL/min ramping from 0 to 90% B over 30 minutes. Optimal mass spectrometer conditions for urolithin detection are: gas temperature 300° C., drying gas 11 L/min, nebulizer pressure 45 psi, sheath gas temperature 400° C., and sheath gas flow 12 L/min. Spectra are analyzed using XCMS software for feature alignment and clustering Smith C A, Want E J, O'Maille G, Abagyan R, Siuzdak G. Anal Chem. 2006; 78(3):779-87). In particular, features are identified that show differences based on mouse treatment. Next, MS2 based molecular network analysis is used to identify known compounds and group compounds with related structure (Garg et al., Int. J. Mass Spectrom. 2015; 377:719-717).


Headspace GCMS Analysis

GCMS in the headspace of capped samples is used to determine the relative amounts of volatile organic acids present in the samples. Primarily, the compounds of interest are acetate, propionate, and butyrate. Analysis is carried out as described previously (Renom et al., Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine 2005; 39(1):15-19). Peaks are quantified by comparison to authentic standards prepared in PBS solution.


Example 4—Differences in Microbiomes Between Non-Tumor, CT26-Vehicle Treatment, and CT26-Anti-CTLA4 Treatment

The 16S RNA sequencing results are used to determine the distribution of organisms in each sample at both the phylum and genus level, and the distribution is compared across all mouse fecal samples, see FIG. 2 and FIG. 4. The microbe legend is given Table 2, listed in FIG. 4, indicating the bar color in order from top to bottom of the chart. The taxonomic indicators are listed as kingdom, phylum, class, order, family, and genus. Cases where not complete taxonomic information is given indicate it is unknown beyond the last level given.


In FIG. 2, the bar graph illustrates the relative abundance of genera in each fecal sample from non-tumor mice. Labels on each column indicate timepoint:treatment. Timepoints 1-7 refer to days 0, 3, 7, 10, 14, 17, and 21, respectively. Treatments are as follows: 1) Vehicle only; 2) ellagic acid (EA); 3) urolithin A (UA); 4) microbe mix 1; 5) microbe mix 2; 6) microbe mix 3+EA; 7) microbe mix 4+EA; 8) microbe mix 5. Consecutive columns with the same label are replicate mice. The microbe legend is given in Table 2 (FIG. 4), indicating the taxonomy of each genus identified in the samples. Each line in the table corresponds to a bar color or shade in the graph, in a consistent order across all columns in the graph. Relative abundance (percent) is indicated by the length of the bar. For example, the first line in the table indicates the genus represented by the top set of bars (yellow), extending downward from 100%. The second line in the table indicates the next set of bars, and so on moving downward in the graph. Taxonomic indicators are listed in each line of the table as kingdom (1), phylum (2), class (3), order (4), family (5), and genus (6). Cases where incomplete taxonomic information is given indicate it cannot be uniquely identified beyond the last level given.


Specifically, a comparison is made across all mice that did not receive microbial treatment, including those without tumors, those with subcutaneous CT26 tumor graft that receive vehicle treatment, and those with tumor graft that receive anti-CTLA4 treatment. Principal Components Analysis (PCA) is used to reduce the dimensionality of the dataset, and the samples are viewed in the first 3 components. As a more quantitative measure, similarity scores are calculated to determine within-group and between-group variability, showing the significant differences in composition among the mouse treatments. Calculations are all performed by the QIIME platform (referenced above).


The genes identified from whole genome sequencing are classified into gene ontology (GO) categories using tools available publicly from the Panther Classification System website (http://www.pantherdb.org/). This establishes a GO composition of the DNA corresponding to each sample, analogous to the species composition above. The same approach is also applied using the RNAseq transcriptomics data. Both the DNA and RNA datasets are visualized on PCA plots generated using the R programming environment. As a more quantitative measure, GO enrichment analysis is performed to identify which GO terms are over- or under-represented in samples from mice with the cancer graft, with and without anti-CTLA4 treatment. This is also conducted using Panther tools.


Specific genes differentially present or expressed among the cultures are identified using commercial expression analysis software such as SPOTFIRE® (TIBCO Software) or free tools such as BioConductor®. This approach is used to identify genes and transcripts overrepresented in samples from mice with the cancer graft, both with and without anti-CTLA4, compared to the control.


Tools available from the XCMS website are used to classify the LCMS metabolomics samples according to patterns in the spectral signatures obtained. Specific peaks are also identified that correlate with cancer and/or treatment type, thus representing biomarkers of the condition.


Example 5—Differences in Microbiomes Based on Anti-CTLA4 Treatment Efficacy

The tumor size is measured over time in all animals. Although there is significant heterogeneity, the animals receiving anti-CTLA4 on average had less tumor growth than those receiving the vehicle only, see FIG. 3. Based on this data, the mice receiving the treatment are classified based on treatment efficacy as determined by reduction in tumor growth.



FIG. 3 illustrate data showing the efficacy of anti-CTLA-4 treatment in mice with CT26 cancer tumor graft, and supplemented with nutrients and/or microbial mixtures. Datapoints refer to tumor volume (mm3) at each day measurements were taken, averaged over either 4 mice (no CTLA-4) or 8 mice (with CTLA-4) with standard error shown.


The 16S RNA sequencing results are used to determine the distribution of organisms in each sample at both the phylum and genus level, and the distribution is compared across all fecal samples from mice receiving anti-CTLA4 treatment. Principal Components Analysis (PCA) is used to reduce the dimensionality of the dataset, and used to determine differences that are correlated with treatment efficacy. As a more quantitative measure, regression analysis is used to identify particular species associated with the treatment efficacy or lack of efficacy.


The genes identified from whole genome sequencing are classified into gene ontology (GO) categories using tools available publicly from the Panther Classification System website (http://www.pantherdb.org/). This establishes a GO composition of the DNA corresponding to each sample, analogous to the species composition above. The same approach is also applied using the RNAseq transcriptomics data. Both the DNA and RNA datasets for samples from mice receiving anti-CTLA4 are visualized on PCA plots generated using the R programming environment. As a more quantitative measure, GO enrichment analysis is performed to identify which GO terms are over- or under-represented in samples from mice that responded well to the anti-CTLA4 treatment. This is also conducted using Panther tools.


Specific genes differentially present or expressed among the samples are identified using commercial expression analysis software such as SPOTFIRE® (TIBCO Software) or free tools such as BioConductor (an open source, open development software).


Tools available from the XCMS website are used to classify the LCMS metabolomics samples according to patterns in the spectral signatures obtained, to determine whether samples from mice responding well to anti-CTLA4 treatment have significantly different metabolite profiles. Finally, organic acid data from the headspace GCMS analysis are used to identify which of these molecules are correlated with treatment efficacy.


Example 6—Efficacy of Microbial Cocktails

Mice with and without tumors are given microbial cocktails by oral gavage, as described in the example above. The 16S RNA sequencing results are used to determine the distribution of organisms in each sample at both the phylum and genus level, and the distribution is compared across all fecal samples from mice without tumors to determine how these microbes colonize the gut. PCA is used to classify all samples of mice without tumors, showing that samples with the same microbial treatment type cluster together. In addition, the genera represented by each microbial treatment have increased representation in those samples compared to those of different treatment type.


Tumor size is measured in all animals receiving the different microbial treatments, with and without anti-CTLA4 therapy. On average, the animals receiving Microbe Mix 4 (equal amounts of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, and G. urolithinfaciens) in conjunction with ellagic acid and anti-CTLA4 have a reduction in tumor size compared to those with other microbes or not receiving any CTLA4 treatment, as illustrated in FIG. 3. Termination of dosing of both the microbial and anti-CTLA4 treatments were performed at day 28 and mice were evaluated. Mice treated with mix 4 and the anti-CTLA4 therapy had minimal tumor growth in contrast to the other groups, as shown in FIG. 6.


Specific genes differentially present or expressed among the cultures are identified using commercial expression analysis software such as SPOTFIRE® (TIBCO Software) or free tools such as BioConductor™. This approach is used to identify genes overrepresented in samples from mice receiving microbial cocktail 4 (equal amounts of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, and G. urolithinfaciens) in conjunction with ellagic acid and anti-CTLA4. Similarly, LCMS peaks from the metabolomics analysis are identified that have significantly higher or lower concentration in the samples from mice receiving microbial cocktail 4, ellagic acid, and anti-CTLA4. These represent candidate metabolites either produced or degraded by these microbes that are important for stimulating immune function and thus contribute to anti-CTLA4 function.


Whole genome sequencing was performed on fecal samples obtained from mice receiving ellagic acid only, microbe mix 4 in conjunction with ellagic acid, anti-CTLA4 and vehicle, or anti-CTLA4 in conjunction with microbe mix 4 and ellagic acid. A taxonomic classification was assigned to each read by using the centrifuge software package together with a proprietary in-house genome database. The classified read percentages are reported in Table 17 (illustrated as FIG. 20), with percentages normalized to the total number of classified reads.


FACS analysis of whole blood obtained from the animals at the end of the study indicated that CD4 and CD8 T-lymphocyte activity are increased by treatment with the microbial cocktail 4 in conjunction with anti-CTLA4 as shown in the “population table” of FIG. 7.



FIG. 8 graphically illustrates data showing the efficacy of anti-CTLA-4 treatment in mice with CT26 cancer tumor graft, and supplemented with nutrients and/or microbial mixtures. Datapoints refer to tumor volume (mm3) at each day measurements were taken, averaged over either 8 mice (no CTLA-4) or 8 mice (with CTLA-4) with standard error shown.


Tumor size is measured in all animals receiving the different microbial treatments, with and without anti-CTLA4 therapy. On average, the animals receiving Microbe Mix 2 (F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. mucimphila, and E. hirae) in conjunction with anti-CTLA4 have a reduction in tumor size compared to those with other microbes or not receiving any CTLA4 treatment, as illustrated in FIG. 8.


Whole Genome Sequencing and corresponding computer analyses is used to assign a phylogenetic identification to each isolated strain. Resulting sequence information is compared to in-house and publicly available genomic DNA databases to assign identities to each strain.


Specific genes differentially present or expressed among the cultures are identified using commercial expression analysis software such as SPOTFIRE® (TIBCO Software) or free tools such as BioConductor™. This approach is used to identify genes overrepresented in samples from mice receiving microbial cocktail 4 (equal amounts of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, and G. urolithinfaciens) in conjunction with ellagic acid and anti-CTLA4. Similarly, LCMS peaks from the metabolomics analysis are identified that have significantly higher or lower concentration in the samples from mice receiving microbial cocktail 2 and anti-CTLA4. These represent candidate metabolites either produced or degraded by these microbes that are important for stimulating immune function and thus contribute to anti-CTLA4 function.


Specific genes differentially present or expressed among the cultures are identified using commercial expression analysis software such as SPOTFIRE® (TIBCO Software) or free tools such as BioConductor™. This approach is used to identify genes overrepresented in samples from mice receiving microbial cocktail 2 (equal amounts of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. mucimphila, and E. hirae) in conjunction with anti-CTLA4. Similarly, LCMS peaks from the metabolomics analysis are identified that have significantly higher or lower concentration in the samples from mice receiving microbial cocktail 2 and anti-CTLA4. These represent candidate metabolites either produced or degraded by these microbes that are important for stimulating immune function and thus contribute to anti-CTLA4 function.


Stool Meta-Transcriptomics Analysis:

For performing meta-transcriptomics analysis, stool samples are thawed by adding the appropriate volume of 60° C. PM1 containing 1% beta-mercaptoethanol and vortexing at room temperature until the sample is completely homogeneous. The remainder of the total RNA isolation is performed using the RNeasy® PowerMicrobiome® Kit (Qiagen) according to Qiagen's specifications.


To remove contaminating DNA, the Lucigen Baseline-ZERO™ DNase kit (Lucigen) is used in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. To ensure the cleanliness of the prep, the RNeasy® MinElute® Cleanup Kit (Qiagen) is used in accordance with Qiagen's specifications. To deplete gram-positive and gram-negative ribosomal RNA, Illumina's Ribo-Zero® rRNA Removal Kit is used in accordance with the manufacture's specifications (Illumina, San Diego, Calif.). The rRNA-depleted samples are assessed using the Fragment Analyzer™ Automated CE System with the High Sensitivity RNA Analysis Kit (Fragment Analyzer™). The depleted-RNA concentration is determined using the Invitrogen™ Qubit™ RNA HS Assay Kit (Invitrogen). Sequencing libraries are prepared by brief fragmentation, random priming, cDNA synthesis, adaptor ligation, and PCR enrichment according to the NEBNext® Ultra™ II Directional RNA Library Prep Kit™ for Illumina®-used in conjunction with the NEBNext® Multiplex Oligos for Illumina® (New England Biolabs). The quality of the double-stranded cDNA fragments is assessed using the Fragment Analyzer™ Automated CE System with the High Sensitivity NGS Fragment Analysis Kit™ (Fragment Analyzer™). Sample libraries are denatured, then normalized to 1.6 picomolar and analyzed on Illumina's MiniSeg™ or NexSeq NGS™ sequencing platform with the MiniSeg™/NexSeq High Output Reagent Kit-1X150™ cycles (Illumina).


Metabolomics

Mouse and human fecal samples, either raw or resuspended in PBS, were kept frozen at −80 deg. C until processing, then immediately placed in a lyophilizer and freeze-dried overnight. The resulting material was weighed, and lyophilized fecal samples were extracted and processed at a constant per-mass basis using an established procedure (Evans, A. et al. High resolution mass spectrometry improves data quantity and quality as compared to unit mass resolution mass spectrometry in high-throughput profling metabolomics. J. Postgenomics Drug Biomark. Dev. 4, S24-S36 (2014)) by Metabolon, Inc. Recovery standards were added before the first step in the extraction process for quality-control purposes. Samples are prepared using the automated MicroLab STAR® system from Hamilton Company. Several recovery standards are added prior to the first step in the extraction process for QC purposes. Samples are extracted with methanol under vigorous shaking for 2 min (Glen Mills GenoGrinder 2000) to precipitate protein and dissociate small molecules bound to protein or trapped in the precipitated protein matrix, followed by centrifugation to recover chemically diverse metabolites. The resulting extract is divided into five fractions: two for analysis by two separate reverse phase (RP)/UPLC-MS/MS methods using positive ion mode electrospray ionization (ESI), one for analysis by RP/UPLC-MS/MS using negative ion mode ESI, one for analysis by HILIC/UPLC-MS/MS using negative ion mode ESI, and one reserved for backup. Samples are placed briefly on a TurboVap® (Zymark) to remove the organic solvent. The sample extracts are stored overnight under nitrogen before preparation for analysis.


All analytical methods utilize a Waters ACQUITY ultra-performance liquid chromatography (UPLC) and a Thermo Scientific Q-Exactive high resolution/accurate mass spectrometer interfaced with a heated electrospray ionization (HESI-II) source and Orbitrap mass analyzer operated at 35,000 mass resolution. The sample extract is dried then reconstituted in solvents compatible to each of the four methods. Each reconstitution solvent contains a series of standards at fixed concentrations to ensure injection and chromatographic consistency. One aliquot is analyzed using acidic positive ion conditions, chromatographically optimized for more hydrophilic compounds. In this method, the extract is gradient-eluted from a C18 column (Waters UPLC BEH C18-2.1×100 mm, 1.7 μm) using water and methanol, containing 0.05% perfluoropentanoic acid (PFPA) and 0.1% formic acid (FA). A second aliquot is also analyzed using acidic positive ion conditions, but is chromatographically optimized for more hydrophobic compounds. In this method, the extract is gradient eluted from the aforementioned C18 column using methanol, acetonitrile, water, 0.05% PFPA and 0.01% FA, and is operated at an overall higher organic content. A third aliquot is analyzed using basic negative ion optimized conditions using a separate dedicated C18 column. The basic extracts are gradient-eluted from the column using methanol and water, however with 6.5 mM Ammonium Bicarbonate at pH 8. The fourth aliquot is analyzed via negative ionization following elution from a HILIC column (Waters UPLC BEH Amide 2.1×150 mm, 1.7 μm) using a gradient consisting of water and acetonitrile with 10 mM Ammonium Formate, pH 10.8. The MS analysis alternates between MS and data-dependent MS' scans using dynamic exclusion. The scan range varies slightly between methods, but covers approximately 70-1000 m/z.


Three types of controls were analyzed in concert with the experimental samples: a pooled sample generated from a small portion of each experimental sample of interest served as a technical replicate throughout the platform run; extracted water samples served as process blanks; and a cocktail of standards spiked into every analyzed sample allowed for instrument performance monitoring. Instrument variability was determined by calculation of the median relative s.d. (RSD) for the standards that were added to each sample before injection into the mass spectrometers (median RSDs were determined to be 3%). Overall process variability was determined by calculating the median RSD for all endogenous metabolites (i.e., noninstrument standards) present in 90% or more of the pooled technical-replicate samples (median RSD=8%, n=797 metabolites).


Compounds are identified by comparison to library entries of purified standards maintained by Metabolon, that contains the retention time/index (RI), mass to charge ratio (m/z), and chromatographic data (including MS/MS spectral data) on all molecules present in the library. Furthermore, biochemical identifications are based on three criteria: retention index within a narrow RI window of the proposed identification, accurate mass match to the library +/−10 ppm, and the MS/MS forward and reverse scores. MS/MS scores are based on a comparison of the ions present in the experimental spectrum to ions present in the library entry spectrum. While there may be similarities between these molecules based on one of these factors, the use of all three data points can be utilized to distinguish and differentiate biochemicals. Peaks are quantified as area-under-the-curve detector ion counts.


Metabolomics Performed on Fecal Samples


Metabolomics was performed on fecal samples taken from mice in the control group, treated with vehicle and no checkpoint inhibitor, the group treated with microbe cocktail #4 and ellagic acid only, the group treated with anti-CTLA-4 only, and the group treated with anti-CTLA-4, microbe mix 4, and ellagic acid. In the tables and figures that follow, these are referred to as the Control, Microbe, Drug, and Combo, respectively. Samples were processed from timepoint 1 (T1), prior to any treatment; timepoint 4 (T4), 10 days from start and 48 hours after the 3rd treatment dose; and timepoint 7 (T7), 20 days from start and 48 hours after the 6th treatment dose.


Principal components analysis (PCA) was applied on all samples to give a global view of the data. The Control group segregated by timepoint, indicating a gradual shift in the metabolome over time as the cancer progressed. A similar pattern was exhibited by the drug group, while the Microbe and Combo groups shifted in a different direction. There was little distinction among treatment groups at T1 and T4, while significant differences were observed at T7 (FIG. 15). At T7, the microbe and combo groups had changes with p<0.05 in 25% and 40% of all the metabolites detected, respectively, whereas the drug group only had such change in 9% of the metabolites.


Next, individual metabolic pathways and classes of metabolites were considered. The levels of amino acids (unmodified, gamma-glutamyl and acetylated) along with peptides (dipeptides and polypeptides) were lower in the Microbe and Combo groups relative to the Controls at T7 (Table 6). Declines in dipeptides and amino acids in the fecal samples highlight the possibility that proteolysis of both human and microbial-derived peptides, and microbial amino acid excretion, may have lessened following treatment with microbe mix 4. More evidence to support this notion came from the levels of gamma-glutamyl amino acids and N-acetylated amino acids, both of which were decreased in the fecal samples of Microbe and Combo groups. N-acetyl amino acids can be derived from proteins that have undergone post-translational acetylation reactions or from free amino acids reacting with acetyl groups. Gamma-glutamyl AAs are generated by gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase, which plays an important role in amino acid uptake. Decreased fecal levels of proteolysis markers may reflect diminished gut motility and increased transit time.









TABLE 6







Amino acids, acylated amino acids, and gamma-glutamyl amino acids


in mouse fecal samples at T7. Ratio of the mean peak areas for the


specified metabolites in each group relative to the control group.










Compound
Microbe T7
Drug T7
ComboT7













Glycine
0.59 ↓
 0.79
0.71↓


Serine
0.59 ↓
 0.81
0.60↓


Threonine
0.46 ↓
 0.84
0.57↓


Alanine
0.59 ↓
 0.97
0.65↓


Aspartate
0.49 ↓
 0.81
0.62 


Asparagine
0.30 ↓
0.59 ↓
0.42↓


Glutamate
0.51 ↓
 0.97
0.57↓


glutamine
 0.91
 0.71
0.62↓


histidine
 0.77
 0.84
0.62↓


lysine
0.50 ↓
 1.05
0.56↓


Phenylalanine
 0.74
 0.98
0.66↓


tyrosine
0.60 ↓
 0.97
0.57↓


tryptophan
 0.79
 0.91
0.67↓


Leucine
 0.74
 0.97
0.66↓


isoleucine
0.61 ↓
 0.92
0.65↓


valine
 0.60
 0.97
0.64↓


Arginine
 0.95
 1.39
0.86↓


proline
 1.14
 1.12
 1.03


N-acetylserine
 0.79
 1.42
 0.53


N-acetylthreonine
 0.59
1   
0.42↓


N-acetylalanine
0.47 ↓
 1.05
0.52↓


N-acetylaspartate
0.27 ↓
 1.04
0.65↓


N-acetylasparagine
0.27 ↓
 0.93
0.36↓


N-acetylglutamate
0.36 ↓
 1.18
0.76↓


N-acetylglutamine
 0.86
 0.94
0.64↓


N-acetylhistidine
 0.88
 0.88
 0.67


N2-acetyllysine
0.37 ↓
 1.04
0.61↓


N6-acetyllysine
0.41 ↓
 1.05
0.56↓


N-acetylphenylalanine
 0.71
 0.95
0.53↓


N-acetyltyrosine
0.38 ↓
 0.96
0.36↓


N-acetyltryptophan
1.17
 0.97
 1.01


N-acetylleucine
 0.78
 1.12
 0.58


N-acetylisoleucine
 0.79
 0.99
0.55↓


N-acetylvaline
 0.99
 1.3
 0.8


N-acetylarginine
 0.59
 1.2
0.51↓


N-acetylcitrulline
0.4  ↓
 1.23
0.35↓


N-acetylproline
 0.85
 0.97
0.66↓


Gamma-
0.48 ↓
 0.91
0.55↓


glutamylglutamate





Gamma-
 0.77
 0.69
0.56↓


glutamylglutamine





Gamma-
 1.07
 0.79
 1.65


glutamylisoleucine





Gamma-
 0.57
 0.83
0.50↓


glutamylleucine





Gamma-glutamyl-
0.36 ↓
 0.69
0.36↓


alpha-lysine





Gamma-glutamyl-
 0.48
 0.72
0.24↓


epsilon-lysine





Gamma-
0.33 ↓
 0.86
0.41↓


glutamylmethionine





Gamma-
 0.61
 0.93
0.53↓


glutamylphenylalanine





Gamma-
0.39 ↓
 0.82
0.58↓


glutamylthreonine





Gamma-
 0.53
 0.98
0.48↓


glutamyltyrosine





Gamma-
 0.30
 0.89
 0.55


glutamylvaline





Gamma-
0.47 ↓
 0.74
0.42↓


glutamylserine





Gamma-
0.25 ↓
 0.83
 0.51


glutamylcitrulline








Up or down arrows indicate whether the increase or decrease in the treatment relative to the control is significant based on Welch's two sample t-test with p < 0.05.






Cysteine is an important amino acid for redox balance because it contains a highly reactive thiol group which imparts the ability to participate in numerous reactions. Cysteine can be synthesized from methionine and serves as a precursor to antioxidants such as glutathione and taurine. Cysteine levels, as were upstream and downstream metabolites, were lower in the Microbe and Combo groups relative to Control (Table 7). This was consistent with the overall pattern of amino acid detection. Changes in cysteine metabolites may be signals of changes in redox status, as they are precursors for glutathione synthesis.









TABLE 7







Methionine and derivatives in mouse fecal samples at time T7.


Ratio of the mean peak areas for the specified metabolites


in each group relative to the control group.










Compound
Microbe T7
Drug T7
Combo T7













Methionine
0.43 ↓
0.95
0.5  ↓


N-acetylmethionine
0.56 ↓
0.99
0.58 ↓


N-formylmethionine
0.64
1.09
0.57 ↓


Methionine sulfoxide
0.52 ↓
0.93
0.6   ↓


N-acetylmethionine sulfoxide
0.76
0.88
0.64 ↓


cysteine
0.59 ↓
1
0.72 ↓


N-acetylcysteine
0.44 ↓
1.16
0.49 ↓


Cysteine sulfate
0.87
0.72
1.33


cystine
0.39 ↓
0.68
0.32 ↓


taurine
1.19
1.75
1.85


3-sulfo-L-alanine
0.3  ↓
1.04
0.54 ↓





Up or down arrows indicate whether the increase or decrease in the treament relative to the control is significant based on Welch's two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.






Carboxyethyl amino acids were elevated only following Microbe monotherapy. Interestingly, this increase was not sustained during the combination treatment (Table 8). The Drug potentially had an opposing effect on the production of these analytes. Indeed, although never reaching significance, these levels tended to be lower in the Drug T7 group relative to Control.









TABLE 8







Carboxyethyl amino acids in mouse fecal samples at time T7.


Ratio of the mean peak areas for the specified metabolites in


each group relative to the control group.










Compound
Microbe T7
Drug T7
Combo T7













1-carboxyethylisoleucine
 1.56
0.64
0.89


1-carboxyethylleucine
2.43 ↑
0.67
0.82


1-carboxyethylphenylalanine
2.77 ↑
0.69
0.92


1-carboxyethyltyrosine
2.52 ↑
0.8
1


1-carboxyethylvaline
3.26 ↑
0.84
1.19





Up or down arrows indicate whether the increase or decrease in the treatment relative to the control is significant based on Welch's two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.






Pterins make up a group of small metabolites that serve as cofactors for various cell processes. Pterins are excreted by human urine and elevated levels have been detected when the cellular immune system is activated by diseases such as cancer (Koslinski, P., et al., Metabolic profiling of pteridines for determination of potential biomarkers in cancer diseases. Electrophoresis, 2011. 32(15): p. 2044-54). In humans, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobiopterin (BH4) is the most important unconjugated pterin and a cofactor for the hydroxylation of aromatic amino acids (phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan), the biosynthesis of the neurotransmitters serotonin and dopamine and the vasodilator nitric oxide (NO) (Thony, B., G. Auerbach, and N. Blau, Tetrahydrobiopterin biosynthesis, regeneration and functions. Biochem J, 2000. 347 Pt 1: p. 1-16), and for the biosynthesis of thymidine. Pterins may be host or bacterial-derived. BH4 is absorbed in the small intestine but in the colon it is decomposed by enteric bacteria (Sawabe, K., et al., Tetrahydrobiopterin in intestinal lumen: its absorption and secretion in the small intestine and the elimination in the large intestine. J Inherit Metab Dis, 2009. 32(1): p. 79-85). Pterin and biopterin are BH4 degradation products. BH4 was not detected in these samples, but the degradation products increased over time in the Drug and Control group; however, levels were stationary in the Combo group and decreased after an initial rise in the Microbe group (see FIG. 16).


The polyamines, putrescine, spermidine and spermine, are organic polycations present in all eukaryotes and are essential for cell proliferation. Polyamines have been proposed to regulate cellular activities at transcriptional, translational and post-translational levels. The main sources for polyamines in mammals are cellular synthesis, food intake and microbial synthesis in the gut. The rate limiting enzyme in polyamine biosynthesis is ODC (ornithine decarboxylase) that converts ornithine to putrescine. Spermidine is then synthesized from putrescine by spermidine synthase, and spermine from spermidine. Over the course of the study, spermidine, diacetylspermadine and N1,N12-diacetylspermine increased in the feces receiving Control, Drug or Combo treatments. Conversely, these levels remained low in the Microbe group (Table 9). Since no differences in putrescine were observed, altered spermidine synthase activity could explain these findings. Polyamines stimulate mucosal growth and impacts intestinal enzyme activity (Wang, J. Y., et al., Stimulation of proximal small intestinal mucosal growth by luminal polyamines. Am J Physiol, 1991. 261(3 Pt 1): p. G504-11). Potential bacterial sources of polyamines include species of Bacteroides, Fusobacterium, and Clostridium (Matsumoto, M. and Y. Benno, The relationship between microbiota and polyamine concentration in the human intestine: a pilot study. Microbiol Immunol, 2007. 51(1): p. 25-35).









TABLE 9







Polyamines in mouse fecal samples at time T7. Ratio of the


mean peak areas for the specified metabolites in each group


relative to the control group.










Compound
Microbe T7
Drug T7
Combo T7













spermidine
0.23 ↓
1.46
 0.75


diacetylspermidine
0.27 ↓
0.91
0.79 ↓


N1,N12-diacetylspermine
0.25 ↓
1.18
 0.87





Up or own arrows indicate whether the increase or decrease in the treatment relative to the control is significant based on Welch's two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.






Nucleotides are the building blocks for DNA and RNA biosynthesis, and they are composed of a nitrogenous base, a five-carbon sugar, and at least one phosphate group. Nucleotides carry energy, participate in cell signaling, and are incorporated into important cofactors. Nucleotides can be synthesized de novo or recycled through salvage pathways. In energy-preserving salvage reactions, nucleosides and free bases generated by DNA and RNA breakdown are converted back to nucleotide monophosphates, allowing them to re-enter the pathways of nucleotide biosynthesis (inter-conversion). Thus, nucleotide levels may reflect epithelial cell turnover. Nucleotides tended to decline in response to the Microbe treatment. 5′-AMP, 5′-GMP and 5′-CMP were notable exceptions although the biological meaning of these changes remains unknown (Table 10). These nucleic monophosphates may serve as signaling molecules or reflect the degradation of nucleotides.









TABLE 10







Nucleotide synthesis, degradation, and salvage intermediates in mouse fecal


samples at time T7. Ratio of the mean peak areas for the specified


metabolites in each group relative to the control group.










Compound
Microbe T7
Drug T7
Combo T7













Inosine
 0.51
 1.59
 0.88


Hypoxanthine
 0.44
 1.17
0.54 ↓


Xanthine
0.23 ↓
 1.29
 0.61


Xanthosine
 0.65
 1.31
 0.40


2'-deoxyinosine
 0.48
 1.16
 0.68


Urate
0.33 ↓
 1.15
 0.91


Allantoin
 1.1
 1.07
 0.61


1-methylhypoxanthine
 0.66
 0.96
 0.75


AMP
3.41 ↑
 0.99
4.50 ↑


3′ -AMP
0.02 ↓
 0.11
0.20 ↓


Adenosine-2′,3′-cyclic
  0     ↓
0.01 ↓
0.04 ↓


monophosphate





Adenosine
0.07 ↓
 0.65
 0.96


Adenine
0.23 ↓
0.51 ↓
 0.92


1-methyladenine
0.27 ↓
 1.24
0.37 ↓


Ni-methyladenosine
 1.24
 1.05
 0.08


2′-deoxyadenosine 5′-
 1.62
 1.09
3.61 ↑


monophosphate





2′-deoxyadenosine
0.28 ↓
0.76 ↓
 0.84


3'-GMP
 0.15
 0.98
 0.56


Guanosine-2′,3′-cyclic
0.13 ↓
 0.68
0.43 ↓


monophosphate





Guanosine
 0.41
 1.73
 0.96


Guanine
 0.62
 0.83
 0.67


7-methylguanine
0.53 ↓
 1.18
 0.53


8-hydroxyguanine
0.53
 1.12
 0.94


dGMP
1.22
1   
 1.9


2′-deoxyguanosine
0.64
 0.92
 0.88


N-carbamoylaspartate
0.14 ↓
 0.89
0.25 ↓


orotate
0.14 ↓
 0.97
0.29 ↓


UMP
 1.25
 0.84
1.66 ↑


3' -UMP
 0.29
 0.98
 0.89


Uridine-2′,3′-cyclic
0.13 ↓
 0.59
 0.45


monophosphate





Uridine
0.82
 1.12
1   


Uracil
0.24 ↓
 1.26
 0.55


Pseudouridine
0.14 ↓
 1.16
0.29 ↓


5,6-dihydrouridine
0.24 ↓
 1.3
 0.49


2′-O-methyluridine
0.11 ↓
 1.41
 0.46


5-methyluridine
0.29
 2.28
 0.50


2'-deoxyuridine
0.44
 1.29
 0.71


3-ureidopropionate
0.09 ↓
 1.37
 0.37


Beta-alanine
0.21 ↓
 1.16
0.28 ↓


5′-CMP
2.84 ↑
1   
3.32 ↑


3′-CMP
0.44 ↓
 1.14
0.83


Cytidine 2′,3′-cyclic
0.07 ↓
 0.4
0.29 ↓


monophosphate





Cytidine
 0.81
 0.87
 1.15


Cytosine
 0.56
 0.43
 1.39


5-methylcytidine
 0.45
 0.93
0.47 ↓


5-methylcytosine
 0.72
 1.15
 0.99


2′-deoxycytidine 5′-
 1.74
 0.87
2.51 ↑


monophosphate





2′-deoxycytidine
 1.2
 0.86
 1.47


2′-O-methylcytidine
 0.66
 1.17
 0.92


5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine
 1.06
 0.89
 1.11


Thymidine 5′-
 1.69
 0.81
2.26 ↑


monophosphate





Thymidine
 0.66
 1.21
 0.8


thymine
0.17 ↓
 1.56
 0.54


3-aminoisobutyrate
 0.8
 1.31
 0.86





Up or down arrows indicate whether the increase or decrease in the treatment relative to the control is significant based on Welch′s two-sample t-test with p < 0.05






Most dietary triacylglycerol (TAG) digestion is completed in the lumen of the small intestine. The products of TAG digestion, primarily 2-monoacylglycerols (MAG), fatty acids (FA), cholesterol, and lysophospholipids combine with bile salts, forming micelles. The lipid contents of micelles then diffuse into the enterocytes in the distal duodenum and the jejunum, whereas the bile salts are absorbed in the ileum. Within the enterocytes, TAG, cholesterol ester, and phospholipids are reformed from MAG, FA, cholesterol, and lysophospholipids. These reformed lipids are then incorporated into the lipoprotein chylomicrons, from which tissues like skeletal muscle, adipose tissue, and liver can release and take up free FA. Phospholipids were consistently elevated only in the Microbe monotherapy group (Table 11). Microbe treatment may have impacted membrane stability and potentially reflect cellular turnover. This would be consistent with changes in nucleotide levels. Interestingly, these elevations were not observed in the Combo treatment groups, suggesting that the Drug treatment may have negated this influence of Microbe exposure. In addition to dietary sources, these phospholipids could be the result of the shedding of intestinal epithelial cells.









TABLE 11







Phospholipids and related species in mouse fecal samples at time T7.


Ratio of the mean peak areas for the specified metabolites


in each group relative to the control group.










Compound
Microbe T7
Drug T7
ComboT7













1,2-dipalmitoyl-GPC
 1.13
 0.72
0.74 ↓


1-palmitoy1-2-oleoyl-GPC
 1.43
 0.82
 0.82


1-palmitoly-2-linoleoyl-GPC
1.71 ↑
 0.84
 0.77


1-stearoy1-2-arachidonoyl-GPC
 0.78
 0.88
 0.94


1-oleoy1-2-linoleoyl-GPC
1.95 ↑
 0.82
 0.66


1,2-dilinoleoyl-GPC
2.21 ↑
 0.80
 0.62


1-linoleoy1-2-linolenoyl-GPC
1.98 ↑
 0.74
 0.61


1-palmitoy1-2-linoleoyl-GPE
 1.61
 1.03
 1.06


1-stearoy1-2-arachidonoyl-GPE
 1.27
 0/.81 
 1.07


1-oleoy1-2-linoleoyl-GPE
 1.61
 0.79
 0.77


1,2-dilinoleoyl-GPE
2.11 ↑
 0.77
 0.6


1-palmitoy1-2-oleoyl-GPI
3.20 ↑
 0.94
 1.19


1-palmitoy1-2-linoleoyl-GPI
3.03 ↑
 0.81
 1.01


1-oleoyl-GPA
 0.9
 0.85
 0.67


1-linoleoyl-GPA
1.54 ↑
 0.83
 1.3


1-palmitoyl-GPC
2.71 ↑
 0.88
 1.44


2-palmitoyl-GPC
3.89 ↑
 1.01
2.17 ↑


1-stearoyl-GPC
 1.26
 0.85
 1.27


1-oleoyl-GPC
2.93 ↑
 1.01
 1.66


1-linoleoyl-GPA
3.78 ↑
 0.87
 1.54


1-lignoceroyl-GPC
 1.07
 0.95
1


1-palmitoyl-GPE
1.92 ↑
 1.22
 1.28


1-stearoyl-GPE
 0.75
 0.86
 1.32


2-stearoyl-GPE
 0.63
 0.72
 1.58


1-oleoyl-GPE
1.78 ↑
 1.16
 1.24


1-linoleoyl-GPE
3.22 ↑
 0.89
 1.28


1-palmitoyl-GPS
3.41 ↑
1.83 ↑
2.48 ↑


1-linoleoyl-GPG
 1.11
 1.18
 1.27


1-palmitoyl-GPI
3.13 ↑
 0.67
 1.33


1-stearoyl-GPI
 1.38
 0.93
 1.87


1-oleoyl-GPI
2.90 ↑
 0.84
 2.92


1-linoleoyl-GPI
3.28 ↑
 0.93
 2.68





Up or down arrows indicate whether the increase or decrease in the treatment relative to the control is significant based on Welch′s two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.






Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD+) is a coenzyme that plays an essential role in energy metabolism and redox status. NAD+ can be synthesized from the amino acid tryptophan through intermediates including kynurenine and quinolinate or salvaged from nicotinic acid and nicotinamide. Prokaryotic and eukaryotic NAD+ synthetic pathways are similar. Metabolites involved in NAD+ metabolism were lower in the Combo group at T7, and to a lesser extent the Microbe group (Table 12). Declines in NAD+ metabolites in the feces may reflect retention within the colon or decreased production. Increasing NAD+ levels in aged mice decreases colon degradation and increases motility (Zhu, X., et al., Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide replenishment rescues colon degeneration in aged mice. Signal Transduct Target Ther, 2017. 2: p. 17017).









TABLE 12







Nicotinamide and related metabolites in mouse fecal samples at time T7. Ratio


of the mean peak areas for the specified metabolites in each group relative to


the control group.










Compound
Microbe T7
Drug T7
Combo T7













N1-methy1-4-pyridone-3-
 0.65
0.89
 0.45


carboxamide





N′-methylnicotinate
 0.51
1.04
0.53 ↓


1-methylnicotinamide
 1.01
1.03
 0.87


Nicotinamide
 1.33
0.94
 1    


Nicotinate ribonucleoside
 0.71
0.47
0.44 ↓


Nicotinate
0.37 ↓
1.25
0.52 ↓


quinolinate
 0.68
1.05
0.65 ↓





Up or down arrows indicate whether the increase or decrease in the treatment relative to the control is significant based on Welch′s two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.






Metabolomics data was used to determine metabolic signatures that could differentiate response to checkpoint inhibitor treatment. Of the mice receiving anti-CTLA4, responders to the treatment (R) were defined as those mice with tumor size less than 400 mm3 at the end of the study (21 days from first treatment). Those with tumor size greater than 400 mm3 were considered non-responders (NR). Of the 16 mice given anti-CTLA4 in the metabolomics study (Microbe and Combo groups), there were 12 responders and 4 non-responders.


High level views of the responder data demonstrate relatively low numbers of metabolites were significantly different between R and NR during the study (9% at T1, 6% at T4 and 4% at T7). However, there were clear differences in specific metabolites, though each only at a specific timepoint. Guanosine 3′-monophosphate (3′-GMP) and guanosine-2′,3′-cyclic monophosphate were present in R but not detected in any NR at T1. At T4, multiple primary and secondary bile acids were elevated in the feces of R compared to NR (Table 13). Bile acids are necessary for the efficient absorption of dietary lipids. They are synthesized and conjugated in the liver and secreted into the intestine via the bile duct. Most of the bile acid pool is reabsorbed into enterohepatic circulation; however, a small percentage is excreted in the feces. Interestingly, the differences observed here seemed to be unique to taurine-conjugated bile acids. Taurine levels were not different between these groups at any timepoint; however, cysteine, a precursor to taurine was lower in R versus NR at T1. Secondary bile acids are generated by the gut microbiota, and thus differences in these metabolites may reflect differences in microbial population or metabolism. At T7, diacylglycerols (DAGs) and monoacylglycerols (MAGs) were lower in R versus NR at T7 (Table 14). The bulk of DAGs and MAGs in the colon are derived from dietary sources. Assuming the dietary intake was identical between mice included in the study, changes in these metabolites likely reflect differences in digestion and absorption of these metabolites between R and NR.









TABLE 13







Primary and secondary bile acids in mouse fecal samples


at each timepoint. Ratio of the mean peak areas for the


specified metabolites in responders (R) relative to non-


responders (NR). Up or down arrows indicate the increase


or decrease in the treatment relative to the control is


significant based on Welch's two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.










Compound
R/NR T1
R/NR T4
R/NR T7





Taurocholate
0.9
 4.81 ↑
0.85


Tauro-beta-muricholate
0.56
 5.34 ↑
1.5


Taurodeoxycholate
0.49
15.26 ↑
1.31


Taurolithocholate
0.87
 5.95 ↑
1.41


Taurohyodeoxycholic acid
0.54
 7.20 ↑
1.13
















TABLE 14







Monoacylglycerols and diacylglycerols in mouse fecal samples at each


timepoint. Ratio of the mean peak areas for the specified metabolites


in responders (R) relative to non-responders (NR). Up or down arrows


indicate the increase or decrease in the treatment relative to the


control is significant based on Welch's two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.










Compound
R/NR T1
R/NR T4
R/NR T7





1-myristoylglycerol
0.91
0.71
0.73


1-palmitoylglycerol
0.96
1.11
0.61 ↓


1-oleoylglycerol
0.88
1.46
0.47 ↓


1-linoleoylglycerol
0.94
2.03
0.41 ↓


1-linolenoylglycerol
1.04
2.24
0.44 ↓


2-palmitoylglycerol
0.91
1.05
0.63 ↓


2-oleoylglycerol
0.99
1.2
0.47 ↓


2-linoleoylglycerol
0.98
1.47
0.41 ↓


1-heptadecenoylglycerol
0.93
1.69
0.52 ↓


Palmitoyl-linoleoyl-glycerol
0.89
1.36
0.63 ↓


Oleoyl-oleoyl-glycerol
0.82
1.09
0.63 ↓


Oleoyl-linoleoyl-glycerol
0.84
1.33
0.66 ↓


Linoleoyl-lineoyl-glycerol
0.84
1.54
0.63 ↓


Linoleoyl-linolenoyl-glycerol
0.91
1.61
0.60 ↓









Metabolomics Performed on Fecal Samples


In a separate experiment, metabolomics was performed on fecal samples taken from mice treated with anti-CTLA-4 only and the group treated with anti-CTLA-4 in combination with microbe mix 2. In the tables and figures that follow, these are referred to as the Drug (D) and Drug+Microbe (D+M) groups. Samples were processed from timepoint 2 (T2), 48 hours after the first treatment dose; timepoint 4 (T4), 10 days from start and 48 hours after the 3rd treatment dose; and timepoint 6 (T6), 17 days from start and 48 hours after the 5th treatment dose. All mice in the study were classified as responders or non-responders to CTLA-4 treatment. responders to the treatment (R) were defined as those mice with tumor size less than 400 mm3 at the end of the study (21 days from first treatment). Those with tumor size greater than 400 mm3 were considered non-responders (NR). Of the 16 mice given anti-CTLA4 in the study, there were 8 responders and 8 non-responders.


As in the above example, instrument variability was determined by calculation of the median relative s.d. (RSD) for the standards that were added to each sample before injection into the mass spectrometers (median RSDs were determined to be 3%). Overall process variability was determined by calculating the median RSD for all endogenous metabolites (i.e., noninstrument standards) present in 90% or more of the pooled technical-replicate samples (median RSD=10%, n=802 metabolites).


Several metabolites were differentially present in the R and NR groups, as summarized in Table 19. Proline is consistently elevated in NR samples but only significantly at the mid-time-point. Correlation analysis shows that, although proline is the sentinel signal, the top correlating metabolites to its abundance across the samples are primarily other amino acids. Hence, amino acids generally increase in NR samples at the mid-point. The increase observed in the NR samples in the feces reflects a difference in the potential availability for the tumor for anabolic processes such as protein synthesis. Also elevated in responder samples were particular sugars, mannose and myo-inositol, and trace amines. Mannose (an epimer of glucose) and myo-inositol are both monosaccharides that can be made from glucose and they are abundant in the diet. Mannose is most prominently known for its role in posttranslational modification of proteins through N-linked glycosylation while inositol is most known for its role as a second messenger in the form of inositol phosphates. However, the increase in abundance in the feces of NR animals most plausibly indicates differences in either the use or potential use of these sugars as carbon sources by microbes within the lumen of the intestine. Trace amines such as tyramine, tryptamine and phenethylamine are best known for having neuroactive activity. They are present in the diet and can be produced by the microbiota. All three were detected in this study but only phenethylamine was identified as significant for differences between R and NR groups. These amines act through trace amine-associated receptors (TAARs). TAAR1 may regulate immune responses through leukocyte differentiation and activation. So, the elevation in phenylethylamine in NR samples could reflect the potential to modulate the immune response.


Steroids were more abundant in the responder group, particularly at the last timepoint. Steroids include progestogens, androgens, estrogens, glucocorticoids, and mineralocorticoids, and they have vital roles in coordinating changes in metabolism, inflammation, and immune function. Since the steroids detected in this data all change in a similar manner and are from 3 of these 5 classes of steroids, a general change in steroid metabolism—perhaps at the earliest steps (cholesterol conversion to pregnenolone) is most likely.









TABLE 19







Select metabolites with different abundance in responders and non-


responders to the anti-CTLA-4 treatment. Ratio of the mean peak


areas for the specified metabolites in responders (R) relative to


non-responders (NR) are shown. Up or down arrows indicate the


increase or decrease in the treatment relative to the control is


significant based on Welch's two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.










Compound
R/NR T2
R/NR T4
R/NR T6





Phenethylamine
0.79
0.49 ↓
0.77


Proline
1.08
0.58 ↓
0.66


Mannose
1.02
0.82
0.47 ↓


Myo-inositol
1.1
0.62 ↓
0.64


5alpha-pregnan-3beta,20alpha-diol
0.94
0.77
2.88 ↑


disulfate





5alpha-pregnan-diol disulfate
0.72
0.88
2.67 ↑


pregnanolone/allopregnanolone
1.28
1.37
3.93 ↑


sulfate





5alpha-androstan-3beta,17beta-diol
0.85
0.87
2.27 ↑


disulfate









Several metabolites were differentially abundant in the R and NR groups, but only when comparing just those mice treated with D+M. These are listed in Table 20, and include several fatty acids and ceramides as well as serotonin. Serotonin is a key neurotransmitter in the brain-gut axis and significant amounts of peripheral serotonin is synthesized from tryptophan in the gastrointestinal tract by enterochromaffin cells. Various studies have shown that the production of serotonin in the gut is highly influenced by the presence of microbes and their metabolic products. Serotonin trends higher for the non-responder group. The metabolite that serotonin is derived from—tryptophan—does not correlate with the pattern of serotonin change, indicating that the serotonin change is not simply due to changes in tryptophan levels. Tryptophan can also be metabolized into the anti-inflammatory metabolite kynurenine which naturally then has an immunosuppressive role. However, the steady state pools in these fecal samples for kynurenine are unchanged between the R/NR groups.


Certain bile acids also changed between microbe R and NR groups; in particular, minor secondary bile acids that are the products of bacterial metabolism of primary bile acids. Bile acids such as lithocholate (LCA) are reduced with responders and slightly elevated with non-responders. Thus, since these bile acids are by-products of microbial activity, their changes represent the clearest indication of differential microbe activity between the R and NR groups. How this precisely impacts response is not clear but LCA is known to be biologically potent. For example, it is the most powerful known endogenous agonist for a GPCR that regulates vast aspects of metabolism—TGR5. And, bile acids such as LCA also act on receptors involved in the innate immune response—G protein-coupled bile acid receptor 1 (GPBAR1 or Takeda G-protein receptor 5) and the Farnesoid-X-Receptor (FXR). GPBAR1 and FXR are reported to modulate the liver and intestinal innate immune system and therefore contribute to tolerance.









TABLE 20







Select metabolites with different abundance in responders and


non-responders to anti-CTLA-4 and microbe mix 2 combination


treatment. Ratio of the mean peak areas for the specified


metabolites in responders (R) relative to non-responders (NR) are


shown, just for the D + M group. Up or down arrows indicate the


increase or decrease in the treatment relative to the control is


significant based on Welch's two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.










Compound
R/NR T2
R/NR T4
R/NR T6





Serotonin
0.88
0.8
0.6 ↓


Stearate (18:0)
1.09
1.41 ↑
1.03


Arachidate (20:0)
1.05
1.44 ↑
1.04


Behenate (22:0)
0.93
1.53 ↑
1.1


Nervonate (24:1n9)
1.01
1.75 ↑
1.18


1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-GPC
0.68
2.73 ↑
1.22


(16:0/20:4n6)





1-stearoyl-GPS (18:0)
0.73
2.77 ↑
1.09


1-stearoyl-GPG (18:0)
2.56 ↑
2.23 ↑
1.46


1-stearoyl-GPI (16:0)
0.66
1.8 ↑
1.11


1-palmitoyl-galactosylglycerol (16:0)
1.33
3.18 ↑
1.04


Sphingadienine
1.25
0.65
0.65


Ceramide (d18:1/14:0, d16:1/16:0)
1.13
1.25
0.84


Glycosyl-N-palmitoyl-sphingosine
0.64
0.51
0.4


(d18:1/16:0)





Eicosanoylsphingosine (d20:1)
1.25
0.94
0.7


Pregnenediol disulfate
1.11
1.39
1.15


5alpha-pregnan-3beta, 20alpha-diol
1.52
2.03 ↑
2.69 ↑


disulfate





5alpha-pregnan-diol disulfate
1.01
1.71
2.64 ↑


Pregnanolone/allopregnanolone sulfate
2.54
4.19
3.3 ↑


5alpha-androstan-3beta, 17beta-diol
1.41
1.22
2.03 ↑


disulfate





6-oxolithocholate
0.97
0.41
0.51


Isohyodeoxycholate
1.39
0.61
0.48


nicotinamide
1.28
2.38 ↑
1.81









The strongest signal in the data is from microbe treatment (G8 D+M) independent of R/NR. Despite not correlating with response, the changes induced solely by the microbe could provide insights into how the microbe treatment works. Compounds with increased concentration as a result of microbe treatment include those derived from aromatic catabolism, histamine side products, acylglycines, creatine, and NAD+ catabolites. Table 21 indicates the ratio of these metabolites in the D+M treatment group relative to the D group.


Many metabolites that typically arise from microbial catabolism of aromatic amino acids (e.g., p-cresol sulfate, p-cresol glucuronide, and 4-hydroxyphenylacetate) and benzoate metabolites (e.g., benzoate, hippurate, catechol sulfate, etc.) are increased by microbe treatment. Benzoate metabolites are simple carboxylic acids produced from the microbial degradation of dietary aromatic compounds in the intestine, such as polyphenols, purines and aromatic organic acids. There is precedent for several aromatic amino acid metabolites having biological activity. For example, tryptophan metabolites such as kynurenate, indole, indoxyl sulphate, and indolepropionate, are ligands for the aryl hydrocarbon receptor (AhR). The AhR mediates tumor-promoting effects of dioxin and AhR signaling is also important for the immune response at barrier sites. These examples illustrate the potential for these types of metabolites to have important biological functions, particularly given that many are at fairly high levels in the blood.


While histamine itself is not elevated, many side-products and metabolites of it such as 1-methylhistamine and 1-ribosyl-imidazoleacetate are. This may be important since histamine is involved in inflammatory responses and gut physiology. Histamine may also have specific microbe-induced influences in specific tumors. For example, it was shown that administration of histidine decarboxylase (HDC) from Lactobacillus reuteri resulted in luminal histamine production of Hdc−/− mice and an associated decrease in the number and size of colon tumors. If the microbe treatment has the potential to alter histamine, it may have similar effects as those described in colon tumors.


Several acylglycines are recognized in biology to have important biological properties. Consequently, they are sometimes described as having “endocannabinoid-like” properties. N-arachidonoyl glycine (NAGly) is probably the best studied acylglycine and has been described to influence things such as inflammation, analgesia and, vasorelaxation. In these data, two acylglycines (3,4-methylene heptanoylglycine and picolinoylglycine) increased in the microbe treated group. However, these acylglycines are probably distantly related to versions like NAGly and there are many missing values, likely contributing to the large fold changes. 3,4-methylene heptanoylglycine is glycine conjugated to a short (C7) unsaturated acyl chain, in contrast to long fatty acyl chains that comprise most canonical acylglycines such as the C20-bearing NAGly. Picolinoylglycine is a pyridine-like ring structure conjugated to glycine. Hence, these molecules are highly unique; given the biosynthetic capacity of the microbiome, these unconventional acylglycines may be synthesized by microbes for some biological function. For example, a recent study revealed that one commensal bacteria effector gene family (Cbeg12) encoded enzymes for the production of the acylglycine N-acyl-3-hydroxypalmitoyl-glycine (commendamide).


Creatine is a key metabolite for cellular energy homeostasis in highly dynamic tissues such as brain, skeletal muscle and the gut. Creatine facilitates channeling of high energy phosphates (via phosphocreatine) to maintain ATP generation. In addition to creatine, several of its metabolites are also elevated by microbe treatment. Relevant to the effects in the gut, creatine supplementation is reported to maintain intestinal homeostasis and protect against colitis through rapidly replenishing ATP within colonic epithelial. Notably, gut microbiota express specific enzymes that can mediate creatine and creatinine breakdown.


Catabolites of NAD+ and/or nicotinamide (NAM) are increased with microbe treatment. NAD+ has numerous critical cellular functions—a coenzyme for energy metabolism and redox status, holistic regulation of metabolism as a substrate for sirtuins, and in DNA repair through Poly(ADP-ribose) polymerases (PARPs). In this study, the methylated metabolites of NAM increased: N1-methyl-2-pyridone-5-carboxamide (2py) and N1-methyl-4-pyridone-3-carboxamide (4py) are increased by microbe treatment, suggesting an upregulation of NAD+/NAM catabolism. 2py and 4py are produced through methylation of NAM by Nicotinamide N-methyltransferase (NNMT) followed by aldehyde oxidase (Aox) oxidation. These reactions have generally been regarded as clearance pathways as 2py and 4py are excreted in the urine. However, recent studies suggest that the products of this pathway may possess biological activity. For example, pharmacological doses of N1-methylnicotinamide (MNAM) is reported to inhibit cyclooxygenase 2 (COX2) and endothelial nitric oxide synthase (eNOS). This may have relevance in an immunotherapy context as inhibition may help combat COX-2 immune evasion.









TABLE 21







Select metabolites with different abundance in mice treated


with microbe mix 2. Ratio of the mean peak areas for the


specified metabolites in the D + M group compared to the D


group is shown. Up or down arrows indicate the increase


or decrease in the treatment relative to the control is significant


based on Welch's two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.











D + M/D
D + M/D
D + M/D


Compound
T2
T4
T6





Phenol sulfate
1
55.66 ↑
22.17


N-formylphenylalanine
1.25
 0.64 ↓
 0.61 ↓


4-hydroxyphenylacetate sulfate
0.96
46.99 ↑
 8.24 ↑


Kynurenate
0.57
 3.03
 1.86


N-formylanthranilic acid
1.1
 5.59 ↑
 1.74


Xanthurenate
1.04
 5.43
 3.04


Serotonin
1.07
 0.81
 0.92


5-hydroxyindoleacetate
0.74
 1.65
 2.02


Tryptamine
1.78 ↑
 1.21
 1.06


Indole-3-carboxylate
0.93
 0.51 ↓
 0.7


Indoleacetylglycine
1
71.3 ↑
 5.71 ↑


3-indoxyl sulfate
1
44.11
47.76


Hippurate
1.31
96.34 ↑
11.88


Benzoate
1.47
 2.76
 2.32 ↑


4-hydroxybenzoate
0.93
 1.83 ↑
 0.97


Catechol sulfate
1
 4.01
 4.29 ↑


Imidazole lactate
0.7
 2.42
 1.41


Histamine
1.25
 1.09
 0.82


1-methylhistamine
0.61
 8.99 ↑
 3.94


1-methyl-4-imidazoleacetate
1.06
 8.52
 3.13


1-methyl-5-imidazoleacetate
1.07
 0.6
 0.92


1-ribosyl-imidazoleacetate
1
27.27 ↑
 5.14


3,4-methylene heptanoyl-glycine
1
16.15 ↑
 4.83


picolinoylglycine
1
24.6 ↑
 5.78


Guanidinoacetate
0.5
37.6 ↑
 9.04


Creatine
0.47
16.4 ↑
 2.92


Creatinine
0.41
15.91 ↑
 4.88


4-guanidinobutanoate
1.66
 4.95 ↑
 3.71


Nicotinate
1.93
 0.91
 0.69


Nicotinate ribonucleoside
1.28
 1.37
 0.5


Nicotinic acid mononucleotide
1.39
 1.22
 0.59


Nicotinamide
1.43
 0.78
 1.16


Nicotinamide ribonucleotide
0.76
 0.82
 0.89


Nicotinamide riboside
2.06
 1.2
 1.03


1-methylnicotinamide
1.05
 2.48
12.05


Trigonelline
0.8
10.26 ↑
 2.28


(N′1-methylnicotinate)





N1-methy1-2-pyridone-5-
0.64
 4.65 ↑
 3.11


carboxamide





N1-methy1-4-pyridone-3-
0.8
 9.25 ↑
 3.67


carboxamide









Example 7—Patient Data Collection from Clinical Trials

Eligible patients were selected from those undergoing immunotherapy treatment as follows: melanoma patients receiving Nivolumab and Ipilimumab; head/neck and non-small cell lung cancer patients receiving PD-1 monotherapy and selected by their PD-L1 and TMB status. Each patient provided stool samples using the BIOCOLLECTIVE™ (BioCollective®) kit (see e.g., https://www.thebiocollective.com/) and cheek swabs of the oral biome. Urine, Blood and plasma samples were also taken by healthcare personnel within 1-2 days of the stool samples. Samples were kept on ice or at 4 deg. C until processed. Whole blood is collected into an EDTA tube. Plasma is isolated from the blood by centrifugation at 1000×g for 10 minutes, followed by centrifugation at 2000×g for 10 minutes. Three timepoints were taken for each patient, corresponding to 1 week prior to Cycle 1 start, on treatment at Cycle 2 Day 1 (approximately 2-3 weeks on treatment), and at the time of initial on-treatment scan (8-12 weeks on treatment). Urine, oral and fecal samples are processed using the same procedures as the mouse fecal samples described above.


Flow cytometry analysis of peripheral blood can provide a non-invasive immune profile of the patients on study (Showe et al. Cancer Res. 2009 Dec. 15; 69(24): 9202-9210). The peripheral blood immuno-profile evaluation was performed on blood samples collected prior to and after the dosing with the immunotherapy. Phenotypic markers of lymphocyte subpopulations and regulatory T cells (Tregs) was evaluated using flow cytometry with populations gated to include CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, CD45 and FoxP3-expressing cells using antibodies to each cell type (BD Biosciences). Peripheral blood cells are stained with Live/Dead violet dye (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) to gate on live cells. Data is acquired on an LSR II™ flow cytometer (BD Biosciences) and analyzed with FLOWJO™ software (TreeStar, Ashland, Oreg.). Exemplary flow cytometry analysis of peripheral blood samples from a patient undergoing immunotherapy are shown in FIG. 11.


Flow cytometry was performed on blood samples obtained from human subjects with (19) and without cancer (28). The resulting gated percentages are plotted for different cell markers. For CD3, Foxp3, CD8+HLA-DR+ and CD11b, statistically differences are observed between the cancer and non-cancer populations as shown in FIG. 22 and FIG. 43. CD3 (general T cells) is depleted and Foxp3 (T regulatory cells) and CD11b+ (leukocytes) are enriched in the cancer population. P values are computed using the Mann-Whitney U test. Principal component analysis was also conducted on the same data set where the gated percentages are mean and standard deviation scaled. The first two principal components are plotted as shown in FIG. 23 and FIG. 44. A statistically significant difference is observed between the cancer and control populations in the scaled data. The P value is computed using permutational multivariate analysis of variance (PERMANOVA).


Flow cytometry was performed on 73 blood samples obtained from human subjects with and without cancer. The resulting gated percentages are plotted for different cell markers. For CD8+HLA-DR+, CD4+HLA-DR+, CD11b+, CD3+, CD3+CD56+, Foxp3+, and CD3+HLA-DR+, statistically differences are observed between the cancer and non-cancer populations as shown in FIG. 50. CD8+HLA-DR+ (activated cytotoxic T cells) and CD4+HLA-DR+ (activated T helper cells) are enriched in the cancer population. P values are computed using the Mann-Whitney U test. Principal component analysis was also conducted on the same data set where the gated percentages are mean and standard deviation scaled. The first two principal components are plotted as shown in FIG. 51. A statistically significant difference is observed between the cancer and control populations in the scaled data. The P value is computed using permutational multivariate analysis of variance (PERMANOVA).


Whole genome sequencing was performed on fecal sample obtained from 20 humans, 11 with cancer on in remission, and 9 healthy individuals. A taxonomic classification was assigned to each read by using the centrifuge software package together with a proprietary in-house genome database. The classified read percentages are reported in Table 18, with percentages normalized to the total number of classified reads.


Unsupervised clustering was performed on the whole genome sequencing results from humans using t-SNE (Laurens van der Maaten, Geoffrey Hinton; Journal of Machine Learning Research 9 (2008) 2579-2605). The classified read percentages across the cohort of 20 individuals were filtered to only the species level and to only organisms that appeared at 0.01% or greater in at least 5 samples. The remaining categories were normalized by mean and variance and inputted to principal component analysis. The top ten principal components were used as the input to t-SNE, which generated two distinct clusters as shown in FIG. 18. These clusters were visually apparent, and were further verified using k-means clustering. In the first cluster, deemed here as the “unhealthy” cluster, all but one of the humans have had cancer, while in the other “healthy” cluster, only two members have had cancer. Notably, both of the cancer patients in the healthy cluster are in remission and were elite responders to therapy.


From the whole genome sequencing results, differential abundance testing between healthy individuals and current or former cancer patients was performed for Eubacterium hallii and Blautia massiliensis. The classified reads percentages were plotted for both healthy individuals and current or former cancer patients, and the Mann-Whitney non-parametric ranksum test was applied to assess statistical significance. As shown in FIG. 19, both Eubacterium hallii and Blautia massiliensis occur at a lower level in the cancer group, with strong statistical significance (p=5.2e-5, 2.4e-5 respectively).


Whole genome sequencing was performed on fecal samples from subjects with and without cancer and the reads are classified and abundance of each species or strain was estimated computationally. The fold change difference and statistical significance (inverse p value, Mann Whitney U test) was calculated for abundances between cancer and control sample cohorts. The results are displayed on a volcano plot as shown in FIG. 52. Each point is a microbial species or strain, and the area of each point corresponds to the average abundance of that organism in control samples. Immune flow cytometry was performed on 73 blood samples from human subjects in addition to whole genome sequencing. Statistical analysis was performed to find significantly significant correlations between immune markers and organisms, using a Spearman correlation and p value and filtering for a false discovery rate of 0.15. The ratio of the number of statistically significant correlations discovered to the total number of organisms considered for each family was plotted as shown in FIG. 53. A higher value indicates bacterial families that contain species that are more likely to be significantly correlated to the immune system. Further statistical analysis was performed to find significantly significant correlations between immune markers and organisms, using a Spearman correlation and p value and filtering for a false discovery rate of 0.15. The number of statistically significant correlations for each immune marker was plotted as shown in FIG. 54. PCA (principal component analysis) was performed on centered-log-ratio transformed abundances from the whole genome sequencing data, and the first two principal coordinates were plotted for cancer and control sample cohorts as shown in FIG. 55. For the same PCA analysis, points corresponding to longitudinal samples from the same subject were connected, with darker points corresponding to later samples as shown in FIG. 56.



FIG. 60 illustrates metabolomics data on plasma from a third party provider was processed using a Mann Whitney U test to find significantly different metabolites between cancer and control cohorts. Metabolites enriched in cancer samples appear on the right and those enriched in control samples occur on the left, with higher points on the y-axis corresponding to increased statistical significance.



FIG. 61 illustrates the primary principal components for the microbiome sequencing data and immune flow cytometry data are plotted against each, revealing a strong correlation and suggesting that the microbiome may play a role in affecting the immune system and vice versa.



FIG. 62 illustrates metabolomics data on plasma from a third party provider was processed using a log transform and PCA to show clear separation between samples from a cancer and control cohort.


The empirical distribution between successive longitudinal samples is plotted in FIG. 63 for both cancer and control cohorts, demonstrating the increased variability of the cancer microbiome. In FIG. 63, centered log transformed estimated species abundances were generated for both cancer and control sample cohorts. Distances between successive longitudinal samples in the transformed space were computed for both cancer and control cohorts, and the empirical densities of the distances are displayed, revealing that cancer microbiomes are less stable and move around more over time than control.


Table 34 shows the organism level weights for the first principal component, which separates cancer and control sample cohorts. Only weights with magnitude greater than 0.014 and corresponding to organisms with minimum abundance 0.001 are reported. The organisms driving separation towards the control side of the principal component are also some of the organisms most strongly missing from the cancer microbiome, while organisms driving separation towards the cancer side of the principal component tend to be pathogenic or otherwise negative for health.


The whole genome sequencing was also used to determine statistically significant differentially abundant organisms between cancer and control sample cohorts; FIG. 58 illustrates some manually curated hits.


The primary principal component from whole genome sequencing data was plotted against the second principal component from immune flow cytometry analysis in FIG. 61, revealing a strong correlation and suggesting that the microbiome may play a role in affecting the immune system and vice versa.









TABLE 26







Whole genome sequencing was performed on fecal samples from subject


with and without cancer and the reads are classified and abundance of each species


or strain was estimated computationally. The fold change difference and


statistical significance (inverse p value, Mann Whitney U test) was calculated for


abundances between cancer and control sample cohorts. P values are filtered for a


false discovery rate of 0.05, and hits passing the threshold are included in Table 26.












Mean
Mean
log10 Fold



p value
Abundance
Abundance
Change



(Mann
in Cancer
in Control
(Cancer vs
Organism (name:NCBI


Whitney U)
Samples
Samples
Healthy)
Taxonomic ID)





5.43E−07
9.37E−05
2.59E−04
−7.35E−01

Ruminococcus sp. OF02-







6:2293228


8.47E−07
1.78E−04
5.35E−04
−7.56E−01

Blautia obeum ATCC







29174:411459


1.67E−06
3.86E−04
1.37E−03
−1.04E+00

Ruminococcus sp. AM16-







34:2293184


2.91E−06
3.12E−02
7.12E−02
−5.20E−01

Blautia obeum:40520



3.06E−06
1.05E−04
3.23E−04
−1.18E+00

Ruminococcus faecis







JCM 15917:1298596


3.40E−06
2.11E−04
3.73E−04
−6.81E−01

Blautia sp. OM07-







19:2292985


6.46E−06
5.51E−05
2.34E−04
−1.06E+00

Lachnospiraceae








bacterium AM23-







7LB:2292904


7.30E−06
3.18E−05
9.97E−05
−9.48E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF25-







17:2293164


8.48E−06
6.76E−05
2.70E−04
−7.10E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF46-







10NS:2292072


9.21E−06
2.72E−05
8.87E−05
−1.01E+00

Ruminococcus sp. AM49-







10BH:2293222


9.40E−06
4.04E−05
1.26E−04
−6.15E−01

Lachnospiraceae








bacterium







Choco86:2109690


9.43E−06
3.55E−18
2.74E−05
−2.46E−01

Clostridium sp. AM54-







37XD:2293038


1.02E−05
4.19E−05
1.63E−04
−9.45E−01

Ruminococcus sp. OM08-







13AT:2293235


1.04E−05
7.91E−06
7.72E−05
−8.98E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AM27-







27:2293193


1.69E−05
9.77E−06
6.64E−05
−4.51E−01

Tidjanibacter








massiliensis:1871003



1.79E−05
6.69E−05
2.44E−04
−9.99E−01

Blautia sp. AM16-







16B:2292969


2.85E−05
1.09E−04
3.52E−04
−8.54E−01

Blautia sp. AM22-







22LB:2292970


3.27E−05
5.18E−07
2.05E−05
−3.33E−01

Clostridioides difficile







P51:1151426


4.07E−05
6.77E−04
4.30E−05
  1.02E+00

Anaerostipes sp. AF04-







45:2292912


5.00E−05
2.11E−05
5.38E−05
−7.92E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AM57-







5:2293227


5.38E−05
4.70E−04
3.21E−03
−1.35E+00

Lachnoclostridium sp.







SNUG30099:2126738


5.50E−05
2.21E−06
1.61E−04
−7.21E−01

Clostridium sp. AF15-







31:2292995


6.22E−05
7.78E−03
1.52E−02
−9.47E−01

Anaerostipes








hadrus:649756



6.58E−05
8.77E−07
1.57E−05
−4.48E−01

Collinsella sp. TF06-







26:2018038


7.09E−05
3.45E−04
1.03E−03
−1.01E+00

Blautia sp. AF22-







5LB:2292964


7.73E−05
9.61E−05
2.30E−04
−7.87E−01

Ruminococcus sp. OM04-







4AA:2293231


8.13E−05
4.69E−04
8.47E−04
−9.91E−01

Dora longicatena DSM







13814:411462


8.50E−05
2.79E−05
7.45E−05
−6.15E−01

Clostridium sp. AF32-







12BH:2292006


8.60E−05
3.93E−07
1.72E−06
−1.92E−01

Lachnoanaerobaculum








saburreum DSM







3986:887325


9.05E−05
6.58E−05
3.03E−04
−9.05E−01

Dorea sp. AM10-







31:2293098


9.07E−05
4.12E−04
8.39E−04
−8.33E−01

Lachnospiraceae








bacterium







5_1_63FAA:658089


9.48E−05
1.35E−03
3.53E−03
−9.58E−01

Gemmiger








formicilis:745368



1.01E−04
1.00E−03
2.63E−03
−8.57E−01

Blautia sp. SF-







50:1520805


1.02E−04
6.37E−05
2.32E−04
−9.04E−01

Blautia sp. AM46-







5:2292978


1.21E−04
1.10E−04
4.20E−04
−6.85E−01

Dorea sp. AM58-







8:2292346


1.22E−04
1.58E−05
3.61E−05
−6.27E−01

Faecalibacterium








prausmtzn A2-







165:411483


1.29E−04
2.76E−04
5.36E−04
−6.55E−01
[Eubacterium] hallii DSM






3353:411469


1.32E−04
6.47E−04
1.63E−04
−8.26E−01

Ruminococcus sp. OM06-







36AC:2292375


1.39E−04
9.34E−05
5.94E−05
−5.36E−01

Coprococcus sp. TF11-







13:2293096


1.40E−04
1.18E−04
3.26E−04
−9.09E−01

Dorea sp. AF36-







15AT:2292041


1.43E−04
8.95E−04
5.72E−05
  5.72E−01

Blautia sp. N6H1-







15:1912897


1.49E−04
1.53E−04
5.53E−04
−9.23E−01

Blautia sp. AF25-







12LB:2292965


1.49E−04
3.36E−03
5.38E−03
−4.53E−01

Dorea








formicigenerans:39486



1.50E−04
2.34E−05
9.10E−05
−7.82E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AM49-







8:2293223


1.56E−04
2.70E−04
5.20E−04
−8.33E−01

Anaerostipes hadms DSM







3319:649757


1.63E−04
5.79E−06
3.62E−05
−6.15E−01

Collinsella aerofaciens







ATCC 25986:411903


1.75E−04
1.18E−04
2.59E−04
−8.99E−01

Lachnospiraceae








bacterium AM25-







27:2292905


1.77E−04
3.31E−03
7.23E−03
−6.01E−01

Coprococcus








comes:410072



1.80E−04
2.54E−05
1.56E−04
−8.08E−01

Collinsella sp. AF23-







3LB:2292223


1.92E−04
1.56E−04
4.92E−04
−8.72E−01

Blautia sp. AF19-







34:2292963


2.08E−04
1.76E−05
6.94E−05
−7.11E−01

Raoultibacter








massiliensis:1852371



2.14E−04
8.24E−05
2.09E−04
−4.65E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF20-







12LB:2293160


2.26E−04
3.19E−05
8.82E−05
−6.79E−01

Massilimaliae








massiliensis:1852384



2.30E−04
1.13E−52
1.01E−05
−4.46E−01

Collinsella sp. AF19-







7AC:2292220


2.36E−04
2.81E−04
5.09E−04
−9.60E−01

Lachnospiraceae








bacterium AM21-







21:2292903


2.37E−04
2.21E−04
4.61E−04
−7.90E−01

Ruminococcaceae








bacterium AF10-







16:2292180


2.38E−04
5.80E−05
2.02E−04
−7.78E−01

Gordonibacter








faecihominis:1432309



2.42E−04
5.64E−04
3.49E−05
  1.05E+00

Anaerostipes








caccae:105841



2.64E−04
1.06E−03
5.20E−03
−1.30E+00

Monoglobus








pectinilyticus:1981510



2.68E−04
4.74E−04
6.87E−04
−6.38E−01

Ruminococcaceae








bacterium TF06-







43:2292270


2.84E−04
7.60E−07
1.82E−06
−2.24E−01

Asaccharobacter celatus







DSM 18785:1121021


2.87E−04
2.04E−04
1.63E−03
−1.30E+00

Clostridium








sporogenes:1509



2.91E−04
2.60E−04
4.15E−04
−8.36E−01

Lachnospiraceae








bacterium AM10-







38:2292902


3.09E−04
6.10E−05
8.84E−05
−5.88E−01

Clostridiaceae bacterium







AF42-6:2291990


3.16E−04
5.41E−06
3.45E−05
−4.10E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF17-







6LB:2293155


3.26E−04
3.25E−05
1.02E−04
−7.15E−01

Collinsella sp. TF11-







5AC:2292336


3.27E−04
1.42E−04
2.92E−04
−8.97E−01

Clostridium sp. AF46-







9NS:2293020


3.29E−04
2.07E−03
3.74E−03
−7.08E−01

Blautia sp. KLE







1732:1226324


3.37E−04
1.46E−04
3.12E−04
−8.75E−01

Lachnospiraceae








bacterium TF10-







8AT:2292907


3.44E−04
5.02E−05
1.31E−04
−8.24E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF12-







5:2293146


3.48E−04
8.41E−05
1.74E−04
−7.60E−01

Christensenella








minuta:626937



3.55E−04
1.25E−04
3.57E−04
−6.63E−01

Eubacterium ventriosum







ATCC 27560:411463


3.58E−04
1.14E−06
3.05E−06
−2.88E−01

Enterorhabdus caecimuris







B7:1235794


3.64E−04
6.73E−06
1.21E−05
−3.51E−01

Roseburia sp. AF22-







2LB:2293130


3.65E−04
6.81E−05
7.53E−05
−8.90E−01

Adlercreutzia








equolifaciens:446660



3.68E−04
4.92E−05
9.35E−05
−7.93E−01

Collinsella sp. AM23-







17:2292030


3.78E−04
1.53E−04
3.78E−04
−8.61E−01

Blautia








hydrogenotrophica:53443



3.78E−04
4.92E−05
2.48E−04
−7.55E−01

Clostridium sp. OM08-







29:2293049


4.02E−04
5.58E−05
7.90E−05
−3.87E−01

Dorea sp. Marseille-







P4042:2080749


4.18E−04
2.43E−06
2.92E−05
−5.16E−01

Parabacteroides distasonis







CL09T03C24:999417


4.18E−04
1.46E−05
8.14E−05
−6.84E−01

Collinsella sp. TM06-







3:2292342


4.36E−04
1.65E−02
4.80E−03
  8.16E−01

Bacteroides caccae:47678



4.60E−04
1.01E−05
4.88E−05
−6.26E−01

Collinsella sp. TF09-







1AT:2292334


4.69E−04
4.79E−04
3.46E−04
−6.90E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF17-







22AC:2292248


4.71E−04
9.05E−03
1.48E−02
−8.03E−01

Dorea longicatena:88431



4.72E−04
6.20E−06
4.23E−05
−5.54E−01
Alistipes sp.






CHKCI003:1780376


4.90E−04
0.00E+00
1.21E−05
−1.77E−01

Brochothrix








thermosphacta:2756



5.04E−04
1.63E−05
5.37E−05
−6.50E−01

Collinsella sp. OM06-







18AC:2292327


5.20E−04
3.49E−04
6.46E−04
−4.03E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF31-







8BH:2293174


5.30E−04
1.58E−03
3.65E−03
−8.13E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AM26-







12LB:2293190


5.52E−04
2.20E−05
9.78E−05
−7.55E−01

Collinsella sp. AM18-







10:2292028


5.76E−04
4.38E−05
5.22E−05
−5.26E−01

Roseburia sp. AF12-







17LB:2293127


5.84E−04
3.12E−03
7.90E−03
−1.20E+00

Alistipes putredinis DSM







17216:445970


5.93E−04
5.01E−05
3.01E−04
−7.77E−01

Dorea sp. AM13-







35:2293099


5.93E−04
3.15E−04
7.67E−04
−7.79E−01

Ruminococcus sp. OM08-







9BH:2293236


5.96E−04
1.14E−03
2.42E−03
−8.11E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF17-







12:2293151


5.99E−04
3.35E−04
7.01E−04
−9.02E−01

Gordonibacter








urolithinfaciens:1335613



6.13E−04
1.91E−06
3.72E−06
−1.32E−01

Leuconostoc gelidum







subsp. gasicomitatum






KG16-1:1165892


6.31E−04
4.69E−04
3.62E−05
  6.36E−01

Clostridia bacterium







UC5.1-2H11:1697795


6.35E−04
1.72E−05
2.97E−05
−5.04E−01

Roseburia sp. AF25-







15LB:2293133


6.52E−04
2.18E−04
5.93E−04
−8.67E−01

Blautia sp. TF11-







31AT:2292987


6.79E−04
1.70E−04
4.57E−04
−1.01E+00

Collinsella sp. AM34-







10:2292316


6.90E−04
8.99E−07
8.75E−05
−4.66E−01

Alistipes sp. AF17-







16:2292190


7.15E−04
4.04E−04
7.67E−04
−1.03E+00

Ruminococcus sp. AM36-







5:2293211


7.19E−04
2.44E−05
1.34E−04
−5.72E−01

Dorea sp. OM02-







2LB:2292347


7.33E−04
1.55E−05
4.71E−05
−6.08E−01

Collinsella sp. TM09-







10AT:2292343


7.47E−04
5.43E−04
9.49E−07
  7.81E−01

Coprococcus sp. AM25-







15LB:2302944


7.91E−04
1.86E−06
1.46E−05
−5.33E−01

Ruminococcus sp. TF10-







12AC:2293239


8.05E−04
1.82E−05
9.46E−05
−7.05E−01

Collinsella sp. AF20-







14LB:2292221


8.05E−04
2.21E−05
1.14E−04
−6.51E−01

Collinsella sp. AM44-







11:2292323


8.41E−04
8.09E−05
1.82E−04
−4.57E−01

Subdoligranulum








variabile DSM







15176:411471


8.41E−04
4.97E−04
1.21E−03
−6.35E−01

Coprococcus








catus:116085



8.45E−04
1.10E−05
9.81E−05
−7.91E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF17-







1AC:2293152


8.58E−04
4.36E−04
7.00E−05
−6.08E−01

Ruminococcus








champanellensis 18P13 =







JCM 17042:213810


8.70E−04
6.26E−05
2.87E−03
−6.55E−01

Bifidobacterium








animalis:28025



8.83E−04
4.26E−05
2.16E−04
−6.76E−01

Dorea sp. OM07-







5:2293100


8.94E−04
9.03E−04
9.72E−04
−8.47E−01

Ruminococcus lactaris







ATCC 29176:471875


9.19E−04
6.87E−05
1.34E−04
−6.90E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AM27-







11LB:2293191


9.42E−04
6.27E−06
2.66E−06
  3.64E−01

Plantactinospora sp.







BB1:2071627


9.59E−04
2.40E−04
3.24E−04
−8.16E−01

Lachnospiraceae








bacterium OM02-







26:2292908


9.62E−04
3.17E−05
1.20E−04
−7.00E−01

Collinsella sp. AM24-







1:2292031


9.80E−04
2.16E−05
5.96E−05
−6.47E−01

Collinsella sp. AM41-







2BH:2292320


1.01E−03
6.38E−04
1.59E−03
−8.07E−01

Blautia sp. SG-







772:2109334


1.04E−03
3.79E−04
7.50E−04
−7.35E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AM41-







10BH:2293213


1.08E−03
5.59E−05
4.02E−05
−4.46E−01

Coprococcus sp. AF38-







1:2302943


1.12E−03
3.76E−06
6.68E−05
−5.28E−01

Clostridium sp. OM05-







9:2293045


1.13E−03
3.75E−04
3.15E−04
−7.03E−01

Blautia sp. Marseille-







P3087:1917876


1.13E−03
4.31E−03
1.34E−03
  4.08E−01

Flavonifractor








plautii:292800



1.17E−03
1.32E−03
3.09E−03
−8.46E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AM23-







1:2293188


1.21E−03
5.92E−04
1.14E−03
−1.04E+00

Blautia








hydrogenotrophica DSM







10507:476272


1.22E−03
5.25E−04
1.05E−03
−6.12E−01

Ruminococcus sp. OF03-







6AA:2293229


1.25E−03
1.02E−05
2.94E−05
−4.18E−01

Clostridium sp. AM29-







11AC:2293028


1.26E−03
2.40E−05
4.03E−05
−6.05E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF31-







14BH:2293173


1.29E−03
5.58E−04
2.08E−03
−9.58E−01

Erysipelotrichaceae








bacterium







GAM147:2109692


1.35E−03
1.44E−06
5.13E−06
−1.97E−01

Clostridium sp. chh4-







2:2067550


1.36E−03
4.38E−04
1.03E−03
−6.53E−01

Blautia sp. BCRC







81119:2212480


1.40E−03
2.25E−04
7.21E−04
−8.94E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF37-







20:2293178


1.40E−03
2.23E−05
4.12E−05
−5.64E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF25-







3LB:2293168


1.40E−03
3.50E−05
8.30E−05
−7.30E−01

Collinsella sp. AM33-







4BH:2292315


1.41E−03
4.24E−05
5.31E−05
−3.87E−01

Roseburia sp. AF42-







8:2293137


1.42E−03
4.21E−05
2.79E−05
−3.76E−01

Coprococcus eutactus







ATCC 27759:411474


1.43E−03
3.93E−06
1.53E−17
  5.73E−02
[Clostridium] bolteae






WAL-14578:742732


1.45E−03
4.32E−06
3.95E−06
−2.20E−01

Campylobacter jejuni:197



1.46E−03
4.59E−05
9.68E−05
−7.31E−01

Blautia sp. TF12-







31AT:2292989


1.49E−03
1.48E−03
3.16E−03
−6.41E−01

Blautia








massiliensis:1737424



1.49E−03
1.88E−04
4.78E−04
−9.73E−01

Collinsella sp. AF28-







5AC:2292227


1.54E−03
3.47E−05
9.81E−05
−5.55E−01

Lachnotalea sp. AF33-







28:2292046


1.56E−03
1.79E−05
4.76E−05
−5.12E−01

Christensenella sp.








Marseille-P3954:2086585



1.57E−03
6.08E−03
5.49E−03
−7.04E−01

Ruminococcus








lactaris:46228



1.59E−03
9.42E−06
2.16E−05
−4.76E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF24-







16:2293162


1.64E−03
8.80E−05
1.82E−04
−6.84E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF14-







10:2292247


1.69E−03
1.83E−04
4.54E−05
  4.81E−01

Flavonifractor plautii







ATCC 29863:411475


1.69E−03
1.29E−02
1.78E−02
−5.59E−01
[Eubacterium]







hallii:39488



1.69E−03
3.82E−06
3.54E−06
−1.46E−01

Leuconostoc gelidum







subsp. gasicomitatum






LMG 18811:762550


1.73E−03
3.07E−04
1.35E−05
−3.25E−01

Pseudoflavonifractor sp.







An44:1965635


1.80E−03
9.78E−04
1.86E−03
−1.09E+00

Collinsella sp. TF05-







9AC:2292330


1.86E−03
6.63E−05
4.48E−04
−7.12E−01

Clostridium sp. Marseille-







P3244:1871020


1.89E−03
4.03E−05
7.56E−05
−5.10E−01

Butyricicoccus sp. OF10-







2:2292298


1.90E−03
3.28E−05
8.59E−05
−5.54E−01

Collinsella sp. AM20-







15AC:2292029


1.92E−03
3.63E−06
9.38E−06
−3.71E−01

Eubacterium sulci ATCC







35585:888727


1.92E−03
3.59E−05
1.04E−04
−6.64E−01

Collinsella sp. AF04-







24:2292208


1.93E−03
3.48E−03
7.74E−03
−1.20E+00

Collinsella








aerofaciens:74426



1.94E−03
2.13E−06
9.26E−06
−2.13E−01

Collinsella sp. AM29-







10AC:2292313


1.97E−03
1.07E−04
7.29E−05
−2.62E−01

Alistipes inops:1501391



1.98E−03
4.10E−04
1.96E−04
  5.52E−01

Clostridiales bacterium







VE202-03:1232439


2.00E−03
2.98E−06
2.10E−05
−4.41E−01

Collinsella sp. TM04-







9:2292339


2.00E−03
3.58E−05
1.02E−04
−7.39E−01

Collinsella sp. AM42-







18AC:2292321


2.01E−03
5.54E−04
2.45E−05
  5.79E−01
[Clostridium]







clostridioforme







90A7:999407


2.03E−03
3.18E−05
6.93E−05
−5.21E−01

Clostridiaceae bacterium







AF29-16BH:2292179


2.05E−03
1.30E−04
2.27E−04
−4.40E−01

Dora longicatena







AGR2136:1280698


2.07E−03
2.83E−05
1.31E−04
−5.77E−01

Collinsella sp. OF02-







10:2292324


2.08E−03
1.03E−05
2.27E−05
−4.85E−01

Collinsella sp. AF18-







8LB:2292218


2.20E−03
2.42E−03
3.85E−04
−7.14E−01

Ruminococcus callidus







ATCC 27760:411473


2.22E−03
1.42E−05
4.30E−06
−1.99E−01

Campylobacter coli:195



2.23E−03
2.39E−05
4.31E−05
−6.19E−01

Collinsella sp. AF29-







7AC:2292010


2.23E−03
1.52E−04
2.59E−04
−4.71E−01

Blautia sp. AF19-







10LB:2292961


2.27E−03
3.89E−05
7.59E−05
−4.90E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AM33-







14:2293205


2.27E−03
3.07E−05
8.70E−06
  3.36E−01
[Clostridium] bolteae






90B8:997897


2.32E−03
2.17E−04
3.85E−04
−8.20E−01

Lachnospiraceae








bacterium AM26-







1LB:2292906


2.35E−03
1.71E−05
3.41E−05
−5.63E−01

Collinsella sp. TF12-







2AT:2292337


2.39E−03
2.53E−05
1.17E−04
−5.73E−01

Collinsella sp. AF14-







35:2292213


2.52E−03
2.04E−03
3.07E−03
−1.03E+00

Asaccharobacter








celatus:394340



2.53E−03
3.93E−04
1.43E−05
  7.50E−01

Lachnospiraceae








bacterium







6_1_63FAA:658083


2.55E−03
1.74E−03
1.84E−05
  7.26E−01

Lactobacillus








fermentum:1613



2.62E−03
1.41E−05
8.33E−05
−6.33E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF17-







6:2293154


2.64E−03
3.89E−04
1.35E−05
  7.17E−01

Coprococcus sp.







HPP0074:1078090


2.70E−03
1.18E−05
1.47E−05
−3.52E−01

Collinsella sp. AF05-8-







2:2292209


2.71E−03
4.81E−06
2.00E−05
−3.00E−01

Christensenella








timonensis:1816678



2.74E−03
2.36E−06
1.04E−05
−3.59E−01

Lachnospiraceae








bacterium VE202-







12:1232455


2.74E−03
1.71E−04
3.08E−04
−6.08E−01

Blautia sp. TM10-







2:2292990


2.87E−03
7.81E−04
1.82E−03
−9.21E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF16-







50:2293149


2.93E−03
1.11E−03
8.28E−04
−5.44E−01

Eubacterium








ramulus:39490



3.01E−03
6.41E−04
1.60E−03
−8.10E−01

Romboutsia








timonensis:1776391



3.04E−03
5.39E−04
8.81E−04
−5.87E−01

Clostridiales bacterium







KLE1615:1715004


3.10E−03
5.21E−05
7.89E−05
−7.08E−01

Collinsella sp. AM36-







4AA:2292317


3.13E−03
5.26E−04
8.04E−04
−7.01E−01

Clostridium sp.







SS2/1:411484


3.21E−03
1.59E−04
2.41E−05
  6.28E−01

Lachnospiraceae








bacterium AM25-







17:2302974


3.21E−03
2.76E−06
2.17E−06
−1.15E−01

Lactococcus lactis subsp.








lactis
bv.








diacetylactis:44688



3.24E−03
3.42E−03
2.29E−03
−9.29E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF19-







15:2293157


3.35E−03
2.23E−05
8.63E−05
−5.78E−01

Collinsella sp. TM05-







38:2292341


3.49E−03
1.96E−04
6.06E−04
−7.95E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AM43-







6:2293216


3.49E−03
6.23E−04
2.40E−03
−9.94E−01

Ruminococcus sp. OM07-







17:2293233


3.53E−03
5.53E−07
3.13E−06
−2.76E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AM29-







10LB:2293197


3.62E−03
1.83E−04
4.74E−04
−9.04E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF21-







11:2293161


3.62E−03
1.40E−05
3.63E−05
−4.37E−01
[Ruminococcus] gnavus






CC55_001C:1073375


3.64E−03
1.02E−06
7.33E−06
−3.05E−01

Clostridium sp.







KNHs214:1540257


3.65E−03
1.83E−05
4.77E−06
  4.06E−01

Bacteroides sp. OM05-







10AA:2292282


3.69E−03
2.19E−05
4.96E−05
−4.27E−01

Lachnoclostridium sp.







An298:1965627


3.71E−03
1.96E−05
4.83E−05
−5.76E−01

Collinsella sp. OM07-







12:2292328


3.76E−03
2.60E−05
5.42E−05
−4.56E−01

Clostridium sp. AM45-







5:2292306


3.80E−03
1.55E−06
2.60E−06
−1.38E−01

Collinsella sp. AM10-







32:2292021


3.83E−03
3.94E−05
6.79E−05
−3.81E−01

Ruminococcus sp. OM07-







7:2293234


3.86E−03
3.17E−06
1.43E−05
−2.84E−01

Clostridiales bacterium








Marseille-P2846:1852363



3.89E−03
1.28E−04
3.16E−04
−5.00E−01

Dorea formicigenerans







ATCC 27755:411461


4.11E−03
2.01E−04
5.38E−04
−7.59E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AM54-







1NS:2293226


4.15E−03
1.91E−03
1.73E−03
−5.62E−01

Lachnospira








pectinoschiza:28052



4.22E−03
2.37E−06
1.16E−05
−2.41E−01

Clostridioides difficile







050-P50-2011:997828


4.24E−03
4.28E−05
6.65E−05
−6.09E−01

Collinsella sp. AM13-







34:2292024


4.32E−03
2.67E−04
3.10E−04
−6.39E−01

Lachnoclostridium sp.







SNUG30370:2126739


4.35E−03
2.48E−05
6.11E−05
−5.32E−01

Collinsella sp. AF31-







11:2292011


4.47E−03
3.45E−06
9.51E−92
  1.60E−01

Prevotella sp. P4-







98:2024219


4.49E−03
6.84E−04
1.87E−05
  8.13E−01

Lachnospiraceae








bacterium







6_1_37FAA:658656


4.51E−03
2.72E−03
2.93E−04
  6.08E−01
[Clostridium]







clostridioforme: 1531



4.53E−03
2.77E−05
1.39E−04
−6.83E−01

Collinsella sp. TF10-







11AT:2292335


4.60E−03
3.73E−04
2.10E−04
−3.77E−01

Collinsella sp.







MS5:1499681


4.64E−03
1.27E−05
2.54E−05
−5.10E−01

Collinsella sp. AF38-







3AC:2292015


4.66E−03
5.10E−03
7.10E−03
−6.48E−01

Subdoligranulum sp.







APC924/74:2086273


4.70E−03
8.12E−06
2.68E−05
−4.27E−01

Ruminococcus bromii L2-







63:657321


4.73E−03
2.02E−05
4.53E−05
−5.41E−01

Collinsella sp. TF08-







11AT:2292333


4.79E−03
4.71E−05
1.06E−04
−6.65E−01

Collinsella sp. AF23-







4AC:2292224


4.84E−03
2.49E−04
2.21E−05
  4.51E−01

Streptococcus








intermedius:1338



4.85E−03
1.91E−06
5.45E−06
−3.68E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF25-







13:2293163


4.86E−03
3.83E−04
1.64E−05
  7.73E−01

Lachnospiraceae








bacterium







9_1_43BFAA:658088


4.87E−03
2.42E−05
6.25E−05
−5.59E−01

Collinsella sp. TF07-







1:2292332


4.90E−03
7.45E−05
2.09E−04
−7.89E−01

Blautia sp. AM28-







36:2292974


4.92E−03
5.18E−05
1.46E−04
−6.35E−01

Collinsella sp. AF23-







6:2292225


4.94E−03
1.95E−04
5.50E−04
−7.92E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF25-







19:2293165


4.95E−03
1.15E−03
2.93E−05
  7.72E−01
[Clostridium] scindens






ATCC 35704:411468


4.96E−03
3.37E−04
7.71E−04
−5.98E−01

Clostridium sp. AM49-







4BH:2293035


4.96E−03
3.37E−04
1.31E−04
  4.53E−01

Flavonifractor plautii







1_3_50AFAA:742738


4.98E−03
1.09E−06
1.73E−05
−2.21E−01

Olsenella sp.







GAM18:2109685


5.01E−03
2.26E−05
7.60E−05
−6.70E−01

Collinsella sp. AM12-







1:2292023


5.06E−03
4.14E−05
7.78E−05
−6.50E−01

Collinsella sp. AF33-







16:2292012


5.09E−03
1.03E−05
7.02E−06
−3.03E−01

Faecalibacterium sp.







An77:1965655


5.11E−03
5.53E−05
4.51E−05
−3.54E−01

Lachnoclostridium








edouardi:1926283



5.12E−03
4.50E−04
8.20E−04
−6.45E−01

Butyricicoccus sp.







GAM44:2109686


5.20E−03
5.10E−05
7.85E−05
−4.05E−01

Butyricicoccus sp. AM29-







23AC:2292295


5.20E−03
4.04E−04
2.79E−04
−5.42E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF45-







4BH:2292071


5.22E−03
7.70E−06
2.17E−06
−1.28E−01

Ruminococcus








flavefaciens:1265



5.31E−03
3.34E−06
3.11E−06
−1.17E−01

Collinsella sp. AM10-







48:2292022


5.46E−03
1.41E−03
5.18E−05
  7.25E−01

Lachnospiraceae








bacterium







5_1_57FAA:658085


5.61E−03
6.83E−04
1.59E−03
−8.67E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AF34-







12:2293177


5.63E−03
2.64E−04
4.61E−04
−5.02E−01

Oscillibacter sp.







ER4:1519439


5.67E−03
2.86E−04
3.66E−05
−3.65E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AM22-







13:2292074


5.96E−03
2.59E−05
7.49E−05
−5.99E−01

Collinsella sp. AF11-







11:2292212


5.98E−03
6.28E−05
1.05E−04
−5.17E−01

Butyricicoccus sp. AF24-







19AC:2292199


6.00E−03
5.93E−05
7.07E−05
−2.96E−01

Clostridium sp. AF20-







7:2293002


6.07E−03
4.56E−05
4.73E−05
−3.93E−01

Roseburia sp. AF02-







12:2293126


6.10E−03
1.85E−05
8.16E−06
−8.51E−02

Peptococcus niger:2741



6.29E−03
2.65E−04
5.40E−04
−5.83E−01

Clostridium sp. AF36-







18BH:2293014


6.38E−03
1.08E−03
5.59E−04
  3.69E−01

Oscillospiraceae








bacterium VE202-







24:1232459


6.48E−03
5.08E−05
1.39E−04
−5.39E−01

Adlercreutzia








equolifaciens DSM







19450:1384484


6.56E−03
1.78E−05
4.64E−05
−5.52E−01

Collinsella sp. AF02-46-







1:2292207


6.81E−03
2.41E−07
4.05E−05
−1.64E−01

Odoribacter sp. AF15-







53:2292236


6.87E−03
4.36E−05
8.10E−06
−1.72E−01

Clostridium sp. OM07-







9AC:2293048


6.87E−03
6.15E−04
2.37E−06
  7.52E−01

Anaerostipes sp.







BG01:2025494


6.96E−03
6.26E−05
5.91E−06
  5.05E−01
[Ruminococcus] gnavus






AGR2154:1384063


7.01E−03
9.19E−07
1.35E−05
−2.51E−01

Prevotella








timonensis:386414



7.08E−03
3.49E−05
4.40E−05
−5.18E−01

Collinsella sp. OM08-







14AT:2292329


7.10E−03
1.18E−06
2.49E−06
−1.65E−01

Enterorhabdus








mucosicola DSM







19490:1121866


7.10E−03
1.83E−06
2.34E−05
−1.31E−01

Clostridium sp. AF15-







6B:2292998


7.30E−03
2.77E−04
6.29E−04
−9.24E−01

Collinsella sp. AF25-







2LB:2292226


7.33E−03
4.37E−05
6.69E−05
−5.25E−01

Catabacter








hongkongensis:270498



7.35E−03
5.23E−06
6.11E−06
−2.42E−01

Romboutsia sp.







MT17:1720299


7.40E−03
1.73E−04
2.01E−04
−4.64E−01

Ruminococcaceae








bacterium:1898205



7.45E−03
1.15E−03
2.11E−04
  8.92E−01

Paraprevotella








clara:454154



7.54E−03
1.39E−06
1.14E−04
−2.15E−01

Clostridiales bacterium







VE202-08:1232449


7.68E−03
2.17E−04
6.29E−04
−6.86E−01

Clostridium sp. AM34-







9AC:2293030


7.71E−03
1.08E−05
0.00E+00
  1.39E−01

Lactobacillus johnsonii







F19785:633699


7.74E−03
6.81E−06
2.93E−06
−1.33E−01

Lactococcus lactis subsp.








cremons







UC509.9:1111678


7.79E−03
3.10E−05
1.19E−04
−5.87E−01

Collinsella sp. AF37-







9:2292014


7.79E−03
1.61E−05
4.56E−05
−5.04E−01

Collinsella sp. AM43-







1:2292322


7.92E−03
4.16E−05
2.09E−05
−2.39E−01

Christensenella








massiliensis:1805714



8.01E−03
4.41E−05
1.14E−04
  3.78E−01

Bacteroides sp.







KFT8:2025659


8.02E−03
1.17E−04
2.01E−04
−5.00E−01

Massilioclostridium








coli:1870991



8.06E−03
1.92E−04
4.38E−04
−7.40E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AM47-







2BH:2293221


8.18E−03
2.10E−05
5.25E−06
  4.24E−01

Streptococcus gordonii







str. Challis substr.






CH1:467705


8.18E−03
1.05E−05
4.14E−05
−4.72E−01

Alistipes








indistinctus:626932



8.28E−03
5.31E−04
3.20E−04
  3.10E−01

Clostridium sp. ATCC







BAA-442:649724


8.37E−03
3.12E−05
5.89E−05
−4.10E−01

Ruminococcus sp. AM41-







2AC:2293214


8.38E−03
2.39E−05
1.16E−05
−2.47E−01

Eubacteriaceae bacterium







CHKCI005:1780381


8.40E−03
8.35E−07
1.85E−05
−3.29E−01

Hungatella hathewayi







WAL-18680:742737


8.40E−03
6.02E−04
9.60E−05
  5.45E−01

Streptococcus








gordonii:1302



8.43E−03
6.12E−05
1.10E−04
−5.93E−01

Blautia sp. AM46-







3MH:2292977


8.44E−03
4.99E−05
5.92E−05
−5.43E−01

Collinsella sp. TM10-







22:2292344


8.52E−03
5.84E−05
1.51E−04
−6.03E−01

Collinsella sp. AF15-







51:2292214


8.56E−03
2.56E−05
1.51E−05
−3.12E−01

Clostridioides difficile







Y358:1151389


8.69E−03
4.81E−04
9.51E−05
  6.41E−01

Anaerostipes caccae DSM







14662:411490


8.80E−03
2.47E−05
2.21E−05
−2.39E−01

Roseburia sp. OM04-







10AA:2293141


8.88E−03
2.52E−04
6.23E−04
−5.19E−01

Anaeromassilibacillus sp.








Marseille-P3876:2086583



8.95E−03
5.36E−05
1.08E−05
  5.03E−01

Bacteroides sp. AF36-







11BH:2292933









Spearman correlations were calculated from the peripheral blood flow cytometry analyses and microbiome whole genome sequencing results. Spearman correlations were calculated between each flow gate for humans and each organism in the gut whose mean abundance is greater than or equal to 0.0005. Results are reported after filtering for a false discovery rate of 0.15 as illustrated in Table 24. Flow cytometry gated percentages for CD11b+, CD3+, CD8-HLADR+ and FoxP3+ populations were plotted with respect to whether an organism is present in the microbiome above a certain threshold abundance or not, revealing relationships between the presence or absence of microbes and the immune cell population as reported in FIG. 41A-D. Spearman correlations were calculated between each flow gate (CD11b+, CD3+, CD8-HLADR+ and FoxP3+) for humans and each organism in the gut whose mean abundance is greater than or equal to 0.0005. Results are plotted in a heat map fashion as reported in FIG. 42.

















TABLE 24








p_c (p−
p_h (p−








p (p value
value for
value for








over all
Cancer
Healthy






Mean

samples,
Samples
Samples
rho
rho _c
rho _h



Abundance
Organism
Spearman)
only)
Only)
(Spearman)
(cancer only)
(healthy only)
Immune Gate























0.0006

Bacteroides

0.0007
0.0153
0.0114
−0.5244
−0.6783
−0.4884
CD14+CD15+




massiliensis











B84634 = Timone










84634 = DSM










17679 = JCM










13223:1121098









0.0009

Clostridiales

0.0015
0.0625
0.0150
−0.4959
−0.5524
−0.4716
CD14+CD15+



bacterium










KLE1615:1715004









0.0020

Lachnospiraceae

0.0005
0.0676
0.0041
0.5385
0.5439
0.5432
CD14+CD15−



bacterium










8_1_57FAA:665951









0.0020

Lachnospiraceae

0.0006
0.0190
0.0157
−0.5338
−0.6620
−0.4687
CD14−CD15+



bacterium










8_1_57FAA:665951









0.0006

Bacteroides

0.0009
0.0051
0.0071
−0.5180
−0.7483
−0.5148
CD15+CD14+




massiliensis











B84634 = Timone










84634 = DSM










17679 = JCM










13223:1121098









0.0044

Clostridium sp.

0.0020
0.1268
0.0804
−0.4850
−0.4660
−0.3492
CD15+CD14+



AF15-41:2292996









0.0020

Lachnospiraceae

0.0015
0.0490
0.0235
−0.4973
−0.5779
−0.4427
CD15+CD14−



bacterium










8_1_57FAA:665951









0.0020

Lachnospiraceae

0.0016
0.0525
0.0170
0.4943
0.5709
0.4639
CD15-CD14+



bacterium










8_1_57FAA:665951









0.0015

Clostridium

0.0019
0.7379
0.0224
0.4867
0.1082
0.4458
CD3+




sporogenes:1509










0.0012

Eubacterium sp.

0.0003
0.6366
0.0055
0.5502
0.1523
0.5284
CD3+



OM08-24:2292352









0.0028

Lachnoclostridium sp.

0.0002
0.5291
0.0092
0.5621
0.2019
0.5005
CD3+



SNUG30099:2126738









0.0015

Clostridium

0.0019
0.2760
0.0244
0.4886
0.3424
0.4402
CD3+CD56+




sporogenes:1509










0.0028

Lachnoclostridium sp.

0.0009
0.5764
0.0182
0.5167
0.1796
0.4595
CD3+CD56+



SNUG30099:2126738









0.0012

Eubacterium sp.

0.0004
0.6366
0.0055
−0.5475
−0.1523
−0.5284
CD3−



OM08-24:2292352









0.0028

Lachnoclostridium sp.

0.0003
0.5291
0.0092
−0.5553
−0.2019
−0.5005
CD3−



SNUG30099:2126738









0.0082

Coprococcus

0.0014
0.7456
0.0245
−0.4993
−0.1049
−0.4400
CD4+HLA−DR+



comes:410072









0.0057

Ruminococcus sp.

0.0008
0.2170
0.0055
−0.5196
−0.3846
−0.5289
CD4+HLA−DR+



AM42-11:2292372









0.0075

Subdoligranulum

0.0007
0.7292
0.0022
−0.5247
−0.1119
−0.5726
CD4+HLA−DR+



sp. APC924/74:










2086273









0.0082

Coprococcus

0.0015
0.7456
0.0260
0.4966
0.1049
0.4360
CD4+HLA−DR−



comes:410072









0.0022

Ruminococcus sp.

0.0020
0.7908
0.0015
0.4853
0.0858
0.5900
CD4+HLA−DR−



AF26−25AA:2293169









0.0057

Ruminococcus sp.

0.0007
0.2170
0.0042
0.5266
0.3846
0.5430
CD4+HLA−DR−



AM42-11:2292372









0.0075

Subdoligranulum

0.0006
0.7292
0.0017
0.5303
0.1119
0.5837
CD4+HLA−DR−



sp. APC924/74:










2086273









0.0011

Blautia

0.0016
0.9562
0.0242
−0.4937
−0.0178
−0.4408
CD8+HLA−DR+



hydrogenotrophic










a DSM 10507:476272









0.0005

Blautia sp. AF19-

0.0017
0.9175
0.2140
−0.4916
−0.0336
−0.2521
CD8+HLA−DR+



34: 2292963









0.0011

Blautia sp. AF22-

0.0005
0.4694
0.1908
−0.5345
−0.2314
−0.2650
CD8+HLA−DR+



SLB:2292964









0.0006

Blautia sp. AF25-

0.0017
0.4979
0.1627
−0.4915
−0.2171
−0.2821
CD8+HLA−DR+



12LB:2292965









0.0005

Clostridiales

0.0001
0.0368
0.0056
0.5933
0.6060
0.5276
CD8+HLA−DR+



bacterium










CCNA10:2109688









0.0006

Clostridium sp.

0.0014
0.9287
0.0092
−0.4993
−0.0290
−0.5005
CD8+HLA−DR+



Marseille-P3244:










1871020









0.0082

Coprococcus

0.0008
0.7456
0.0397
−0.5216
0.1049
−0.4058
CD8+HLA−DR+



comes:410072









0.0010

Dorealongicatena

0.0003
0.9656
0.0208
−0.5553
0.0140
−0.4509
CD8+HLA−DR+



DSM 13814:411462









0.0011

Blautia

0.0017
0.9562
0.0252
0.4928
0.0178
0.4380
CD8+HLA−DR−



hydrogenotrophic










a DSM 10507:476272









0.0005

Blautia sp. AF19-

0.0015
0.9175
0.1917
0.4962
0.0336
0.2645
CD8+HLA−DR−



34: 2292963









0.0011

Blautia sp. AF22-

0.0005
0.4694
0.1781
0.5373
0.2314
0.2725
CD8+HLA−DR−



SLB:2292964









0.0006

Blautia sp. AF25-

0.0016
0.4979
0.1483
0.4957
0.2171
0.2916
CD8+HLA−DR−



12LB:2292965









0.0005

Clostridiales

0.0001
0.0368
0.0045
−0.5990
−0.6060
−0.5392
CD8+HLA−DR−



bacterium










CCNA10:2109688









0.0006

Clostridium sp.

0.0013
0.9287
0.0081
0.5019
0.0290
0.5080
CD8+HLA−DR−



Marseille-P3244:










1871020









0.0082

Coprococcus

0.0007
0.7456
0.0362
0.5240
−0.1049
0.4126
CD8+HLA−DR−



comes:410072









0.0010

Dorealongicatena

0.0003
0.9656
0.0221
0.5540
−0.0140
0.4468
CD8+HLA−DR−



DSM 13814:411462









0.0005

Blautia sp. AF19-34:

0.0016
0.2321
0.0244
−0.4947
0.3732
−0.4403
Foxp3+



2292963









0.0022

Collinsella sp.

0.0015
0.7477
0.0047
−0.4984
0.1040
−0.5369
Foxp3+



TF05-9AC:2292330
















TABLE 25







Immune flow cytometry was performed on 73 blood from human subjects in addition to whole


genome seugencing. Statistical analysis was performed to find significantly significant correlations


between immune markers and organisms, using a Spearman correlation and p value and filtering


for a false discovery rate of 0.15. Markers passing the FDR filter are included in a table that


includes for each significant correlation, the immune marker and organism involved, the correlation


and p value, as well as the mean abundance of the organism in the control and cancer sample cohorts.
















Mean
Mean






Abundance in
Abundance in


Marker
Organism
P value
Correlation
Control
Cancer





CD11b+
Alistipes putredinis DSM
3.89E−04
−4.04E−01
7.90E−03
3.12E−03



17216:445970






CD11b+
Lachnospiraceae
3.16E−06
−5.15E−01
2.34E−04
5.51E−05



bacterium AM23-







7LB:2292904






CD11b+
Blautia obeum:40520
7.60E−06
−4.97E−01
7.12E−02
3.12E−02


CD11b+
Dorea formicigenerans
1.03E−05
−4.91E−01
3.16E−04
1.28E−04



ATCC 27755:411461






CD11b+
Sellimonas
1.12E−05
4.89E−01
6.83E−04
2.34E−03



intestinalis:1653434






CD11b+
Drancourtella
1.73E−05
4.80E−01
1.40E−04
5.99E−04



massiliensis:1632013






CD11b+
Ruminococcus sp. DSM
7.27E−05
4.47E−01
8.68E−04
2.26E−03



100440:1671366






CD11b+
Blautia obeum ATCC
8.67E−05
−4.43E−01
5.35E−04
1.78E−04



29174:411459






CD11b+
Clostridium sp. ATCC
1.01E−04
4.39E−01
3.20E−04
5.31E−04



BAA-442:649724






CD11b+
Dorea
1.03E−04
−4.39E−01
5.38E−03
3.36E−03



formicigenerans:39486






CD11b+
Blautia sp. OM07-
1.15E−04
−4.36E−01
3.73E−04
2.11E−04



19:2292985






CD11b+
Ruminococcus sp. AM16-
2.10E−04
−4.21E−01
1.37E−03
3.86E−04



34:2293184






CD11b+
Ruminococcus
2.24E−04
−4.19E−01
5.49E−03
6.08E−03



lactaris:46228






CD11b+
Lachnospiraceae
2.86E−04
−4.13E−01
3.24E−04
2.40E−04



bacterium OM02-







26:2292908






CD11b+
Lachnospiraceae
3.65E−04
4.06E−01
4.77E−04
1.06E−03



bacterium







3_1_46FAA:665950






CD11b+
Lachnospiraceae
4.35E−04
−4.01E−01
5.09E−04
2.81E−04



bacterium AM21-







21:2292903






CD11b+
Ruminococcaceae
4.64E−04
−3.99E−01
6.87E−04
4.74E−04



bacterium TF06-







43:2292270






CD11b+
Anaerostipes
4.69E−04
−3.99E−01
1.52E−02
7.78E−03



hadrus:649756






CD11b+
Clostridiales bacterium
4.83E−04
3.98E−01
1.96E−04
4.10E−04



VE202-03:1232439






CD11b+
Ruminococcus sp. OF03-
5.23E−04
−3.96E−01
1.05E−03
5.25E−04



6AA:2293229






CD11b+
Lachnospiraceae
5.35E−04
−3.95E−01
3.12E−04
1.46E−04



bacterium TF10-







8AT:2292907






CD11b+
Eubacterium
5.68E−04
−3.94E−01
1.13E−03
4.74E−04



ventriosum:39496






CD11b+
Clostridium sp. L2-
6.60E−04
−3.89E−01
3.67E−03
3.38E−05



50:411489






CD11b+
Flavonifractor
7.66E−04
3.85E−01
1.34E−03
4.31E−03



plautii:292800






CD11b+
Lachnospiraceae
7.75E−04
−3.85E−01
4.15E−04
2.60E−04



bacterium AM10-







38:2292902






CD11b+
Ruminococcus lactaris
7.93E−04
−3.84E−01
9.72E−04
9.03E−04



ATCC 29176:471875






CD11b+
Ruminococcus sp. AF46-
8.86E−04
−3.81E−01
2.70E−04
6.76E−05



10NS:2292072






CD11b+
Blautia sp. TM10-
1.04E−03
−3.76E−01
3.08E−04
1.71E−04



2:2292990






CD11b+
Oscillibacter sp.
1.06E−03
−3.75E−01
4.61E−04
2.64E−04



ER4:1519439






CD11b+
Tyzzerella nexilis DSM
1.39E−03
3.67E−01
1.26E−04
3.79E−04



1787:500632






CD11b+
[Clostridium]
1.40E−03
3.67E−01
3.59E−04
7.79E−04



bolteae:208479






CD11b+
Blautia sp. AF26-
1.47E−03
−3.66E−01
2.86E−04
1.84E−04



2:2292966






CD11b+
Blautia sp. OM06-
1.55E−03
−3.64E−01
3.50E−04
1.90E−04



15AC:2292984






CD11b+
Butyricicoccus sp. AF24-
1.82E−03
−3.59E−01
1.05E−04
6.28E−05



19AC:2292199






CD11b+
Gemmiger
1.93E−03
−3.57E−01
3.53E−03
1.35E−03



formicilis:745368






CD11b+
Anaerostipes hadrus DSM
2.02E−03
−3.56E−01
5.20E−04
2.70E−04



3319:649757






CD11b+
Ruminococcus sp. AF17-
2.03E−03
−3.55E−01
2.42E−03
1.14E−03



12:2293151






CD11b+
Ruminococcus sp. AF12-
2.14E−03
−3.54E−01
1.31E−04
5.02E−05



5:2293146






CD11b+
[Eubacterium]
2.14E−03
−3.54E−01
1.78E−02
1.29E−02



hallii.39488






CD11b+
Lachnospiraceae
2.20E−03
−3.53E−01
2.59E−04
1.18E−04



bacterium AM25-







27:2292905






CD11b+
Ruminococcus faecis
2.36E−03
−3.51E−01
3.23E−04
1.05E−04



JCM 15917:1298596






CD11b+
Roseburia hominis A2-
2.47E−03
−3.49E−01
1.00E−03
8.82E−04



183:585394






CD14+CD15−
Mordavella sp. Marseille-
1.59E−04
4.28E−01
2.02E−04
1.22E−04



P3756:2086584






CD14+CD15−
Dorea longicatena
4.28E−04
4.02E−01
2.27E−04
1.30E−04



AGR2136:1280698






CD14+CD15−
Angelakisella
6.30E−04
3.91E−01
1.18E−04
9.54E−05



massiliensis:1871018






CD14+CD15-
Parabacteroides sp.
9.80E−04
−3.78E−01
1.60E−04
9.28E−05



2_1_7:457388






CD14+CD15-
Lachnoclostridium sp.
1.67E−03
3.62E−01
3.10E−04
2.67E−04



SNUG30370:2126739






CD14+CD15-
Lachnospiraceae
2.68E−03
3.46E−01
1.89E−03
2.97E−03



bacterium







8_1_57FAA:665951






CD14−CD15+
Angelakisella
3.36E−04
−4.08E−01
1.18E−04
9.54E−05



massiliensis:1871018






CD14−CD15+
Ruminococcus sp. DSM
6.95E−04
−3.88E−01
8.68E−04
2.26E−03



100440:1671366






CD14−CD15+
Mordavella sp. Marseille-
8.27E−04
−3.83E−01
2.02E−04
1.22E−04



P3756:2086584






CD14−CD15+
Lachnospiraceae
1.43E−03
−3.66E−01
1.89E−03
2.97E−03



bacterium







8_1_57FAA:665951






CD14−CD15+
Lachnoclostridium sp.
1.88E−03
−3.58E−01
3.10E−04
2.67E−04



SNUG30370:2126739






CD15+CD14−
Lachnoclostridium sp.
6.40E−04
−3.90E−01
3.10E−04
2.67E−04



SNUG30370:2126739






CD15+CD14−
Angelakisella
1.14E−03
−3.73E−01
1.18E−04
9.54E−05



massiliensis:1871018






CD15+CD14−
Erysipelotrichaceae
2.24E−03
−3.52E−01
2.08E−03
5.58E−04



bacterium







GAM147:2109692






CD15−CD14+
Lachnoclostridium sp.
6.51E−04
3.90E−01
3.10E−04
2.67E−04



SNUG30370:2126739






CD15−CD14+
Angelakisella
1.54E−03
3.64E−01
1.18E−04
9.54E−05



massiliensis:1871018






CD15−CD14+
Erysipelotrichaceae
1.70E−03
3.61E−01
2.08E−03
5.58E−04



bacterium







GAM147:2109692






CD3+
Blautia obeum:40520
2.07E−05
4.76E−01
7.12E−02
3.12E−02


CD3+
Blautia obeum ATCC
4.39E−05
4.59E−01
5.35E−04
1.78E−04



29174:411459






CD3+
Ruminococcaceae
6.13E−05
4.51E−01
6.87E−04
4.74E−04



bacterium TF06-







43:2292270






CD3+
Blautia sp. OM07-
6.69E−05
4.49E−01
3.73E−04
2.11E−04



19:2292985






CD3+
Blautia sp. AM46-
7.61E−05
4.46E−01
2.32E−04
6.37E−05



5:2292978






CD3+
Ruminococcaceae
9.35E−05
4.41E−01
4.61E−04
2.21E−04



bacterium AF10-







16:2292180






CD3+
Bacteroides finegoldii
1.06E−04
−4.38E−01
1.05E−04
5.69E−05



CL09T03C10:997888






CD3+
Lachnoclostridium sp.
1.98E−04
4.22E−01
3.21E−03
4.70E−04



SNUG30099:2126738






CD3+
Ruminococcus sp. AM16-
2.03E−04
4.22E−01
1.37E−03
3.86E−04



34:2293184






CD3+
Flavonifractor
2.12E−04
−4.21E−01
1.34E−03
4.31E−03



plautii:292800






CD3+
Dorea sp. AM58-
5.21E−04
3.96E−01
4.20E−04
1.10E−04



8:2292346






CD3+
Clostridiales bacterium
6.55E−04
−3.90E−01
1.96E−04
4.10E−04



VE202-03:1232439






CD3+
Eubacterium sp. AF22-
7.08E−04
3.87E−01
2.43E−04
3.38E−05



8LB:2292232






CD3+
Oscillospiraceae
7.13E−04
−3.87E−01
5.59E−04
1.08E−03



bacterium VE202-







24:1232459






CD3+
Clostridium sp. L2-
7.47E−04
3.86E−01
3.67E−03
3.38E−05



50:411489






CD3+
Ruminococcus sp. AF46-
8.19E−04
3.83E−01
2.70E−04
6.76E−05



10NS:2292072






CD3+
Clostridium sp. ATCC
8.89E−04
−3.81E−01
3.20E−04
5.31E−04



BAA-442:649724






CD3+
Clostridium
9.15E−04
3.80E−01
1.63E−03
2.04E−04



sporogenes:1509






CD3+
Lachnospiraceae
1.06E−03
3.76E−01
2.34E−04
5.51E−05



bacterium AM23-







7LB:2292904






CD3+
Eubacterium ventriosum
1.23E−03
3.71E−01
3.57E−04
1.25E−04



ATCC 27560:411463






CD3+
Coprococcus
1.55E−03
3.64E−01
3.22E−03
6.87E−03



eutactus:33043






CD3+
Roseburia sp. AM16-
1.75E−03
3.60E−01
1.45E−04
3.21E−05



25:2292065






CD3+
Collinsella sp. AF23-
1.77E−03
3.60E−01
1.56E−04
2.54E−05



3LB:2292223






CD3+
Ruminococcus sp. OM04-
1.78E−03
3.60E−01
2.30E−04
9.61E−05



4AA:2293231






CD3+
Coprococcus
1.79E−03
3.59E−01
1.21E−03
4.97E−04



catus:116085






CD3+
Lachnospiraceae
1.88E−03
3.58E−01
1.26E−04
4.04E−05



bacterium







Choco86:2109690






CD3+
Ruminococcus
1.91E−03
3.57E−01
5.49E−03
6.08E−03



lactaris:46228






CD3+
Bacteroides
2.12E−03
−3.54E−01
1.23E−04
6.06E−04



finegoldii:338188






CD3+
Dorea sp. AF36-
2.23E−03
3.52E−01
3.26E−04
1.18E−04



15AT:2292041






CD3+
Ruminococcus sp. OM06-
2.43E−03
3.50E−01
1.63E−04
6.47E−04



36AC:2292375






CD3+
Mediterraneibacter sp.
2.56E−03
3.48E−01
1.29E−04
6.01E−05



KCTC 15684:2316025






CD3+
Anaerostipes
2.70E−03
3.46E−01
1.52E−02
7.78E−03



hadrus:649756






CD3+
Lachnospiraceae
2.76E−03
3.45E−01
3.12E−04
1.46E−04



bacterium TF10-







8AT:2292907






CD3+CD56+
Lachnoclostridium sp.
3.68E−06
5.12E−01
3.21E−03
4.70E−04



SNUG30099:2126738






CD3+CD56+
Clostridiaceae bacterium
7.71E−06
4.97E−01
1.06E−04
1.02E−04



TF01-6:2305245






CD3+CD56+
Clostridium
2.34E−05
4.73E−01
1.63E−03
2.04E−04



sporogenes:1509






CD3+CD56+
Dorea
2.99E−05
4.68E−01
5.38E−03
3.36E−03



formicigenerans:39486






CD3+CD56+
Erysipelotrichaceae
2.30E−04
4.18E−01
2.08E−03
5.58E−04



bacterium







GAM147:2109692






CD3+CD56+
Dorea sp. AM58-
3.22E−04
4.09E−01
4.20E−04
1.10E−04



8:2292346






CD3+CD56+
Dorea sp.
6.22E−04
3.91E−01
1.26E−04
1.08E−04



AGR2135:1280669






CD3+CD56+
Dorea sp. AF36-
6.87E−04
3.88E−01
3.26E−04
1.18E−04



15AT:2292041






CD3+CD56+
Clostridium sp. AM34-
7.45E−04
3.86E−01
1.33E−04
1.48E−04



11AC:2305242






CD3+CD56+
Lachnoclostridium sp.
1.26E−03
3.70E−01
3.10E−04
2.67E−04



SNUG30370:2126739






CD3+CD56+
Subdoligranulum
2.13E−03
3.54E−01
1.82E−04
8.09E−05



variabile DSM







15176:411471






CD3+HLADR+
Blautia hansenii DSM
2.11E−03
3.54E−01
1.22E−04
8.69E−04



20583:537007






CD3−CD56+
Roseburia sp. OF03-
4.81E−04
3.98E−01
1.26E−04
6.70E−05



24:2292367






CD3−CD56+
Roseburia faecis:301302
8.22E−04
3.83E−01
1.60E−02
1.83E−02


CD3−CD56+
Roseburia intestinalis L1-
1.68E−03
3.61E−01
5.17E−04
2.56E−04



82:536231






CD3−CD56+
Butyricicoccus sp.
1.79E−03
3.59E−01
8.20E−04
4.50E−04



GAM44:2109686






CD3−CD56+
Roseburia sp. TF10-
2.23E−03
3.52E−01
2.34E−03
2.67E−03



5:2293144






CD3−HLA-
Tyzzerella nexilis:29361
6.47E−04
−3.90E−01
2.04E−04
3.99E−03


DR+







CD3−HLA-
Parabacteroides sp. OF01-
1.06E−03
3.76E−01
1.13E−04
4.22E−05


DR+
14:2293123






CD3−HLA-
Dorea sp. OM07-
7.95E−05
−4.45E−01
2.16E−04
4.26E−05


DRlow
5:2293100






CD3−HLA-
Roseburia inulinivorans
1.52E−03
−3.65E−01
2.97E−04
2.22E−04


DRlow
DSM 16841:622312






CD3−HLA-
Ruminococcaceae
2.62E−03
−3.47E−01
4.61E−04
2.21E−04


DRlow
bacterium AF10-







16:2292180






CD3−HLA-
Dorea
2.78E−03
−3.45E−01
5.38E−03
3.36E−03


DRlow
formicigenerans:39486






CD4+
Neglecta
3.07E−05
4.67E−01
8.07E−04
2.25E−03



timonensis:1776382






CD4+
Parabacteroides
4.04E−04
−4.03E−01
4.54E−03
1.07E−02



merdae:46503






CD4+
Alckermansia
1.89E−03
3.58E−01
7.54E−03
2.63E−03



muciniphila:239935






CD4+
Clostridium sp. AM09-
2.54E−03
3.48E−01
1.05E−03
4.22E−04



51:2293022






CD4+HLA-
Ruminococcus sp. AF14-
7.78E−05
−4.46E−01
1.82E−04
8.80E−05


DR+
10:2292247






CD4+HLA-
Clostridiales bacterium
1.69E−04
4.26E−01
1.96E−04
4.10E−04


DR+
VE202-031232439






CD4+HLA-
Subdoligranulum sp.
1.77E−04
−4.25E−01
7.10E−03
5.10E−03


DR+
APC924/74:2086273






CD4+HLA-
Ruminococcus sp. AM42-
1.88E−04
−4.24E−01
5.88E−03
3.65E−03


DR+
11:2292372






CD4+HLA-
Ruminococcus sp. AF46-
2.05E−04
−4.21E−01
2.70E−04
6.76E−05


DR+
10NS:2292072






CD4+HLA-
Flavonifractor
2.17E−04
4.20E−01
1.34E−03
4.31E−03


DR+
plautii:292800






CD4+HLA-
Ruminococcus sp. OF02-
3.98E−04
−4.04E−01
2.59E−04
9.37E−05


DR+
6:2293228






CD4+HLA-
Ruminococcus sp. OM06-
8.55E−04
−3.82E−01
1.63E−04
6.47E−04


DR+
36AC:2292375






CD4+HLA-
Flavonifractor plautii
9.96E−04
3.77E−01
1.31E−04
3.37E−04


DR+
1_3_50AFAA742738






CD4+HLA-DR+
Blautia obeum:40520
1.02E−03
−3.77E−01
7.12E−02
3.12E−02


CD4+HLA-
Lachnospiraceae
1.04E−03
−3.76E−01
1.26E−04
4.04E−05


DR+
bacterium







Choco86:2109690






CD4+HLA-
Coprococcus
1.10E−03
−3.75E−01
1.21E−03
4.97E−04


DR+
catus:116085






CD4+HLA-
Clostridium sp.
1.13E−03
3.74E−01
1.03E−03
1.64E−03


DR+
AT4:1720194






CD4+HLA-
Blautia sp. OM07-
1.31E−03
−3.69E−01
3.73E−04
2.11E−04


DR+
19:2292985






CD4+HLA-
Alistipes putredinis DSM
1.43E−03
−3.66E−01
7.90E−03
3.12E−03


DR+
17216:445970






CD4+HLA-
Anaerostipes
1.46E−03
−3.66E−01
1.52E−02
7.78E−03


DR+
hadrus:649756






CD4+HLA-
Blautia
1.80E−03
−3.59E−01
3.78E−04
1.53E−04


DR+
hydrogenotrophica:53443






CD4+HLA-
Clostridium sp. ATCC
2.39E−03
3.50E−01
3.20E−04
5.31E−04


DR+
BAA-442:649724






CD4+HLA-
Blautia sp. AM46-
2.84E−03
−3.45E−01
2.32E−04
6.37E−05


DR+
5:2292978






CD45+
Roseburia
2.42E−03
3.50E−01
7.03E−03
6.33E−03



inulinivorans:360807






CD8+
Neglecta
3.74E−05
−4.63E−01
8.07E−04
2.25E−03



timonensis:1776382






CD8+
Clostridium sp. CL-
8.26E−04
−3.83E−01
1.06E−04
4.41E−05



2:1499684






CD8+
Parabacteroides
1.11E−03
3.74E−01
4.54E−03
1.07E−02



merdae:46503






CD8+
Negativibacillus
1.48E−03
−3.65E−01
1.39E−04
1.48E−04



massiliensis:1871035






CD8+
Akkermansia
1.69E−03
−3.61E−01
7.54E−03
2.63E−03



muciniphila:239935






CD8+HLA-
Blautia
4.44E−06
−5.08E−01
3.78E−04
1.53E−04


DR+
hydrogenotrophica:53443






CD8+HLA-
Blautia sp. AM16-
6.00E−06
−5.02E−01
2.44E−04
6.69E−05


DR+
16B:2292969






CD8+HLA-
Ruminococcus sp. OF02-
3.94E−05
−4.62E−01
2.59E−04
9.37E−05


DR+
6:2293228






CD8+HLA-
Blautia sp. OM07-
4.70E−05
−4.58E−01
3.73E−04
2.11E−04


DR+
19:2292985






CD8+HLA-
Blautia sp. AF22-
4.70E−05
−4.58E−01
1.03E−03
3.45E−04


DR+
5LB:2292964






CD8+HLA-
Ruminococcus sp. AM42-
5.37E−05
−4.54E−01
5.88E−03
3.65E−03


DR+
11:2292372






CD8+HLA-
Ruminococcus sp. AF46-
9.44E−05
−4.41E−01
2.70E−04
6.76E−05


DR+
10NS:2292072






CD8+HLA-
Blautia sp. AF25-
1.12E−04
−4.37E−01
5.53E−04
1.53E−04


DR+
12LB:2292965






CD8+HLA-
Blautia sp. AF19-
1.28E−04
−4.34E−01
4.92E−04
1.56E−04


DR+
34:2292963






CD8+HLA-
Romboutsia
2.03E−04
−4.22E−01
1.60E−03
6.41E−04


DR+
timonensis:1776391






CD8+HLA-
Blautia
2.57E−04
−4.15E−01
1.14E−03
5.92E−04


DR+
hydrogenotrophica DSM







10507:476272






CD8+HLA-
Ruminococcus sp. OF03-
3.80E−04
−4.05E−01
1.05E−03
5.25E−04


DR+
6AA:2293229






CD8+HLA-
Ruminococcus sp. OM08-
4.61E−04
−4.00E−01
7.67E−04
3.15E−04


DR+
9BH:2293236






CD8+HLA-
Dorea longicatena DSM
5.14E−04
−3.97E−01
8.47E−04
4.69E−04


DR+
13814:411462






CD8+HLA-
Ruminococcus sp. AF31-
6.40E−04
−3.90E−01
6.46E−04
3.49E−04


DR+
8BH:2293174






CD8+HLA-
Blautia obeum:40520
7.12E−04
−3.87E−01
7.12E−02
3.12E−02


DR+







CD8+HLA-
Dorea sp. AM10-
7.57E−04
−3.86E−01
3.03E−04
6.58E−05


DR+
31:2293098






CD8+HLA-
Blautia sp. AM22-
8.36E−04
−3.83E−01
3.52E−04
1.09E−04


DR+
22LB:2292970






CD8+HLA-
Ruminococcus faecis
8.95E−04
−3.81E−01
3.23E−04
1.05E−04


DR+
JCM 15917:1298596






CD8+HLA-
Ruminococcus sp. AF17-
9.03E−04
−3.80E−01
2.42E−03
1.14E−03


DR+
12:2293151






CD8+HLA-
Clostridiales bacterium
9.44E−04
3.79E−01
7.44E−04
8.83E−04


DR+
CCNA10:2109688






CD8+HLA-
Collinsella sp. AF23-
9.72E−04
−3.78E−01
1.56E−04
2.54E−05


DR+
3LB:2292223






CD8+HLA-
Lachnospiraceae
1.01E−03
−3.77E−01
1.26E−04
4.04E−05


DR+
bacterium







Choco86:2109690






CD8+HLA-
Blautia sp. TF11-
1.19E−03
−3.72E−01
5.93E−04
2.18E−04


DR+
31AT:2292987






CD8+HLA-
Ruminococcus sp. OM06-
1.26E−03
−3.70E−01
1.63E−04
6.47E−04


DR+
36AC:2292375






CD8+HLA-
Ruminococcus sp. AM16-
1.32E−03
−3.69E−01
1.37E−03
3.86E−04


DR+
34:2293184






CD8+HLA-
Roseburia
1.40E−03
−3.67E−01
4.21E−04
3.92E−04


DR+
hominis:301301






CD8+HLA-
Blautia obeum ATCC
1.66E−03
−3.62E−01
5.35E−04
1.78E−04


DR+
29174:411459






CD8+HLA-
Clostridium sp. Marseille-
1.71E−03
−3.61E−01
4.48E−04
6.63E−05


DR+
P3244:1871020






CD8+HLA-
Coprococcus
1.82E−03
−3.59E−01
1.21E−03
4.97E−04


DR+
catus:116085






CD8+HLA-
Blautia sp. SG-
2.36E−03
−3.51E−01
1.59E−03
6.38E−04


DR+
772:2109334






CD8+HLA-
Clostridiales bacterium
2.58E−03
3.48E−01
1.96E−04
4.10E−04


DR+
VE202-031232439






CD8+HLA-
Subdoligranulum sp.
2.59E−03
−3.48E−01
7.10E−03
5.10E−03


DR+
APC924/74:2086273






CD8+HLA-
Ruminococcaceae
2.60E−03
−3.47E−01
6.87E−04
4.74E−04


DR+
bacterium TF06-







43:2292270






CD8+HLA-
Ruminococcus sp. AF14-
2.65E−03
−3.47E−01
1.82E−04
8.80E−05


DR+
10:2292247






CD8+HLA-
Ruminococcaceae
2.67E−03
−3.47E−01
4.61E−04
2.21E−04


DR+
bacterium AF10-







16:2292180






CD8+HLA-
Roseburia hominis A2-
2.72E−03
−3.46E−01
1.00E−03
8.82E−04


DR+
183:585394






CD8+HLA-
Ruminococcaceae
2.86E−03
−3.44E−01
2.01E−04
1.73E−04


DR+
bacterium:1898205









Metabolomics was performed on fecal samples taken from eight cancer patients and two healthy individuals. A total of 856 metabolites could be identified in one or more of these samples.


Here we look at all metabolites that were significantly increased in the cancer patients relative to the healthy controls, based on Welch's two-sample t-test with p<0.05, see Tables 15 and 16:









TABLE 15







List of metabolites increased in the cancer population


relative to the control group, given as the ratio of the mean


peak areas for the specified metabolites. Significance was


evaluated based on Welch's two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.










Ratio cancer/



Compound
control
P value












tyramine
566
0.00415


Taurine
278
0.00390


creatinine
274
0.0230


Indolelactate
97.6
0.0537


OAHSA (18:1/OH-18:0)
92.5
0.00853


Arachidonic acid (20:4n6)
86.5
0.00836


LAHSA (18:2/OH-18:0)*
73.9
0.00797


Alpha-hydroxyisovalerate
55.0
0.0182


docosahexaenoate (DHA; 22:6n3)
47.2
0.0176


docosahexaenoate (DHA; 22:6n3)
41.0
0.0359


sulfate
30.7
0.0113


2-hydroxypalmitate
30.4
0.0429


stachydrine
25.4
9.56E−5


Cholate sulfate
25.2
0.0317


Palmitoylcarnitine (C16)
24.6
0.0139


phenethylamine
21.5
0.0223


N-propionylmethionine
20.6
0.00669


dihydroferulate
20.0
0.0120


Beta-alanine
19.6
0.0145


tryptamine
19.5
0.0289


3-ureidopropionate
18.7
0.00232


Stearoylcarnitine (C18)
17.7
0.00365


2-hydroxybutyrate
17.5
0.00802


3-methylhistidine
15.5
0.0331


Nervonate (24:1n9)
14.8
0.0278


1-palmitoy1-2-oleoyl-GPE (16:0/18:1)
14.5
0.0281


5,6-dihydrothymine
11.8
0.0294


octadecadienedioate (C18:2-DC)
11.2
0.0299


agmatine
10.8
0.0428


caffeine
10.0
0.0268


N-methylhydantoin
9.8
0.0405


gentisate
9.6
0.0121


ceramide (d18:2/24:1, d18:1/24:2)
8.9
0.0292


homostachydrine
8.3
0.00739


N-acetylvaline
8.3
0.00242


xanthurenate
7.9
0.0141


N-acetylalanine
7.4
0.0304


Margaroylcarnitine (C17)
7.3
0.0256


S-methylcysteine
6.5
0.0449


Hydatoin-5-propionate
6.3
0.0238


N-acetylphenylalanine
6.3
0.0079


N-acetylleucine
6.0
0.00918


Adrenate (22:4n6)
4.9
0.0212


diaminopimelate
4.3
0.0268


pristanate
4.0
0.0331


2-aminoheptanoate
3.9
0.0296


sarcosine
3.8
0.0380


2-hydroxyheptanoate
3.6
0.0163


Gamma-glutamylglutamate
3.6
0.0466


lysine
3.2
0.0109


4-oxovalerate
3.2
0.00970


3-methy1-2-oxovalerate
3.2
0.0122


Eicosenoylcarnitine (C20:1)
3.1
0.0414


1-methylguanidine
3.0
0.00760
















TABLE 16







List of metabolites decreased in the cancer population relative to the


control group, given as the ratio of the mean peak areas for the


specified metabolites. Significance was evaluated based on Welch's


two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.










Ratio cancer/



Compound
control
P value





L-urobilin
0.07
0.00466


Linolenate (18:3n3 or 18:3n6)
0.11
0.0192


Linoleoyl-linolenoyl-glycerol
0.12
0.000537


(18:2/18:3)




Heptadecatrienoate (17:3)
0.13
0.00224


Heptadecatrienoate (17:3)
0.13
0.00224


Azelate (C9-DC)
0.13
0.0151


Undecanedioate (C11-DC)
0.14
0.0203


Linoleoyl-linolenoyl-glycerol
0.15
0.0348


(18:3/18:3)




Suberate (C8-DC)
0.29
0.00177


Octadecanedioate (C18-DC)
0.35
0.00999


N-acetylglutamate
0.43
0.0178


Oleoyl-linolenoyl-glycerol (18:1/18:3)
0.59
0.0214


pyridoxamine
0.60
0.0446


2-oxo-1-pyrrolindinepropionate
0.75
0.0314









In a separate study, metabolomics was performed on a total of 55 samples obtained from 22 healthy subjects and 18 cancer patients. In some cases two or more samples were from the same individual, spaced 6 weeks apart; in such a case they are referred to as timepoints T1 and T2. In general, T1 samples were prior to immunotherapy treatment while T2 samples were during treatment. roximately 1 gram of raw fecal material stored at −80 deg. C was processed for metabolite extraction by methanol as described above.


Metabolomics was also performed on plasma extracted from blood obtained from some of the same subjects as the fecal samples. There were a total of 44 plasma samples obtained from 18 healthy subjects and 10 cancer patients. To obtain plasma, 1 mL whole blood was centrifuged at 2800×g for 10 minutes, creating two phases with the plasma on top. 0.5 mL of plasma was removed using a pipette, and transferred to a clean tube which was then stored at −80 deg. C until processing. 0.1 mL of the plasma was used for metabolite extraction, with methanol under vigorous shaking for 2 min (Glen Mills GenoGrinder 2000) to precipitate protein and dissociate small molecules bound to protein or trapped in the precipitated protein matrix, followed by centrifugation to recover chemically diverse metabolites. The resulting extract was divided into five fractions: two for analysis by two separate reverse phase (RP)/UPLC-MS/MS methods using positive ion mode electrospray ionization (ESI), one for analysis by RP/UPLC-MS/MS using negative ion mode ESI, one for analysis by HILIC/UPLC-MS/MS using negative ion mode ESI, and one reserved for backup. Samples are placed briefly on a TurboVap® (Zymark) to remove the organic solvent. The sample extracts are stored overnight under nitrogen before preparation for analysis.


Three types of controls were analyzed in concert with the experimental samples: a pooled sample generated from a small portion of each experimental sample of interest served as a technical replicate throughout the platform run; extracted water samples served as process blanks; and a cocktail of standards spiked into every analyzed sample allowed for instrument performance monitoring. Instrument variability was determined by calculation of the median relative s.d. (RSD) for the standards that were added to each sample before injection into the mass spectrometers (median RSDs were determined to be 3% for plasma and 4% for fecal extracts). Overall process variability was determined by calculating the median RSD for all endogenous metabolites (i.e., noninstrument standards) present in 90% or more of the pooled technical-replicate samples (median RSD of 7% for plasma and 10% for fecal).


Compounds are identified by comparison to library entries of purified standards maintained by Metabolon, that contains the retention time/index (RI), mass to charge ratio (m/z), and chromatographic data (including MS/MS spectral data) on all molecules present in the library. Furthermore, biochemical identifications are based on three criteria: retention index within a narrow RI window of the proposed identification, accurate mass match to the library +/−10 ppm, and the MS/MS forward and reverse scores. MS/MS scores are based on a comparison of the ions present in the experimental spectrum to ions present in the library entry spectrum. While there may be similarities between these molecules based on one of these factors, the use of all three data points can be utilized to distinguish and differentiate biochemicals. Peaks are quantified as area-under-the-curve detector ion counts. A total of 992 known compounds were identified in at least one of the plasma samples, and 1049 were identified in at least one of the fecal samples. 734 of these compounds were common between the two sample types.


The overall metabolic profiles were represented as two principal components. Principal components analysis is an unsupervised statistical method that compresses the number of dimensions of the data to provide a high-level view of the data over an entire set of samples. Each principal component is a linear combination of every metabolite and the principal components are uncorrelated. Principal components analysis exhibited a reasonable ability to separate the cancer and healthy groups, especially in plasma. When considering two principal components, there was a notable separation of healthy controls from cancer samples collected at T1 or T2 in plasma (FIG. 57, left panel). Interestingly, four samples from three cancer group subjects whose fecal whole metagenomic sequencing data clustered with healthy rather than cancer subjects also clustered on PCAs with healthy subject on the basis of metabolic profiles in plasma. Points corresponding to these samples are indicated in the plots by arrows. In fecal samples, there was much greater overlap of healthy and cancer groups on PCA, though samples from these same cancer patients (labeled 95798, 96218, and PN4) were centered among the greatest concentration of healthy samples (FIG. 57, right panel).



FIG. 59 is a table of the top 100 differential metabolites, ranked by p value (Mann Whitney U test). Metabolomics data on plasma from a third party provider was processed using a Mann Whitney U test to find significantly different metabolites between cancer and control cohorts. The top 100 metabolites ranked by p value are reported.



FIG. 60 is a volcano plot showing the fold change difference between cancer and control in each metabolite plotted against its statistical significance.



FIG. 61 graphically illustrates the results of a principal component analysis comparing immune flow cytometry data to whole genome sequencing data.



FIG. 62 illustrates the results of a principal component analysis performed on log transformed metabolomics data from plasma and shows a clear separation between control and cancer sample cohorts.


Examination of the results demonstrated potential differences between the plasma metabolic phenotype in healthy versus cancer T1 and cancer T2 groups (Table 27). Specifically, compounds connected to pathways of protein degradation (i.e., modified amino acids), chromatin packing in the nucleus (i.e., polyamines), nucleotide metabolism (i.e., pentose phosphate and nucleotide pathways), and extracellular matrix metabolism (i.e., aminosugars) were prioritized for their connection to activities prominent in cancer including proliferation and DNA synthesis, cell division, and invasion. Potential markers of protein post-translational modification and proteolysis (e.g., N-acetyl amino acids) were elevated in plasma from both cancer T1 and T2 relative to the healthy group, respectively. Elevated proteinase expression and activity are associated with metastatic cancers (extracellular matrix invasion, autophagy, etc.) and signs of proteinase activity can be registered in the metabolome by the appearance of post-translationally modified amino acids. Likewise, polyamines and nucleic acids are required for the synthesis and packaging of DNA in proliferating cells, and these metabolites tended to be higher at both cancer T1 and T2 with respect to the healthy control group. Glycosaminoglycan degradation and oxidation products (e.g., N-acetylneuraminate, the isobar N-acetylglucosamine/N-acetylgalactosamine, erythronate) were moderately elevated in cancer T1 and T2 compared to healthy controls. Reductions in various progestin steroids were noticeable in cancer T1 and T2 compared to the healthy group. Together, these biomarker patterns could reflect a persistent cancer phenotype related to protein degradation, nucleic acid synthesis, turnover, and packaging, extracellular matrix glycan turnover, and altered hormonal regulatory cues.









TABLE 27







Compounds in plasma possibly representative of a cancer phenotype


with statistically-significant elevations in either cancer T1, cancer T2 or


both relative to the healthy control group. Values given are ratios of


the mean peak areas for the specified metabolites between the two


groups indicated. Up or down arrows indicate whether the increase or


decrease in the treatment relative to the control is significant based on


Welch's two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.











Cancer
Cancer




T1/All
T2/All
Cancer T2/


Compound
Healthy
Healthy
Cancer T1





N-acetylserine
1.41 ↑
1.31
0.93


N-acetylalanine
1.24 ↑
1.21
0.98


Hydroxyasparagine
1.4 ↑
1.32
0.94


5-galactosylhydroxy-L-lysine
2.3 ↑
1.73 ↑
0.75


C-glycosyltryptophan
1.44 ↑
1.41 ↑
0.98


N-acetylputrescine
1.65
1.22 ↑
0.74


N-acetyl-isoputreanine
1.2
1.19 ↑
0.98


(N(1)+N(8))-acetylspermidine
1.9 ↑
1.89 ↑
1


Acisoga
1.43 ↑
1.35 ↑
0.94


5-methylthioadenosine
2.01 ↑
1.95 ↑
0.97


Ribitol
1.82 ↑
1.29
0.71


Ribonate
1.37 ↑
1.11
0.81


Arabitol/xylitol
1.48 ↑
1.08
0.73


Glucuronate
2.2 ↑
1.07
0.48


N-acetylneuraminate
1.47 ↑
1.5 ↑
1.02


Erythronate
1.2 ↑
1.26
1.05


N-acetylglucosamine/N-
1.52 ↑
1.57 ↑
1.03


acetylgalactosamine





5-alpha-pregnan-3beta,20beta-diol
0.18 ↓
0.24 ↓
1.3


monosulfate (1)





5-alpha-pregnan-3beta,20beta-diol
0.11 ↓
0.14 ↓
1.24


monosulfate (2)





5-alpha-pregnan-3beta,20beta-diol
0.24 ↓
0.38 ↓
1.19


disulfate





5-alpha-pregnan-diol disulfate
0.25 ↓
0.3
1.21


Pregnanediol-3-glucuronide
0.25 ↓
0.23 ↓
0.92


Adenine
1.55 ↑
1.5
0.97


N1-methyladenosine
1.29 ↑
1.41 ↑
1.1


N6-carbamoylthreonyladenosine
1.5 ↑
1.31
0.87


N6-succinyladenosine
1.88 ↑
1.82 ↑
0.97


7-methylguanine
1.29 ↑
1.02
0.8 ↓


N2,N2-dimethylguanosine
1.55 ↑
1.45 ↑
0.94


Orotidine
1.62 ↑
1.54 ↑
0.95


Pseudouridine
1.45 ↑
1.38 ↑
0.95



1.46 ↑
1.43 ↑
0.98


2′-O-methyluridine
2.81 ↑
0.46
0.16


Cytidine
2.41 ↑
2.25 ↑
0.93


N4-acetylcytidine
2.38 ↑
2.1 ↑
0.88


2′-O-methylcytidine
1.92 ↑
1.58
0.82









The tricarboxylic acid (TCA) cycle and glycolysis pathways connected to energy production from glucose were enriched with connected metabolites that differed significantly between the plasma cancer T1 and cancer T2 groups (Table 28). In cancer the TCA cycle has been noted to serve as both a source of energy production and as a central metabolic node in the utilization and production of key metabolite classes including free fatty acid synthesis from citrate, heme from fumarate, nucleotides and proteins from oxaloacetate and alpha-ketoglutarate [3]. Mutations affecting dysregulation of oncogenes and tumor suppressors have direct impact on TCA cycle metabolism and transport of substrates into the mitochondria and direct mutations of TCA cycle enzymes also occur with some cancers [4]. Although carbon from glucose is presented as the canonical substrate for citrate production, carbons from both fatty acids and amino acids readily enter the cycle at specific points. Glutamine, via glutaminolysis to glutamate, is noted as a highly utilized fuel and carbon source for many cancers [5; 6]. The shifting profile of glutamate, pyruvate, and TCA cycle metabolites in the cancer T2 group relative to the cancer T1 group suggest that anticancer treatment has a disruptive effect on energy or mitochondrial carbon repurposing.









TABLE 28







The tricarboxylic acid (TCA) cycle profile in plasma shifted in cancer


T2 compared to cancer T1 as a possible sign of response to anticancer


treatment. Values given are ratios of the mean peak areas for the


specified metabolites between the two groups indicated. Up or down


arrows indicate whether the increase or decrease in the treatment relative


to the control is significant based on Welch's two-sample t-test with


p < 0.05.











Cancer
Cancer




T1/All
T2/All
Cancer T2/


Compound
Healthy
Healthy
Cancer T1





Glutamate
1.29 ↑
1.31
1.01


Pyruvate
0.93
0.68
0.73 ↓


Lactate
1.12
0.81
0.72 ↓


Citrate
1
1.1
1.09 ↑


Isocitric lactone
1.37
2.01
1.47 ↑


Alpha-ketoglutarate
1.11
1.21
1.09 ↑


Succinate
1.08
0.93
0.86 ↓


Fumarate
0.91
0.85
0.93 ↓


Malate
0.97
0.91
0.94 ↓









Plasma metabolites connected to glutathione metabolism and oxidative stress differed in the cancer T2 group with respect to the cancer T1 group (Table 29). Oxidized forms of glutathione and cysteine were reduced in the cancer T2 group relative to the cancer T1 group and may suggest a relative decrease in oxidative stress in the cancer T2 plasma samples. Oxidized ascorbic acid derivatives showed significant reductions in the cancer T2 group compared to the healthy control group. Tumors operate with a high level of incidental oxidative stress through the production of free radicals, reactive oxygen and nitrogen species, and hydrogen peroxide and thus depend on antioxidants such as glutathione and ascorbate to neutralize oxidative species and repair oxidative damage [7; 8]. The decreasing level of oxidative intermediates of glutathione, cysteine, and ascorbate in the cancer T2 group may be a sign of overall reduced metabolic activity and oxidative species production in response to anticancer treatment.









TABLE 29







Most oxidized forms of cysteine, glutathione, and ascorbate in plasma


decreased during anticancer treatment in the cancer T2 group. Values


given are ratios of the mean peak areas for the specified metabolites


between the two groups indicated. Up or down arrows indicate


whether the increase or decrease in the treatment relative to the control


is significant based on Welch's two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.











Cancer T1/
Cancer T2/




All
All
Cancer T2/


Compound
Healthy
Healthy
Cancer T1





Glycine
0.79 ↓
0.72 ↓
0.9


Glutamate
1.29 ↑
1.31
1.01


Methionine
0.79
0.8
1.02


cysteine
1.04
0.97
0.93 ↓


Cystine
1.25
1.63 ↑
1.31


Cysteine sulfinic acid
1.04
0.81
0.78 ↓


Cysteine-glutathione disulfide
1.03
0.66
0.64


Cysteinylglycine
1.21
0.62
0.51 ↓


Cysteinylglycine disulfide
1.14
0.89
0.78 ↓


Cys-Gly, oxidized
1.15
0.56
0.49 ↓


Ascorbic acid 3-sulfate
1.55
0.5 ↓
0.32


Threonate
0.79
0.46 ↓
0.58


Oxalate
0.76
0.56 ↓
0.74


Gulonate
2.17 ↑
1.28
0.59









Some statistically significant differences in fecal primary and secondary acids were observed for the cancer T2 group with respect to the cancer T1 group (Table 30). Most bile acids in the cancer T1 and cancer T2 groups showed large fold-change differences with respect to the healthy control group but the combination of low statistical power and large within-group variation prevented many of these differences from reaching statistical significance. Primary bile acids produced in the liver serve as emulsifiers to aid nutrient absorption from the digestive tract and are transformed into secondary bile acids by members of the gut microbiota. The significantly altered levels of some primary and secondary bile acids in the cancer T2 group relative to the baseline cancer T1 could reflect altered liver synthesis of primary bile acids, modified systemic transport, or changes in gut microflora composition and bile acid metabolism secondary to the anticancer treatment.









TABLE 30







Altered levels of primary and secondary bile acids in feces among the


sample groups. Values given are ratios of the mean peak areas for the


specified metabolites between the two groups indicated. Up or down


arrows indicate whether the increase or decrease in the treatment


relative to the control is significant based on Welch's two-sample


t-test with p < 0.05.











Cancer
Cancer




T1/All
T2/All
Cancer T2/


Compound
Healthy
Healthy
Cancer T1





Cholate
1.07
3.28
3.07


Glycocholate
4.5
1.52
0.34


Taurocholate
15.98
11.5
0.72


Chenodeoxycholate
1.83
4.47
2.45


Chenodeoxycholic acid (1)
3.44 ↑
2.72
0.79


Chenodeoxycholic acid (1)
1.55
5.62
3.63


Glycochenodeoxycholate
3.41
1.29
0.38


Taurochenodeoxycholate
8.62
3.54
0.41 ↓


Cholate sulfate
2
5.74
2.86 ↑


Glycochenodeoxycholate 3-sulfate
17.41
1.29
0.07


Glycocholate sulfate
2.85
1
0.35 ↓


Deoxycholate
1.27
1.56
1.23


Deoxycholic acid 3-sulfate
3.83
6.56
1.71


Deoxycholic acid (12 or 24)-sulfate
8.23 ↑
4.25
0.52


Deoxycholic acid glucuronide
0.48
0.33
0.69 ↓


Taurodeoxycholate
15.78 ↑
16.4
1.04


Lithocholate
1.17
1.03
0.88 ↓


Lithocholate sulfate (1)
3.58 ↑
1.74
0.48


Lithocholate sulfate (2)
4.33
6.12
1.41


Glycolithocholate sulfate
2.23
1.86
0.83


Taurolithocholate 3-sulfate
2.5
2.54 ↑
1.01


Ursodeoxycholate
1.48 ↑
2.72
1.84


Isoursodeoxycholate
2.13
2.1
0.98


Isoursodeoxycholate sulfate (1)
3.89 ↑
5.62
1.45


Glycoursodeoxycholate
2.59
1.12
0.43


Tauroursodeoxycholate
2.84
1.26
0.44 ↓


Taurochenodeoxycholic acid 3-sulfate
10.04
1.13
0.11


Ursodeoxycholate sulfate (1)
2.76
11.72
4.24









Several fecal metabolites with metabolic origins possibly connected to the microbiome were altered in either the cancer T1 or cancer T2 groups compared to the healthy control group (Table 31). These included polyamine compounds such as cadaverine and putrescine, derivatives of the aromatic amino acids—phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan, benzoates, and compounds related to the microbial-aided breakdown of complex polymers such as lignin present in plant foodstuffs. Many differential changes were apparent between cancer T1 and the healthy group relative to the cancer T2 and healthy group comparison, and other compounds differed in the baseline cancer T1 to cancer T2 treatment groups. The differential pattern of microbiome-associated metabolites in the cancer T1 and cancer T2 groups could reflect compositional changes in the microflora both driven by cancer (i.e., cancer T1 differences) as well as anticancer treatment (i.e., cancer T2 distinctions). A healthy microflora maintains an intestinal barrier that keeps out genotoxic and inflammatory bacteria and their toxins [9]. An increasing number of publications point to likely contributions of dysbiosis and toxins to carcinogenesis and the role of a healthy microflora supported by lifestyle, diet, prebiotics, and probiotics to prevent and serve as anticancer adjuvants are being explored [10].









TABLE 31







Microbiome-associated compounds displayed differential patterns in the


fecal metabolome of the cancer T1 and cancer T2 groups. Values given


are ratios of the mean peak areas for the specified metabolites between


the two groups indicated. Up or down arrows indicate whether the


increase or decrease in the treatment relative to the control is significant


based on Welch's two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.











Cancer
Cancer




T1/All
T2/All
Cancer T2/


Compound
Healthy
Healthy
Cancer T1





Cadaverine
1.85
3.91 ↑
2.11


N-acetyl-cadaverine
5.06
5.56 ↑
1.1


Phenethylamine
0.73
1.42 ↑
1.95


Tyramine
2.26 ↑
12.82
5.69


Phenol sulfate
6.03 ↑
2.12
0.35


p-cresol glucuronide
2.56
1
0.39 ↓


Vanillic alcohol sulfate
1
35.29
35.29 ↑


Tryptamine
4.79 ↑
12.5
2.61


Skatol
1.41
0.13 ↓
0.09


Indole
2.63
0.89 ↓
0.34


Indole-3-carboxylate
0.83
0.26 ↓
0.31


2-aminophenol
2.82 ↑
0.95
0.34


Agmatine
2.67
1.92
0.72 ↓


Putrescine
2.18
4.89 ↑
2.24


N-acetylputrescine
2.39
2.67
1.12


Spermidine
1.16
2.37
2.04


N(′1)-acetylspermidine
1.46
1.42 ↑
0.97


Acisoga
2.26 ↑
1.46
0.64


Alpha-CEHC sulfate
4.5 ↑
6.95
1.54


Delta-CEHC
0.78
0.56
0.73


Gamma-CEHC sulfate
1.53 ↑
3.58
2.34


3-hydroxyhippurate
0.49
0.15 ↓
0.31


2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate
1.52
0.23 ↓
0.15


4-hydroxycyclohexylcarboxylic acid
0.5 ↓
0.94
1.89


Caffeate
0.54
0.57
1.05


Coumaroylquinate (1)
0.35
0.42
1.2 ↑


Coumaroylquinate (3)
0.54
0.58
1.08 ↑


Genistein sulfate
15.6
2.23
0.14 ↓


Enterolactone
1.1 ↑
0.47
0.43









Heme degradation markers, including bilirubin and L-urobilinogen, showed changes across the cancer T1 and cancer T2 compared to the healthy group in feces and in the cancer T1 group of plasma compared to the healthy controls (Tables 32 and 33). Urobilinogen and urobilin are downstream products connected to the microbiome. An interesting recent metabolomic publication found increasing fecal levels of urobilinogen with increasing radiation dose and cross-omic analysis showed that the increase was positively correlated to microbes of the Lachnospiraceae, Ruminococcaceae, and Rikenellacea taxa [11]. This work shows how cross-omic integration can lead to a greater understanding and provide needed specificity to changes in distinct metabolites.









TABLE 32







Heme degradation markers with altered levels in feces. Values given


are ratios of the mean peak areas for the specified metabolites


between the two groups indicated. Up or down arrows indicate


whether the increase or decrease in the treatment relative to the


control is significant based on Welch's two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.











Cancer
Cancer




T1/All
T2/All
Cancer T2/


Compound
Healthy
Healthy
Cancer T1





Protoporphyrin IX
1.32
0.86
0.65 ↓


Bilirubin (Z,Z)
4.39 ↑
2.95
0.67


Bilirubin (E,E)
3.54
1.81
0.51


Biliverdin
1.8
0.86
0.48


Urobilinogen
3.74
5.02 ↑
1.34


D-urobilin
0.99
0.73
0.74


L-urobilin
0.37 ↓
0.7
1.9
















TABLE 33







Heme degradation markers with altered levels in plasma. Values


given are ratios of the mean peak areas for the specified metabolites


between the two groups indicated. Up or down arrows indicate


whether the increase or decrease in the treatment relative to the


control is significant based on Welch's two-sample t-test with p < 0.05.











Cancer
Cancer




T1/All
T2/All
Cancer T2/


Compound
Healthy
Healthy
Cancer T1





Heme
1.15
1.98
1.72


Bilirubin (Z,Z)
0.68 ↓
0.71
1.05


Bilirubin (E,Z) or (Z,E)
0.66 ↓
0.66
1


Biliverdin
0.77
0.87
1.12


Urobilinogen
1.72 ↑
1.3
0.75









References Example 7



  • [1] A. M. Evans, B. R. Bridgewater, Q. Liu, M. W. Mitchell, R. J. Robinson, H. Dai, S. J. Stewart, C. D. DeHaven, and L. A. D. Miller, High resolution mass spectrometry improves data quantity and quality as compared to unit mass resolution mass spectrometry in high-throughput profiling metabolomics. Metabolomics 4 (2014).

  • [2] C. D. DeHaven, A. M. Evans, H. Dai, and K. A. Lawton, Organization of GC/MS and LC/MS metabolomics data into chemical libraries. Journal of cheminformatics 2 (2010) 9.

  • [3] W. X. Zong, J. D. Rabinowitz, and E. White, Mitochondria and Cancer. Mol Cell 61 (2016) 667-676.

  • [4] N. M. Anderson, P. Mucka, J. G. Kern, and H. Feng, The emerging role and targetability of the TCA cycle in cancer metabolism. Protein Cell 9 (2018) 216-237.

  • [5] T. Li, and A. Le, Glutamine Metabolism in Cancer. Adv Exp Med Biol 1063 (2018) 13-32.

  • [6] D. Xiao, L. Zeng, K. Yao, X. Kong, G. Wu, and Y. Yin, The glutamine-alpha-ketoglutarate (AKG) metabolism and its nutritional implications. Amino Acids 48 (2016) 2067-80.

  • [7] L. Andrisic, D. Dudzik, C. Barbas, L. Milkovic, T. Grime, and N. Zarkovic, Short overview on metabolomics approach to study pathophysiology of oxidative stress in cancer. Redox Biol 14 (2018) 47-58.

  • [8] J. M. Estrela, A. Ortega, and E. Obrador, Glutathione in cancer biology and therapy. Crit Rev Clin Lab Sci 43 (2006) 143-81.

  • [9] R. F. Schwabe, and C. Jobin, The microbiome and cancer. Nat Rev Cancer 13 (2013) 800-12.

  • [10] A. P. Bhatt, M. R. Redinbo, and S. J. Bultman, The role of the microbiome in cancer development and therapy. CA Cancer J Clin 67 (2017) 326-344.

  • [11] M. Goudarzi, T. D. Mak, J. P. Jacobs, B. H. Moon, S. J. Strawn, J. Braun, D. J. Brenner, A. J. Fornace, Jr., and H. H. Li, An Integrated Multi-Omic Approach to Assess Radiation Injury on the Host-Microbiome Axis. Radiat Res 186 (2016) 219-34.



Whole genome sequencing (WGS) is performed on fecal samples obtained from an additional set of human subjects with (19) and without cancer (28). Sequencing reads are aligned to a database of known reference genomes and the percentage of uniquely aligned reads is compared for each organism between the control and cancer populations. The organisms displayed all show a statistically significant depletion in the cancer population (p<0.01, Mann-Whitney U) as shown in FIG. 24. All organisms displayed are present in healthy samples at a minimum average read abundance of 0.18 percent. The fold change for each species is plotted against the inverse p-value (Mann-Whitney U) as shown in FIG. 25. Organisms statistically significantly enriched in healthy samples appear at the top left of the plot. From the WGS data, sequencing reads were aligned to a database of known reference genomes. The distance between the samples was calculated using the generalized Unifrac metric and principal coordinates analysis (PCoA) was performed on the resulting distance matrix as shown in FIG. 26 and FIG. 34. A statistically significant difference (p=0.05, PERMANOVA) is observed between the cancer and healthy populations. The distance between samples was also calculated using a Euclidean distance metric on scaled species-level read percentages, and PCA was performed on the data as shown in FIG. 27 and FIG. 35. A statistically significant different (p=0.05, PERMANOVA) was observed between the cancer and healthy populations.


To determine if the patient sequencing data alone could be diagnostic of patients with cancer, we used a receiver operating characteristic (ROC) curve to illustrate the diagnostic ability of a binary classifier system as its discrimination threshold is varied. A basic classifier as illustrated in FIG. 36 was determined by inspection of the PCA plot in FIG. 35, wherein any samples above a certain threshold in the first principal component are marked as cancer. The threshold is varied across the range of the first principal component, and the results for each threshold are collated into a receiver operating characteristic, which demonstrates the ability of just the first principal component to distinguish cancer vs healthy control samples.









TABLE 19







Lists microbial species statistically significantly enriched in the healthy population, along with


their average read percentages in healthy samples as well as the associated NCBI taxonomic ID's.











Fold Change
p value

Percentage of



Cancer vs
Mann-
NCBI
Classified Reads



Healthy
Whitney-U
Tax ID
In Control Samples
Species Name





0.365409536
6.89045E−05
28051
0.015497591
Lachnospira






multipara


0.065807259
0.000116595
36834
0.021762173
Clostridium






celatum


0.476620076
0.000194063
88431
1.107516493
Dorea longicatena


0.112949906
0.000194063
1703332
0.209666708
Lachnospiraceae






bacterium TF01-11


0.184986545
0.000219857
2109334
0.592048367
Blautia sp. SG-772


0.227853266
0.000248824
410072
0.624881754
Coprococcus






comes


0.562253724
0.000511744
592978
1.0133648
Ruminococcus






faecis


0.512690256
0.000645485
42322
0.010955176
Eubacterium






ruminantium


0.634865773
0.000723834
831
0.012145534
Butyrivibrio






fibrisolvens


0.480809188
0.000723834
140626
0.01194996
Lachnobacterium






bovis


0.362799705
0.000810866
411484
0.212274371
Clostridium sp.






SS2/1


0.504677863
0.000907438
39488
1.388484326
[Eubacterium]






hallii


0.352959262
0.000907438
649756
0.410941368
Anaerostipes






hadrus


0.335272214
0.000907438
658089
0.206387473
Lachnospiraceae






bacterium






5_1_63FAA


0.223425272
0.000907438
457397
0.03371062
Clostridium sp.






1_1_41A1FAA


0.44575276
0.001014481
1737424
0.224787105
Blautia massiliensis


0.417180861
0.001014481
1917876
0.215613527
Blautia sp.






Marseille-P3087


0.602052162
0.001133
1150298
1.738517722
Fusicatenibacter






saccharivorans


0.024662601
0.001133
411489
0.697153152
Clostridium sp. L2-50


0.078937095
0.001133
33043
0.215593885
Coprococcus






eutactus


0.653885611
0.001133
655607
0.02281469
Tepidibacter






mesophilus


0.461852488
0.001408902
39490
0.260172588
Eubacterium






ramulus


0.227682525
0.001408902
1776391
0.069449626
Romboutsia






timonensis


0.406785423
0.001568724
43997
0.010933518
Catonella morbi


0.060470303
0.001744912
1160721
2.786142614
Ruminococcus






bicirculans


0.462970555
0.002644242
2212480
0.199499508
Blautia sp. BCRC






81119


0.443607295
0.002926449
1226324
0.195300791
Blautia sp. KLE 1732


0.242143043
0.002926449
1264
0.038832875
Ruminococcus






albus


0.201016823
0.003235526
2126738
0.407929696
Lachnoclostridium






sp. SNUG30099


0.239882255
0.003235526
1712675
0.027538954
Turicibacter sp.






H121


0.483336745
0.003235526
729
0.023050433
Haemophilus






parainfluenzae


0.608564369
0.003573663
745368
0.821432218
Gemmiger






formicilis


0.449711985
0.003573663
1520805
0.197958438
Blautia sp. SF-50


0.024001006
0.003573663
28025
0.082480921
Bifidobacterium






animalis


0.739384992
0.004786459
39486
0.27361996
Dorea






formicigenerans


0.344508633
0.004786459
261299
0.04348204
Intestinibacter






bartlettii


0.669003485
0.004786459
1898203
0.017746608
Lachnospiraceae






bacterium


0.641157443
0.005265604
1715004
0.343706393
Clostridiales






bacterium






KLE1615


0.592253944
0.005786952
1870993
0.078219633
Tyzzerella sp.






Marseille-P3062


0.623775728
0.005786952
397287
0.011208448
Lachnospiraceae






bacterium 28-4


0.742157802
0.006353603
1235790
0.012323192
Eubacterium sp. 14-2


0.646191195
0.006968824
39496
0.141254074
Eubacterium






ventriosum


0.599503299
0.006968824
290052
0.031977146
Acetivibrio






ethanolgignens


0.705770831
0.006968824
1261637
0.012244286
Anaerostipes sp. 992a


0.552534289
0.008358888
1870991
0.041252394
Massilioclostridium






coli


0.718290687
0.008358888
97253
0.016085333
Eubacterium






plexicaudatum


0.727402964
0.008358888
397291
0.010254489
Lachnospiraceae






bacterium A4


0.695322632
0.009141122
2126739
0.148804869
Lachnoclostridium






sp. SNUG30370
















TABLE 22







Lists microbial species statistically significantly enriched in the healthy population, along with their average


read percentages in healthy samples as well as the associated NCBI taxonomic ID's. The Mann-Whitney U test


is used to statistically compare both the abundances and the centered log ratio transformed abundances for


each organism present in control samples at a minimum abundance of 0.0002. The reported organisms are


significant (FDR = 0.10) in both tests. The fold change of each organism was plotted on the x-axis with the


y-axis being the inverse p-value computed using the Mann-Whitney U test on the log ratio transformed


abundances as illustrated in FIG. 37.

















p-value computed



Mean

p-value

using centered log


Fold Change
Abundance in

computed using
NCBI
ratio transformed


(cancer vs.
healthy control

abundance
Taxonomic
abundance


healthy)
samples
Species Name
(Mann-Whitney-U)
ID
(Mann-Whitney-U)





0.300866775
0.015927018
Dorea longicatena
0.000238521
88431
0.000179548


0.240698227
0.007904504
Coprococcus comes
0.000453266
410072
0.001765005


0.45145998
0.007751434
Collinsella aerofaciens
0.009494766
74426
0.008979864


0.636721645
0.00558429
Dorea formicigenerans
0.000495635
39486
0.00839009


1.966036338
0.004924097
Bacteroides caccae
0.012505315
47678
0.009605642


0.020318105
0.003065262
Lachnoclostridium sp.
0.000170387
2126738
0.000287391




SNUG30099





0.26100244
0.002439867
Ruminococcus sp. AF19-
0.005488725
2293157
0.002239881




15





0.20242531
0.001627527
Ruminococcus sp. AM16-
6.6998E−05
2293184
0.000100124




34





0.282386423
0.001601046
Ruminococcus sp. AF34-
0.007961206
2293177
0.005923016




12





0.234296244
0.001571365
Blautia sp. SG-772
0.001383551
2109334
0.002239881


0.027016407
0.001558972
Clostridium sporogenes
0.00484825
1509
0.006357452


0.358466753
0.00116327
Coprococcus catus
0.001765005
116085
0.001383551


0.089653897
0.000996704
Blautia sp. AF22-5LB
4.92772E−05
2292964
3.60692E−05


0.560789735
0.000949247
Ruminococcus sp. AF31-
0.001077407
2293174
0.005515113




8BH





0.052099554
0.0008824
Eubacterium sp. AM49-
0.005509831
2292351
0.007834598




13BH





0.235312977
0.000706669
Ruminococcus sp. AF37-
0.010366074
2293178
0.00839009




20





0.407533547
0.000660071
Collinsella sp. AM34-10
0.011571753
2292316
0.005923016


0.289312091
0.000575356
Blautia sp. TF11-31AT
0.002713323
2292987
0.002070064


0.066825763
0.000556696
Blautia sp. AF25-12LB
0.000414111
2292965
0.000315182


0.266995412
0.000504981
Collinsella sp. AF28-5AC
0.007149916
2292227
0.006819856


0.079330413
0.000486663
Blautia sp. AF19-34
6.02323E−05
2292963
3.60692E−05


0.763198908
0.000448662
Clostridium sp. ATCC
0.010970216
649724
0.002070064




BAA-442





0.019720485
0.000373046
Blautia
0.00041918
53443
0.001172816




hydrogenotrophica





0.336328012
0.000361407
Blautia sp. AM22-22LB
0.002239881
2292970
0.001765005


2.278815584
0.000344902
Bacteroides sp. 3_1_40A
0.010260883
469593
0.001628352


1.427576554
0.000323651
Lachnospiraceae
0.014074346
2292908
0.009605642




bacterium OM02-26





0.264401982
0.000317499
Ruminococcus sp. AF17-
0.002811946
2292248
0.00355135




22AC





0.556781967
0.000311206
Lachnoclostridium sp.
0.005088659
2126739
0.009605642




SNUG30370





0.328791864
0.000311181
Ruminococcus sp. OM04-
0.000703414
2293231
0.002422223




4AA





0.279120894
0.000283624
Dorea sp. AF36-15AT
0.001071585
2292041
0.000414275


0.353289184
0.000272142
Dorea sp. AM10-31
0.011694284
2293098
0.010269206


0.107899648
0.000244589
Blautia sp. AM16-16B
0.000637421
2292969
0.000991861


0.182250913
0.000204297
Blautia sp. OF03-15BH
0.003547574
2292287
0.010269206
















TABLE 34







depicts the organism level weights for the first principal component


microbiome PCA weights for the first component, which strongly


separates cancer and control samples. Only weights with sufficient


magnitude (>= 0.014) and corresponding to organisms with


abundance greater than or equal to 0.001 are reported, as discussed


in this Example 7:











Weight on
Mean




1st
Abundance
NCBI



Principal
Across All
Taxonomic


Organism
Component
Samples
ID





Collinsella sp.
−0.08926
0.001105
742722


4_8_47FAA





Collinsella sp. TF05-
−0.08514
0.001403
2292330


9AC





Collinsella
−0.07566
0.005519
74426


aerofaciens





Asaccharobacter
−0.06735
0.00253
394340


celatus





Ruminococcus sp.
−0.06511
0.00112
2293177


AF34-12





Ruminococcus sp.
−0.06371
0.004699
2293194


AM28-13





Ruminococcus sp.
−0.06073
0.001477
2293233


OM07-17





Ruminococcus sp.
−0.05948
0.001278
2293149


AF16-50





Ruminococcus
−0.0593
0.002567
1160721


bicirculans





Lachnoclostridium
−0.05902
0.001785
2126738


sp. SNUG30099





Ruminococcus sp.
−0.0585
0.002877
2293157


AF19-15





Alistipes putredinis
−0.0545
0.005412
445970


DSM 17216





Ruminococcus sp.
−0.05364
0.00128
2293169


AF26-25AA





Ruminococcus sp.
−0.05189
0.004319
2293179


AF37-3AC





Ruminococcus sp.
−0.04992
0.008284
2293203


AM31-32





Ruminococcus sp.
−0.04909
0.009569
2293148


AF16-40





Ruminococcus
−0.04881
0.001444
411473


callidus ATCC 27760





Gemmiger formicilis
−0.04559
0.002397
745368


Erysipelotrichaceae
−0.04475
0.001286
2109692


bacterium GAM147





Ruminococcus sp.
−0.04475
0.001062
2293181


AF43-11





Akkermansia
−0.04387
0.004982
239935


muciniphila





Ruminococcus sp.
−0.04066
0.002168
2293188


AM23-1





Ruminococcus sp.
−0.0389
0.001753
2293151


AF17-12





Bacteroides sp.
−0.03857
0.001891
2292914


AF14-46





Clostridium
−0.0381
0.001937
84024


disporicum





Blautia sp. SG-772
−0.03746
0.001094
2109334


Subdoligranulum sp.
−0.03599
0.006058
2086273


APC924/74





Clostridium sp. L2-
−0.03508
0.001775
411489


50





Coprococcus
−0.03428
0.005119
33043


eutactus





Romboutsia
−0.03335
0.0011
1776391


timonensis





Blautia sp. AM42-2
−0.03164
0.001356
2292976


[Eubacterium]
−0.03157
0.001665
39492


siraeum





Blautia sp. SF-50
−0.03121
0.001784
1520805


Alistipes sp. HGB5
−0.0309
0.001096
908612


Bifidobacterium





adolescentis ATCC





15703
−0.0308
0.001409
367928


Clostridium sp.
−0.0299
0.001581
2292996


AF15-41





Bacteroides sp.
−0.02934
0.002631
2292944


AM25-34





Anaerostipes hadrus
−0.02835
0.011336
649756


Ruminococcaceae
−0.02772
0.003377
2283482


bacterium KLE1738





Monoglobus
−0.02695
0.003048
1981510


pectinilyticus





Ruminococcus sp.
−0.02691
0.002569
2293190


AM26-12LB





Faecalibacteriurn
−0.02685
0.035873
853


prausnitzii





Blautia massiliensis
−0.02639
0.002288
1737424


Faecalibacterium cf.
−0.02604
0.00125
748224


prausnitzii KLE1255





Dorea longicatena
−0.02478
0.011832
88431


Neglecta timonensis
−0.02463
0.001558
1776382


Methanobrevibacter
−0.0237
0.001652
420247


smithii ATCC 35061





[Eubacterium]
−0.02359
0.003742
39485


eligens





Faecalibacterium sp.
−0.02241
0.001309
2302956


AF27-11BH





Blautia sp. KLE 1732
−0.02118
0.002869
1226324


[Eubacterium]
−0.02067
0.001009
515619


rectale ATCC 33656





Roseburia sp. TF10-5
−0.0205
0.002512
2293144


Ruminococcus
−0.02047
0.005798
46228


lactaris





Methanobrevibacter
−0.02028
0.002282
2173


smithii





Alistipes sp. AF14-19
−0.02021
0.001215
2292910


Bifidobacterium
−0.01858
0.004235
1681


bifidum





Bifidobacterium





pseudocatenulatum





DSM 20438 = JCM
−0.01857
0.001782
547043


1200 = LMG 10505





Roseburia faecis
−0.01843
0.017213
301302


Coprococcus comes
−0.01693
0.00519
410072


Eubacterium sp.
−0.01663
0.001441
2292349


AM28-29





Ruminococcus
−0.0155
0.046732
40518


bromii





Fusicatenibacter
−0.01498
0.006614
1150298


saccharivorans





Ruminococcus sp.
−0.01487
0.006625
2293242


TF12-19AC





Alistipes sp. AM16-
−0.01427
0.001135
2292911


43





Bacteroides
0.015134
0.00237
28111


eggerthii





Lachnospiraceae
0.016944
0.002452
665951


bacterium





8_1_57FAA





Bacteroides
0.017505
0.032287
821


vulgatus





Bifidobacterium
0.017965
0.019597
216816


longum





Bacteroides
0.018092
0.004668
371601


xylanisolvens





Bacteroides caccae
0.018374
0.010902
47678


Bacteroides fragilis
0.020763
0.004021
817


Bacteroides
0.021108
0.001144
470145


coprocola DSM





17136





Clostridium sp. AT4
0.021895
0.001351
1720194


Streptococcus
0.023361
0.006659
1308


thermophilus





Bacteroides
0.024738
0.011241
818


thetaiotaomicron





Hungatella
0.025951
0.001426
154046


hathewayi





Eggerthella lenta
0.027089
0.006395
84112


Bacteroides ovatus
0.027165
0.013099
28116


Streptococcus
0.028117
0.006978
1304


salivarius





Flavonifractor
0.028121
0.002887
292800


plautii





Eubacterium sp.
0.02868
0.001124
457402


3_1_31





Sellimonas
0.028958
0.001543
1653434


intestinalis





[Ruminococcus]
0.032793
0.016176
33038


gnavus





Collinsella sp. AF08-
0.039069
0.002849
2292211


23





Escherichia coli
0.042781
0.005618
562


[Clostridium]
0.044191
0.001555
1531


clostridioforme





Klebsiella
0.046508
0.001149
573


pneumoniae





Enterococcus
0.048447
0.002972
1351


faecalis





Streptococcus
0.048788
0.003081
1328


anginosus





Ruminococcus sp.
0.048917
0.001592
1671366


DSM 100440





Clostridiales
0.053718
0.001422
1232446


bacterium VE202-18





Tyzzerella nexilis
0.056217
0.002176
29361


Blautia producta
0.057323
0.003505
33035









Example 8—Microbiome Signatures Related to Treatment Efficacy

The tumor size and cancer progression is tracked in patients over time, and are classified based on radiographic assessment using the Response Criteria in Solid Tumors version 1.1 (Schwartz et al. Eur. J. Cancer 2016, 62:132-137) criteria. This is based on measurements of lesions in cancer tissue over a period of time, given a strict set of guidelines for lesion selection and measurement techniques. Responders to the checkpoint inhibitor treatment are defined as patients that were cured or had stable disease lasting at least 6 months, while non-responders are defined as those whose cancer progressed or was stable for less than 6 months.


The 16S RNA sequencing results are used to determine the distribution of organisms in each patient fecal sample at both the phylum and genus level, and the distribution is compared across all samples from both responders and non-responders. Principal Components Analysis (PCA) is used to reduce the dimensionality of the dataset, and used to determine differences that are correlated with treatment efficacy. As a more quantitative measure, regression analysis is used to identify particular species associated with the treatment efficacy or lack of efficacy.


The genes identified from whole genome sequencing are classified into gene ontology (GO) categories using tools available publicly from the Panther Classification System website (see e.g., http://www.pantherdb.org/). This establishes a GO composition of the DNA corresponding to each sample, analogous to the species composition above. The same approach is also applied using the RNAseq transcriptomics data. Both the DNA and RNA datasets are visualized on PCA plots generated using the R programming environment. As a more quantitative measure, GO enrichment analysis is performed to identify which GO terms are over- or under-represented in samples from responders. This is also conducted using Panther tools.


Specific genes differentially present or expressed among the samples are identified using commercial expression analysis software such as SPOTFIRE® (TIBCO Software) or free tools such as BioConductor (an open source, open development software).


Tools available from the XCMS website are used to classify the LCMS metabolomics samples according to patterns in the spectral signatures obtained, to determine whether samples from responders have significantly different metabolite profiles than those from non-responders. Finally, organic acid data from the headspace GCMS analysis are used to identify which of these molecules are correlated with treatment efficacy.


Prior patient medical history is also collected and analyzed when available. This includes but is not limited to prior cancer history, diabetes, autoimmune disease, neurodegenerative disease, heart disease, metabolic syndrome, digestive disease, psychological disorders, HIV, and allergies. In addition, lifestyle and dietary habits are collected, including diet regimen, exercise routine, alcohol, nicotine, and caffeine intake, medical as well as recreational drug use, recent courses of antibiotics, vitamins, and probiotics. This data is assembled and used as input to the machine learning algorithms described in example 10, with the goal of determining correlations between patient history and treatment efficacy. In addition, relationships between this data and the results of sample analysis described above are elucidated.


Example 9—Exemplary Methods; Single Isolates of Fecal Samples

Bacteria used to practice methods as provided herein, including clonal Blautia, Clostridiaceae, Faecalibacterium or Clostridium; Ruminococcaceae or Ruminococcus; Verrucomicrobiaceae or Akkermansia; Enterococcaceae or Enterococcus; Eggerthella; Eggerthellaceae or Gordonibacter; Bacteroidaceae or Bacteroides; Hyphomicrobiaceae or Gemmiger; Bifidobacterium, Alistipes, Adlercreutzia, Senegalimassilia, Ellagibacter, Paraeggerthella, Dorea, Roseburia, Monoglobus, Asacharobacter, and/or Slackia species (and also including specific species of bacteria as used in methods as provided herein) can be isolated directly from fecal matter samples and cultured in ABB+RF broth and solid agar plates, or on Yeast Casitone Fatty Acids with Carbohydrates (YCFAC) broth and on Yeast Casitone Fatty Acids with Carbohydrates and Sheep's Blood (YCFAC+B) Agar, both obtained as pre-reduced anaerobically sterilized (PRAS) media from Anaerobe Systems (Morgan Hill, Calif.).


Serial dilutions of bacteria from fecal samples are performed using reduced and anoxic Nutrient Broth prepared as follows: Two grams of Nutrient Broth dehydrated powder (Remel™) is mixed in 250 ml Reagent Grade Water (NERL™) and Resazurin color indicator (ACROS Organics™) added to a final concentration of 0.025%. 10 ml volumes of the resulting liquid volume are aliquoted into 18 mm×150 mm Anaerobic Tubes (Bellco Glass, Inc). Nitrogen gas is bubbled into each 10 ml volume via a metal cannula for 15 minutes to displace oxygen, followed by quick insertion of a butyl rubber stopper held fast with a crimped metal collar. The filled, bubbled and sealed anaerobic tubes of nutrient broth are autoclaved for 20 minutes, allowed to cool to room temperature, and stored in the dark until needed.


Immediately prior to use, L-cysteine is added via syringe injection through the butyl-rubber stopper to 0.5 mM final concentration to reduce the medium. Full reduction is indicated by change of the resazurin color from pink to colorless, at which time the reduced nutrient broth tubes are ready for use in fecal matter dilutions.


Anoxic ellagic acid (EA) solution in DMSO is prepared as follows: 18 mm×150 mm Anaerobic Tubes (Bellco Glass, Inc) are fitted with butyl rubber stoppers and metal collars and sterilized by autoclaving. EA (Millipore-Sigma) is dissolved in 10 ml DMSO (Fisher Scientific) to a final concentration of 3.5 mM and injected into an autoclaved stoppered anaerobic tube. As a control, 10 ml DMSO without EA is injected into another autoclaved stoppered anaerobic tube. Oxygen is displaced from the liquid in both tubes by sparging nitrogen via inserted 20 gauge needles for 30 minutes. noxic sterile 50 mM L-cysteine solution is prepared as follows: A 100 ml anaerobic serum bottle is fitted with a butyl-rubber stopper, held tight with a crimped metal collar, and autoclaved for 20 minutes to sterilize the interior. L-cysteine (Fisher Scientific) is dissolved into 50 ml reagent grade water to a final concentration of 50 mM and filled into a 50 ml syringe that is then fitted with a sterile 0.45 micron PVDF filter disk (Fisher Scientific) and a sterile 1.5 inch 20 gauge needle. The needle of the filled and filtered syringe is inserted through the stopper of the bottle and a second needle is inserted through the stopper to serve as a vent. The L-cysteine solution is injected into the bottle, and the syringe and filter then removed, leaving the two needles inserted through the stopper. A second 0.45 micron filter is fitted to a hose connected to a source of 100% nitrogen gas, and then fitted to one of the needles. Nitrogen gas is bubbled into the L-cysteine solution through the sterile filter for 20 minutes, allowed to vent out of the second needle to displace oxygen in the solution, and then both needles are removed simultaneously. The now sterile and anoxic 50 mM solution of L-cysteine is ready for use.


Sequencing Methods

16S RNA sequence analysis is used to confirm the identity of plated colonies. First, total genomic DNA is extracted from the cell pellet using the QIAmp® PowerFecal DNA™ kit (Qiagen). Amplicons specific for the v4 region of 16S RNA are generated using primers homologous to the conserved regions surrounding v4.


Example 10—In Silico Modeling to Discover Microbe-Microbe Interactions

Genome scale metabolic modeling is used as a tool to explore the diversity of metabolic reactions present in the gut microbiome, interpret the omics data described here in the framework of cellular metabolism, and evaluate inter-species interactions. A set of 773 different organism-specific metabolic models have been created, and are leveraged here (Magnusdottir et al. Nature Biotechnology 2017, 35(1):85-89). Models are combined according to the microbe mixes administered here, enabling multispecies simulations that predict how these organisms interact when supplied with a nutrient mix mimicking the typical Western human diet or variations thereof. Simulations are performed using the COBRA™ package v2.0™ (Schellenberger et al., Nature Protocols 2011, 6:1290-1307) or updated versions thereof. Commensal relationships among the organisms result when one or more species consume a compound that another species produces, and can be detected by an increased maximum predicted growth rate of each species when growing together than when each is grown separately. In the cases where commensalism is not predicted in the microbe mixes provided, simulations are used to identify a suitable microbial partner that can be included in the live biotherapeutic product, thus improving the ability of the active microbes to colonize the gut. Similarly, simulations are used to identify prebiotic compounds to be supplemented that can be utilized by the active species as a carbon or energy source, also improving colonization likelihood.


The consortia of gut microbe metabolic models are used as a framework for interpreting genomic, transcriptomic, and metabolomic data obtained from the mouse and human studies. Enriched genes or pathways at the genomic or transcriptomic level are mapped to the source organism model to determine the metabolic functions these represent and how they connect with the rest of metabolism in that organism, as well as in the gut ecosystem as a whole. Enrichments also in metabolic intermediates or end products of these pathways provide further evidence for these pathways' contribution to checkpoint inhibitor function.


Machine learning (or artificial intelligence) techniques are used to identify correlations among species abundance, pathway enrichment, and metabolite production and the efficacy of checkpoint inhibitors in shrinking tumor size. This data-driven approach uncovers relationships that do not necessarily have a rational basis. Machine learning techniques employed include supervised and unsupervised learning algorithms. Supervised learning techniques include but are not limited to linear regression, support vector machines, decision tree, random forest, Bayesian networks, k-nearest neighbor classification, information fuzzy networks, learning vector quantization, artificial neural networks, and hidden Markov models. Unsupervised learning techniques include but are not limited to hierarchical clustering, k-means clustering, expectation maximization, fuzzy clustering, association rule learning, logic learning machines, and self-organizing maps. Algorithms are run on the cloud via Amazon™ Web Services (AWS). Input independent data to the machine learning algorithms include fecal microbial composition obtained from 16S sequencing data, differentially expressed genes, gene functions, or functional families, relative concentrations of known metabolites, peak intensities associated with particular mass spectrum features, cancer type and treatment regimen, and patient metadata including medical history and antibiotic use. Dependent data include tumor size over a time course, immunological profile from blood, and any other indications of checkpoint inhibitor therapy efficacy. The machine learning techniques identify relationships between the independent and dependent variables, thus indicating predictors of treatment efficacy and cancer survival.


Example 11—In Silico Modeling of Microbe-Microbe Interactions

Genome scale metabolic modeling is used as a tool to explore the diversity of metabolic reactions present in the gut microbiome, interpret the -omics data described here in the framework of cellular metabolism, and evaluate inter-species interactions. A set of 773 different organism-specific metabolic models have been created, and are leveraged here (Magnusdottir et al. Nature Biotechnology 2017, 35(1):85-89). Models are combined according to the microbe mixes administered here, enabling multispecies simulations that predict how these organisms interact when supplied with a nutrient mix mimicking the typical Western human diet or variations thereof. Simulations are performed using the COBRA package v2.0 (Schellenberger et al., Nature Protocols 2011, 6:1290-1307) or updated versions thereof. Commensal relationships among the organisms result when one or more species consume a compound that another species produces, and can be detected by an increased maximum predicted growth rate of each species when growing together than when each is grown separately. In the cases where commensalism is not predicted in the microbe mixes provided, simulations are used to identify a suitable microbial partner that can be included in the live biotherapeutic product, thus improving the ability of the active microbes to colonize the gut. Similarly, simulations are used to identify prebiotic compounds to be supplemented that can be utilized by the active species as a carbon or energy source, also improving colonization likelihood.


The consortia of gut microbe metabolic models are used as a framework for interpreting genomic, transcriptomic, and metabolomic data obtained from the mouse and human studies. Enriched genes or pathways at the genomic or transcriptomic level are mapped to the source organism model to determine the metabolic functions these represent and how they connect with the rest of metabolism in that organism, as well as in the gut ecosystem as a whole. Enrichments also in metabolic intermediates or end products of these pathways provide further evidence for these pathways' contribution to checkpoint inhibitor function.


Metabolic models are downloaded from the Thiele lab website (https://wwwen.uni.lu/lcsb/research/mol_systems_physiology/in_silico_models) for the following organisms: Clostridium scindens ATCC 35704, Blautia producta DSM 2950, Ruminococcus gnavus ATCC 29149, Faecalibacterium prausnitzii L2-6, Gordonibacter pamelaeae 7-10-1-bT DSM 19378, and Eggerthella lenta DSM 2243. The models are then used for simulations in the COBRA v2.0™ package (Schellenberger et al., Nature Protocols 2011, 6:1290-1307). Cell metabolism is simulated by defining nutrient uptake rates (mmol/gDCW-hr) and optimizing for growth of each organism (hr−1). Oxygen uptake rate is set to zero, to simulate anaerobic conditions. Values for each nutrient uptake rate are obtained from (Magnusdottir et al. Nature Biotechnology 2017, 35(1):85-89, Supplemental Table 12), as estimated for a typical Western diet. To simulate the gut ecosystem comprising of multiple bacterial species, each organism model is treated as a separate compartment, with the extracellular space in the gut considered an additional compartment. Nutrients can enter and exit the extracellular space freely, to simulate food uptake and waste excretion. Nutrients can enter and exit each microbial species based on the specific transporters present in the respective model. The objective function to be maximized is defined to be the total biomass of all species; i.e., the sum of all individual growth rates. The minimum growth rate of each species is set at 0.001 hr−1.


Simulations indicate that with the defined objective function, all species will grow at above the lower bound of 0.001 hr−1. Furthermore, the total biomass produced is greater than the sum of all growth rates for each model run individually, thus indicating favorable interactions in the community. Various metabolites are predicted to be secreted by one species and taken up by another, including organic acids, amino acids, vitamin precursors, and monosaccharides.


Example 12: In Silico Simulation of Gut Microbial Metabolism

To simulate a typical gut environment, models were downloaded for the following organisms: Bifidobacterium longum E18, Lactobacillus casei ATCC 334, Bacteroides dorei DSM 17855, and Streptococcus thermophilus LMG 18311. The models are then used for simulations in the COBRA package v2.0 (Schellenberger et al., Nature Protocols 2011, 6:1290-1307). Cell metabolism is simulated by defining nutrient uptake rates (mmol/gDCW-hr) and optimizing for growth of each organism (hr−1). Oxygen uptake rate is set to zero, to simulate anaerobic conditions. Values for each nutrient uptake rate are obtained from Magnusdottir et al. Nature Biotechnology 2017, 35(1):85-89, Supplemental Table 12, as estimated for a typical Western diet. To simulate the gut ecosystem comprising of multiple bacterial species, each organism model is treated as a separate compartment, with the extracellular space in the gut considered an additional compartment. Nutrients can enter and exit the extracellular space freely, to simulate food uptake and waste excretion. Nutrients can enter and exit each microbial species based on the specific transporters present in the respective model. The objective function to be maximized is defined to be the total biomass of all species; i.e., the sum of all individual growth rates. The minimum growth rate of each species is set at 0.001 hr1, and simulations indicate all species grow at a rate above this bound.


Next, microbes from our candidate live biotherapeutic formulations are evaluated in the presence of these four typical gut organisms. Models for Clostridium scindens ATCC 35704, Blautia producta DSM 2950, Ruminococcus gnavus ATCC 29149, and Faecalibacterium prausnitzii L2-6 are each run in conjunction with those listed above. Nutrient uptake is defined as above, oxygen uptake is set to zero, minimum growth rates set at 0.001 hr−1, and the objective function is the sum of individual growth rates. Each species separately is predicted to grow at a rate greater than the lower bound in the presence of these other organisms. Finally, simulations are performed using all eight organisms together.


Example 13: Fermentation Medium Preparation for Isolated Anaerobic Microorganisms

Individual microbial strains isolated as described herein are cultured in a bioreactor (fermenter) to produce a large volume of material at high cell density. Volume of the vessel can range from less than 1 L for laboratory-scale processing, up to 10,000 L or more for commercial production. Fermentations are maintained in strict anaerobic conditions, using a nitrogen purge and maintaining a positive pressure in the headspace. Temperature is maintained at the determined optimal growth temperature by means known to the fermentation industry, such as internal cooling coils or water jacketed vessel. pH is maintained at the optimal value by addition of base such as ammonium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, or gaseous ammonia, using a feedback controller linked to a pH sensor. One or more nutrients may be fed into the vessel, either continuously or as a bolus, to prevent depletion as the nutrients are consumed by the growing cells. Cell growth is monitored by aseptic sampling of the vessel, and determining optical density (OD) or dry cell weight. Alternatively, cell growth is monitored by measurement of carbon dioxide concentration in the off-gas using an on-line mass spectrometer, as this is a byproduct of biomass production. All data is stored in a laboratory information management system (LIMS), which is connected to the online instruments for automated data transfer. When the cells reach the desired density, the culture is transferred to a centrifuge or filtration device to remove the broth from the cells. Anaerobic conditions are maintained during this process to ensure cell viability. Cell paste is then rapidly frozen and lyophilized. In between fermentation runs, the bioreactor is sterilized by steam.


The fermentation process is operated under Good Manufacturing Process (GMP) conditions. This requires following established written procedures and thorough documentation of everything added and removed from the bioreactor in batch records. Manufacturers' certificates of analysis are also provided for all reagent additions. All online measurements are logged electronically. Offline measurements are entered into the LIMS. Batch records will also track the time, temperature, and pressure of the sterilization process between runs. Sterility of the broth will be tested by plate counts or qPCR, and the contents considered sterile of the organism count is less than 1000 cfu/L. Microbial purity of the fermentation broth, post-centrifugation cell paste, and the final lyophilized product is monitored by 16S sequencing or whole genome sequencing of DNA extracted from the broth. Viable cell count of the lyophilized product is measured by resuspending in growth medium and immediately plating dilution series on agar plates. Results of these tests are all recorded in the LIMS.


For each microbe produced by fermentation, growth media is developed. Media contains all components that are certified by the manufacturer to be made without animal products. Media is prepared from the powdered components as described below:

    • 1) Weigh required amount of powdered anaerobic growth medium as specified by the manufacturer to formulate 1 L of growth medium.
    • 2) In a fume hood, place 800 mls of purified water in a 2 L beaker, include a stir bar and then set on a heated stir plate. With constant stirring, heat the volume of water just to boiling.
    • 3) Add preweighed powdered anaerobic growth medium as well as any additional supplements and allow to stir in the heating volume of water until dissolved.
    • 4) While heating, add the oxygen indicator dye resazurin (ACROS Organics) to final concentration of 0.0025 mg/ml.
    • 5) Add purified water to bring the final volume to 1 L
    • 6) Continue to heat the solution to a gentle boil until all medium ingredients are fully solubilized, and the color imbued by the resazurin turns from red to colorless. Carefully remove the beaker from the stir plate and allow to cool for 10 minutes prior to further manipulations.
    • 7) Pour entire contents into a plastic 2 L beaker to make it safer to handle. Use a 1 L cylinder to divide into two 900 ml volumes into two 2 L plastic beakers.
    • 8) Insert a funnel into the neck of a 1 L anaerobic bottle (Chemglass Life Sciences). Carefully add hot 900 ml volume to the side of the funnel so that a spiral flow is established. Do not pour directly into the hole of the funnel as the hot liquid could bump. It is advisable to use a face shield while doing this operation.
    • 9) When all liquid is transferred, insert a blue rubber bung into the top of the bottle and crimp with an aluminum collar to seal the bottle. Then quickly insert a 20-gauge needle through bung to relieve pressure.
    • 10) At this point the red color of the resazurin will probably return due to oxygenation during transfer and manipulation. To remove oxygen, place the filled, stoppered and needled bottles back onto a heated stir plate and bring to a gentle boil until the resazurin oxygen indicator returns to colorless.
    • 11) Remove the bottle from the heat and as quickly and carefully as possible bring into the anaerobic chamber. Place the bottles onto two thicknesses of cardboard on the floor of the airlock to protect the floor from heat damage, then close the door and cycle/purge the airlock. The needles in the bungs allow for venting of the bottle contents during this step without boil-over. Once cycle/purge is completed, open the interior door of the anaerobic chamber and carefully lift and place the hot bottles in the chamber.
    • 12) Allow the bottles to cool in the anaerobic chamber for about a half-hour, then remove the needle and decrimp/debung the bottles so that they are open to the interior atmosphere of the anaerobic chamber. Keep multiple bottles well-separated from each other so that they can cool as quickly as possible. Allow the bottles to cool to ambient temperature (4-5 hours).
    • 13) Once cooled, reinsert new bungs into the necks of the bottles and crimp to seal. Remove the bottles from the anaerobic chamber and then autoclave for 20 minutes with conditions appropriate for liquid media. Once done, bring the bottles back into the chamber and allow to cool overnight before using.


Example 14: Laboratory-Scale Fermentation of Isolated Anaerobic Microorganisms

A laboratory-scale fermentation is performed using a Sartorius Biostat ATM bioreactor with 2 L vessel, using the growth media described in Example 12. While still in the anaerobic chamber, 1 L media is transferred to a sterile feed bottle, which has two ports with tubing leading blocked by pinch clamps and covered in foil to maintain sterility.


The fermentation vessel is sterilized by autoclaving, then flushed with a continuous purge of sterile nitrogen gas with oxygen catalytically removed. Two inlet ports are fitted with tubing leading to a connector blocked with a pinch clamp, and the sampling port fitted with tubing leading to a syringe. The vessel is also fitted with a dissolved oxygen probe, a pH probe, and a thermowell containing a temperature probe. Once anaerobic conditions are ensured, the media is removed from the anaerobic chamber and connected to one of the inlet ports. The other feed bottle port is connected to sterile nitrogen purge. The pinch clamp is removed and media transferred into the fermentation vessel by peristaltic pump or just by the nitrogen pressure. Once the transfer is complete, both lines are sealed again by the pinch clamps, the feed bottle removed, and returned to the anaerobic chamber.


A 50 mL seed culture of Clostridium scindens, grown to mid-exponential phase in a sealed culture bottle using the same media composition as above, is transferred into the feed bottle in the anaerobic chamber. Repeating the above transfer procedure, this time with the culture, the fermenter is inoculated.


5 M ammonium hydroxide is prepared in another feed bottle. One port is connected to sterile nitrogen, and the bottle is purged for 5 minutes to remove all oxygen. The outlet tubing is then blocked by a pinch clamp, and attached to the other inlet port in the fermentation vessel. This tubing is then threaded into a peristaltic pump head, and the pinch clamp removed. Using the software built into the Biostat ATM unit, this pump is controlled to maintain pH at 7.0.


During growth of the culture, temperature is maintained at 37 C.° using a temperature controller and heating blanket on the vessel. Nitrogen purge is set at 0.5 L/min to maintain anaerobic conditions and positive pressure in the vessel, and agitation is set at 500 rpm to keep the culture well mixed. Periodic samples are taken using the syringe attached to the sample port. For each sample, optical density is measured at 600 nm wavelength using a spectrophotometer.


Example 15: Fecal Matter Collection from Patients and Processing

Fecal matter donations are acquired from healthy volunteers as well as individuals exhibiting disease symptoms. Donors can be cancer patients participating in clinical trials testing various cancer treatment regimens. Donors can be healthy volunteers that do not exhibit disease symptoms.


Fecal matter donors are provided with a specimen collection kit that includes the following items:

    • 1. One fecal matter collection kit with two fecal matter collection containers (one is for back-up)
    • 2. One Ziploc bag
    • 3. One Thermosafe shipping container
    • 4. Eight to ten polar gel packs for transport of specimen
    • 5. One roll of packing tape
    • 6. Specimen collection instructions
    • 7. Body site-specific, pre-printed clinic label
    • 8. Fecal matter box label


      Fecal matter specimens are collected by the fecal matter donor using the above kit as follows:
    • 1. At least 12 hours prior to sampling, place all polar gel packs into a freezer to allow them to freeze completely.
    • 2. A form is provided for the Fecal matter Donor to log time and date of collection. This is included with the packaged fecal matter sample.
    • 3. To collect sample, first raise the toilet seat. Place the fecal matter collection frame on the back of the toilet bowl. All four corners of the collection frame should be supported by the toilet bowl. Place collection bowl in frame.
    • 4. Deposit fecal matter directly into the collection chamber. Do not urinate into the collection container.
    • 5. After collecting the fecal matter specimen, remove the container from the frame. Place the container on a flat surface and firmly press the lid closed.
    • 6. Place the closed container into the provided ZIPLOC™ bag and seal the bag.
    • 7. Discard the collection frame in trash
    • 8. Place two of the frozen polar gel packs in the bottom of the styrofoam box that is part of the THERMOSAFE™ shipping container.
    • 9. Place the sealed ZIPLOC™ bag containing the fecal matter specimen in the Styrofoam container.
    • 10. Place four of the frozen polar gel packs around the specimen container so that the container is completely surrounded.
    • 11. Place one frozen polar gel pack on top of the specimen container.
    • 12. Place the styrofoam lid on the styrofoam container and close the cardboard box.
    • 13. Use packing tape provided to seal the cardboard box closed.
    • 14. Stool packages are shipped by overnight courier to the lab.


Preparation of Fecal Matter for Samples for Analysis

Upon receipt of the fecal matter specimen package at Persephone Biome, the time and date that it is received is logged. The box is then quickly un-packed in the laboratory and intactness and temperature of the packed materials is assessed to insure proper refrigeration during transit. The ZIPLOC™ bag containing the fecal matter specimen along with a freshly frozen ice block is then promptly brought into an anaerobic chamber (Coy Lab Products Type A Vinyl Anaerobic Chamber) for further processing. Once in the anaerobic chamber, the bag containing the fecal matter specimen is unsealed and the fecal matter collection container is placed on the frozen ice block. The fecal matter container is opened and the fecal matter material within is inspected for consistency and rated on the Bristol Fecal matter Scale, a standard for typing the consistency, color and moisture of fecal matter samples. Using a sterile wooden tongue depressor, 30 grams of fecal matter is placed and weighed in a specimen cup. Any remaining fecal matter that is not used in the study is resealed in the fecal matter collection container for later safe disposal outside of the anaerobic chamber. The specimen cup containing the weighed fecal matter sample is kept on ice for further processing. For fecal matter judged to be “3” or “4” on the Bristol Fecal matter Scale (moderate moisture and homogeneity), 10 ml of ice-cold reduced Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS; Fisher Scientific) is added and a sterile wooden tongue depressor is used to gently mix the material until thoroughly homogenized. More or less PBS may be added depending on the dryness (Low Bristol Scale) or wetness (High Bristol Scale) to best accommodate complete homogenization.


Homogenized fecal matter is then aliquoted into nine 3-gram portions each into tared 50 ml conical tubes (Fisher Scientific) which are then placed on ice. Four aliquots are immediately removed from the anaerobic chamber and flash frozen on dry ice, to be used later for genomic DNA and metabolomic analyses. Two aliquots are combined with equal volume to weight of ice cold RNA later (Thermo Fisher Scientific), vortexed and then brought out of the anaerobic chamber and flash frozen on dry ice, to be used later for transcriptomic analyses such as RNAseq. Two aliquots are combined with a 1/10 weight to volume amount of reduced cryopreservation buffer I (CBP-1; PBS plus 5 mM L-cysteine plus 15% glycerol), vortexed thoroughly, and then brought out of the anaerobic chamber and frozen on dry ice, to be used for fecal matter transfer (FMT) in mice for in vivo mouse model testing. All dry-ice frozen aliquots are then stored at −80° C. until required for analyses.


The ninth fecal aliquot remaining on ice in the anaerobic chamber is prepared for cryopreservation as a live stock for bacterial discovery efforts. The 3-gram fecal aliquot is suspended in 10 ml ice cold reduced PBS, shaken gently by hand for 2 minutes to homogenize, then placed upright on ice for 15 minutes to allow solids to settle to the bottom of the tube. One ml is removed from the top of the suspension and then combined with ice-cold 4 ml of anaerobe basal broth (ABB; Oxoid), and then with 5 ml reduced ice-cold cryopreservation buffer 2 (CPB-2; PBS plus 2% trehalose plus 10% DMSO). This suspension is rocked back and forth gently by hand 10 times to homogenize, and is then placed on ice. One ml of this suspension is added to each of eight appropriately labeled 2 ml cryotubes (ThermoFisher), sealed tightly and placed on ice, then taken out of the anaerobic chamber. The eight cryotubes are then immediately placed in a designated freezer box and then stored in the gas phase of a liquid nitrogen dewar until required for further experimentation.


Example 16: Isolation and Characterization of Pure Microbial Strains from Fecal Matter

Individual bacterial strains can be isolated and cultured from fecal matter material for further study and for assembly of therapeutic biologicals. The majority of live bacteria that inhabit fecal matter tend to be obligate anaerobes so care must be taken to perform all culture and isolation work in the anaerobic chamber to prevent their exposure to oxygen, and to use anaerobic growth media that includes reductant compounds. Suitable reductant compounds include but are not limited to L-cysteine, Sodium thioglycolate, and dithiothreitol. Additional reductants that are not part of the original formulation of chosen anaerobic growth media can be added to improve anaerobic bacterial growth. Particular growth media that favor growth of target bacteria can be used to improve the ability to find and isolate them as pure living cultures. Different anaerobic growth media are used to enable growth of different subsets of microbes to improve overall ability to isolate and purify an inclusive number of unique bacterial species by this method.


To begin a microbial isolation and characterization campaign, one cryotube containing cryogenically preserved fecal matter is removed from storage in the liquid nitrogen dewar, brought into the anaerobic chamber, and then allowed to thaw gently on ice. The entire 1 ml contents are added to 9 ml ABB to establish a 1/10 dilution. Successive 10-fold serial dilutions are then performed in ABB to establish 1/100, 1/1000, 1/10000, 1/100000, 1/1000000 dilutions of the fecal matter. From each of the 1/10000, 1/100000, and 1,1000000 dilutions, four 0.1 ml volumes are removed and then added to and spread over anaerobic growth medium solid medium. The plating's are incubated at 37° C. for 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 days to allow for a wide variety of bacterial colonies to grow. Platings are made from several liquid dilutions of fecal matter to ensure that there will be ones that have numerous yet non-overlapping colonies for efficient colony picking.


Colonies are manually picked from plates using sterile pipette tips. Colonies may also be picked by an automated colony picking machine that is enclosed in an anaerobic chamber. Colonies are picked in multiples of 96 to accommodate subsequent 96-well-based genomic DNA isolation steps and large-scale cryogenic storage steps. The individual colonies picked are then struck on anaerobic growth medium solid medium to isolate single purified colonies from each picked colony, and then incubated at 37° C. for 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 days to allow for visible colony growth to arise. After visible colonies are evident, single colonies are picked from the first streaks to be struck once again on the same anaerobic growth medium solid medium used in previous steps, and then incubated at 37° C. for 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 days to allow for visible colony growth to arise. Single colonies from this secondary streak are each inoculated into 1 ml anaerobic growth medium in an individual well of a 2 ml 96-well deep well block. Once representative secondary colonies of all originally picked colonies are so inoculated, the 66-well deep well block is covered with an adhesive gas-permeable seal and then incubated at 37° C. in an incubator within the anaerobic chamber for 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 days to allow for liquid growth from each isolated colony.


After turbid growth is apparent in all wells, the gas-permeable seal is removed from the 96-well deep well block and 0.2 ml is removed from each well and placed in a 96-well PCR plate. The 96-well PCR plate is then centrifuged at 4000 rpm for 10 minutes at 4° C. to pellet cell growth. After centrifugation, supernatant is carefully removed by pipette and discarded, then the plate is resealed with an aluminum impermeable adhesive seal suitable for deep freeze storage and stored at −20° C. in preparation for subsequent genomic DNA isolation steps. Remaining cultures in the 96-well deep well culture plate are each combined with equal volumes CPB-2, mixed thoroughly by pipette, then the plate is resealed with an aluminum impermeable adhesive seal suitable for deep freeze storage and stored at −80° C. to preserve each culture for long-term storage and for later analyses.


The 96-well PCR plate containing representative cell pellets from each originally picked colony is removed from −20° C. storage and allowed to thaw at ambient laboratory temperature. Genomic DNA is then isolated from each cell pellet using a Quick-DNA Fungal/Bacterial 96 Kit (Zymo Research) following directions provided in the kit. Isolated genomic DNA corresponding to each originally picked colony is then subjected to next generation sequencing of 16S RNA genes or by Whole Genome Sequencing and corresponding computer analyses to assign a phylogenetic identification to each isolated strain. Resulting sequence information is compared to in-house and publicly available genomic DNA databases to assign identities to each strain.


Isolated and Purified Strains from plating screens of bacterial colony growth from fecal matter obtained from four healthy donors. Fecal matter was diluted and plated on either YCFACB solid medium or on Anaerobe Basal Broth (ABB) plus 15% Rumen Fluid. Colonies were picked and then purified cultures from each were subjected to 16S RNA sequencing. Sequence data was compared by BLASTn to the 16S ribosomal RNA sequences (Bacteria and Archaea) database at the National Center for Biotechnology Information. Listed are the closest genome/species matches as well as percent identity and E values from this analysis for each strain. Exemplary strains isolated from human fecal material are listed in Table 3:












TABLE 3










Closest 16S RNA Sequence Strain





Identification by BLASTn














Screening

%
E


Strain #
Donor #
Medium
Strain
identity
Value















1
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
0.96
0





ATCC 27750




2
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
0.96
0





ATCC 27750




3
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
0.99
0





ATCC 27750




4
1
YCFACB

Falcatimonas natans strain

1.00
3E−15


5
1
YCFACB
WN011
0.99
0






Dorea
longicatena strain 111-35





6
1
YCFACB

Faecalibacterium
prausnitzii

1.00
1E−28





strain ATCC 27768




7
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] rectale strain
0.99
0





ATCC 33656




8
1
YCFACB

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii

0.99
0





strain ATCC 27768




9
1
YCFACB

Blautia faecis strain M25

1.00
0


10
1
YCFACB

Bifidobacterium bifidum strain

1.00
0





NBRC 100015




11
1
YCFACB

Dorea longicatena strain 111-35

0.99
0


12
1
YCFACB

Gemmiger formicilis strain X2-

0.97
0





56




13
1
YCFACB

Dorea longicatena strain 111-35

0.99
0


14
1
YCFACB

Bariatricus massiliensis strain

1.00
2E−37





AT12




15
1
YCFACB

Bacteroides vulgatus strain

0.98
0





ATCC 8482




16
1
YCFACB

Blautia obeum strain ATCC

0.98
0





29174




17
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] rectale strain
0.92
0





ATCC 33656




18
1
YCFACB

Gemmiger formicilis strain X2-

0.98
0





56




19
1
YCFACB

Dorea longicatena strain 111-35

0.96
0


20
1
YCFACB

Coprococcus catus strain VPI-

0.99
0





C6-61




21
1
YCFACB
[Clostridium] spiroforme strain
0.94
0





JCM 1432




22
1
YCFACB

Dorea longicatena strain 111-35

0.99
0


23
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
1.00
2E−117





ATCC 27750




24
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
0.99
0





ATCC 27750




25
1
YCFACB
[Clostridium] hathewayi strain
0.94
0





1313




26
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] rectale strain
1.00
0





ATCC 33656




27
1
YCFACB

Blautia luti strain DSM 14534

0.97
0


28
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
0.99
0





ATCC 27750




29
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
0.99
0





ATCC 27750




30
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
1.00
2E−151





ATCC 27750




31
1
YCFACB

Gemmiger formicilis strain X2-

0.96
0





56




32
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
0.99
0





ATCC 27750




33
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
0.99
0





ATCC 27750




34
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
0.99
0





ATCC 27750




35
1
YCFACB

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii

0.99
0





strain ATCC 27768




36
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
1.00
0





ATCC 27750




37
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
0.99
0





ATCC 27750




38
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
0.99
0





ATCC 27750




39
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
0.99
0





ATCC 27750




40
1
YCFACB

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii

0.99
0





strain ATCC 27768




41
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
1.00
0





ATCC 27750




42
1
YCFACB

Alteromonas lipolytica strain

1.00
1E−09





JW12




43
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
0.99
0





ATCC 27750




44
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
0.99
0





ATCC 27750




45
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] rectale strain
1.00
0





ATCC 33656




46
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
1.00
6E−37





ATCC 27750




47
1
YCFACB

Bacteroides vulgatus strain

0.96
0





ATCC 8482




48
1
YCFACB
[Eubacterium] eligens strain
1.00
1E−93





ATCC 27750




49
1
YCFACB
[Clostridium] spiroforme strain
0.95
0





JCM 1432




50
1
YCFACB

Maivinbiyantia formatexigens

0.96
0





strain 1-52




51
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




52
2
ABB +
[Clostridium] methylpentosum
0.90
0




Rumen Fluid
strain R2




53
2
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis strain Eg2

1.00
5E−33




Rumen Fluid





54
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




55
2
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei strain 175

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





56
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
8E−126




Rumen Fluid
16771




57
2
ABB +
[Ruminococcus] torques strain
0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
VPI B2-51




58
2
ABB +

Cloacibacillus eviyensis strain

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
158




59
2
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis strain

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
JCM 5828




60
2
ABB +

Collinsella aerofaciens strain

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
JCM 10188




61
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




62
2
ABB +

Phascolarctobacterium faecium

0.84
0




Rumen Fluid
strain ACM 3679




63
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




64
2
ABB +
[Ruminococcus] torques strain
0.98
0




Rumen Fluid
VPI B2-51




65
2
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis strain

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
JCM 5828




66
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




67
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




68
2
ABB +

Alistipes shahii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16773




69
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




70
2
ABB +

Cloacibacillus eviyensis strain

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
158




71
2
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei strain 175

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





72
2
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei strain 175

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





73
2
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei strain 175

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





74
2
ABB +

Subdoligranulum variabile strain

1.00
2E−172




Rumen Fluid
BI 114




75
2
ABB +

Parabacteroides merdae strain

0.83
0




Rumen Fluid
JCM 9497




76
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




77
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




78
2
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei strain 175

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





79
2
ABB +

Odoribacter splanchnicus strain

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
DSM 220712




80
2
ABB +

Odoribacter splanchnicus strain

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
DSM 220712




81
2
ABB +

Bacteroides ovatus strain JCM

1.00
4E−29




Rumen Fluid
5824




82
2
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis strain

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
JCM 5828




83
2
ABB +
[Ruminococcus] torques strain
0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
VPI B2-51




84
2
ABB +
[Ruminococcus] torques strain
0.98
0




Rumen Fluid
VPI B2-51




85
2
ABB +

Phascolarctobacterium faecium

0.92
0




Rumen Fluid
strain ACM 3679




86
2
ABB +

Pseudoflavonifractor

0.96
0




Rumen Fluid

phocaeensis strain Marseille-








P3064




87
2
ABB +

Collinsella aerofaciens strain

0.99
6E−147




Rumen Fluid
JCM 10188




88
2
ABB +
[Clostridium] hylemonae strain
0.97
3E−169




Rumen Fluid
TN-272




89
2
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei strain 175

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





90
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




91
2
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei strain 175

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





92
2
ABB +

Cloacibacillus eviyensis strain

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
158




93
2
ABB +

Alistipes shahii strain JCM

1.00
1E−163




Rumen Fluid
16773




94
2
ABB +

Alistipes shahii strain JCM

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
16773




95
2
ABB +

Subdoligranulum variabile strain

1.00
3E−144




Rumen Fluid
BI 114




96
2
ABB +

Cloacibacillus eviyensis strain

1.00
8E−111




Rumen Fluid
158




97
2
ABB +

Bacteroides cellulosilyticus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
strain JCM 15632




98
2
ABB +

Alistipes shahii strain WAL

1.00
3E−179




Rumen Fluid
8301




99
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




100
2
ABB +

Cloacibacillus eviyensis strain

1.00
9E−175




Rumen Fluid
158




101
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




102
2
ABB +

Flintibacter butyricus strain

0.98
7E−176




Rumen Fluid
BL S21




103
2
ABB +

Cloacibacillus eviyensis strain

1.00
2E−101




Rumen Fluid
158




104
2
ABB +

Bacteroides sartorii strain A-C2-

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
0




105
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




106
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




107
2
ABB +

Coprococcus eutactus strain

0.97
0




Rumen Fluid
ATCC 27759




108
2
ABB +

Ruminococcus bromii strain

0.92
0




Rumen Fluid
ATCC 27255




109
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
1E−98




Rumen Fluid
16771




110
2
ABB +

Cloacibacillus eviyensis strain

1.00
2E−131




Rumen Fluid
158




111
2
ABB +

Bacteroides stercorirosoris strain

0.99
6E−127




Rumen Fluid
JCM 17103




112
2
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis strain Eg2

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





113
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




114
2
ABB +

Ruminococcus bromii strain

0.92
0




Rumen Fluid
ATCC 27255




115
2
ABB +

Ruminococcus bromii strain

0.92
0




Rumen Fluid
ATCC 27255




116
2
ABB +

Phocea massiliensis strain

0.95
3E−70




Rumen Fluid
Marseille-P2769




117
2
ABB +

Caldicoprobacter guelmensis

1.00
3E−10




Rumen Fluid
strain D2C22




118
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




119
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




120
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




121
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
8E−111




Rumen Fluid
16771




122
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

0.80
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




123
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
8E−126




Rumen Fluid
16771




124
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




125
2
ABB +

Odoribacter splanchnicus strain

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
DSM 220712




126
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
9E−150




Rumen Fluid
16771




127
2
ABB +

Pseudoflavonifractor

0.94
0




Rumen Fluid

phocaeensis strain Marseille-








P3064




128
2
ABB +
[Ruminococcus] torques strain
0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
VPI B2-51




129
2
ABB +

Ruminococcus bromii strain

0.94
0




Rumen Fluid
ATCC 27255




130
2
ABB +

Faecalicatena orotica strain

1.00
3E−57




Rumen Fluid
ATCC 13619




131
2
ABB +

Bariatricus massiliensis strain

0.99
2E−108




Rumen Fluid
AT12




132
2
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis strain Eg2

0.95
0




Rumen Fluid





133
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




134
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




135
2
ABB +

Bacteroides oleiciplenus strain

1.00
9E−48




Rumen Fluid
JCM 16102




136
2
ABB +
[Ruminococcus] torques strain
0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
VPI B2-51




137
2
ABB +

Odoribacter splanchnicus strain

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
DSM 220712




138
2
ABB +

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii

0.95
5E−59




Rumen Fluid
strain ATCC 27768




139
2
ABB +

Cloacibacillus eviyensis strain

1.00
4E−36




Rumen Fluid
158




140
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

0.94
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




141
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
4E−41




Rumen Fluid
16771




142
2
ABB +
[Ruminococcus] torques strain
0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
VPI B2-51




143
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
4E−41




Rumen Fluid
16771




144
2
ABB +
[Ruminococcus] torques strain
0.92
0




Rumen Fluid
VPI B2-51




145
2
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis strain

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
JCM 5828




146
2
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei strain 175

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





147
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

0.97
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




148
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
4E−41




Rumen Fluid
16771




149
2
ABB +

Eubacterium ramulus strain

0.89
1E−39




Rumen Fluid
ATCC 29099




150
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




151
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




152
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




153
2
ABB +
[Clostridium] leptum strain
1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
DSM 753




154
2
ABB +

Parabacteroides distasonis strain

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
JCM 5825




155
2
ABB +

Bacteroides stercorirosoris strain

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
JCM 17103




156
2
ABB +

Pseudoflavonifractor

0.97
0




Rumen Fluid

phocaeensis strain Marseille-








P3064




157
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




158
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




159
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




160
2
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis strain

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
JCM 5828




161
2
ABB +
[Ruminococcus] torques strain
0.97
0




Rumen Fluid
VPI B2-51




162
2
ABB +

Blautia wexlerae strain DSM

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
19850




163
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




164
2
ABB +

Phascolarctobacterium faecium

0.94
3E−71




Rumen Fluid
strain ACM 3679




165
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




166
2
ABB +

Parabacteroides merdae strain

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
JCM 9497




167
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




168
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




169
2
ABB +

Butyrivibrio hungatei strain JK

0.94
4E−35




Rumen Fluid
615




170
2
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei strain 175

0.98
3E−175




Rumen Fluid





171
2
ABB +
[Eubacterium] contortum strain
0.95
2E−32




Rumen Fluid
DSM 3982




172
2
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei strain 175

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





173
2
ABB +

Alistipes finegoldii strain DSM

1.00
4E−31




Rumen Fluid
17242




174
2
ABB +

Bariatricus massiliensis strain

0.99
2E−108




Rumen Fluid
AT12




175
2
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii strain JCM

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
16771




176
2
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei strain 175

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





177
2
ABB +

Ruminococcus albus strain 7

0.94
0




Rumen Fluid





178
2
ABB +

Ruminococcus bromii strain

0.91
0




Rumen Fluid
ATCC 27255




179
2
ABB +

Ruminococcus bromii strain

0.92
0




Rumen Fluid
ATCC 27255




180
2
ABB +

Extibacter muris strain 40cc-B-

0.96
0




Rumen Fluid
5824-ARE




181
2
ABB +
[Ruminococcus] torques strain
0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
VPI B2-51




182
3
ABB +

Desulfotomaculum guttoideum

0.90
0




Rumen Fluid





183
3
ABB +

Blautia wexlerae DSM 19850

0.91
0




Rumen Fluid





184
3
ABB +

Eggerthella sp. Marseille-P3135

0.94
2.88E−90




Rumen Fluid





185
3
ABB +

Dorea formicigenerans

0.96
2.7E−95




Rumen Fluid





186
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

0.99
2.2E−111




Rumen Fluid





187
3
ABB +

Eubacterium contortum

0.98
0




Rumen Fluid





188
3
ABB +

Bacteroides xylanisolvens

0.97
6.9E−153




Rumen Fluid
XB1A




189
3
ABB +

Parabacteroides merdae

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





190
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





191
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
1.6E−107




Rumen Fluid





192
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
1.1E−160




Rumen Fluid





193
3
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
1.4E−159




Rumen Fluid





194
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
1.4E−164




Rumen Fluid





195
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.90
0




Rumen Fluid
15917




196
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





197
3
ABB +

Bacteroides caccae

0.99
8.2E−157




Rumen Fluid





198
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





199
3
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





200
3
ABB +

Bacteroides caccae

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





201
3
ABB +

Blautia wexlerae DSM 19850

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





202
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





203
3
ABB +

Collinsella aerofaciens

0.94
0




Rumen Fluid





204
3
ABB +

Collinsella aerofaciens

0.94
9.1E−178




Rumen Fluid





205
3
ABB +

Bacteroides caccae

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





206
3
ABB +

Parabacteroides distasonis

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





207
3
ABB +

Bacteroides xylanisolvens

0.96
6.9E−148




Rumen Fluid
XB1A




208
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





209
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





210
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.97
0




Rumen Fluid
15917




211
3
ABB +

Collinsella aerofaciens

0.91
0




Rumen Fluid





212
3
ABB +

Parabacteroides merdae

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





213
3
ABB +

Blautia wexlerae DSM 19850

0.99
9.9E−105




Rumen Fluid





214
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





215
3
ABB +

Clostridium xylanolyticum

0.95
0




Rumen Fluid





216
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





217
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





218
3
ABB +

Anaerostipes hadrus

0.99
8.5E−162




Rumen Fluid





219
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





220
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





221
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





222
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





223
3
ABB +

Blautia wexlerae DSM 19850

1.00
2.6E−100




Rumen Fluid





224
3
ABB +

Anaerostipes hadrus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





225
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.94
0




Rumen Fluid
15917




226
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





227
3
ABB +

Roseburia inulinivorans

0.93
3.7E−115




Rumen Fluid





228
3
ABB +

Roseburia inulinivorans

0.94
9.9E−85




Rumen Fluid





229
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





230
3
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

0.99
7.3E−137




Rumen Fluid





231
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.96
4.1E−109




Rumen Fluid
15917




232
3
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





233
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
2.3E−116




Rumen Fluid





234
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

0.99
8.8E−157




Rumen Fluid





235
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

0.94
2.83E−85




Rumen Fluid





236
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

0.97
8.9E−147




Rumen Fluid





237
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

0.98
1.5E−169




Rumen Fluid





238
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





239
3
ABB +

Blautia schinkii

0.96
1.3E−134




Rumen Fluid





240
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





241
3
ABB +

Blautia hydrogenotrophica

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





242
3
ABB +

Eubacterium contortum

0.98
0




Rumen Fluid





243
3
ABB +

Anaerostipes hadrus

0.99
1.7E−148




Rumen Fluid





244
3
ABB +

Eubacterium contortum

0.97
0




Rumen Fluid





245
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





246
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





247
3
ABB +

Blautia wexlerae DSM 19850

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





248
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





249
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





250
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





251
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.97
4.1E−114




Rumen Fluid
15917




252
3
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





253
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





254
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





255
3
ABB +

Bacteroides caccae

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





256
3
ABB +

Ruminococcaceae bacterium

0.96
8.2E−137




Rumen Fluid
GD1




257
3
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





258
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





259
3
ABB +

Collinsella aerofaciens

0.97
0




Rumen Fluid





260
3
ABB +

Anaerostipes hadrus

0.99
1.1E−160




Rumen Fluid





261
3
ABB +

Parabacteroides distasonis

0.98
2.7E−136




Rumen Fluid





262
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





263
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





264
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





265
3
ABB +

Dorea longicatena

0.90
5.03E−74




Rumen Fluid





266
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
3.7E−155




Rumen Fluid





267
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.94
9.8E−147




Rumen Fluid
15917




268
3
ABB +

Bacteroides caccae

0.99
4E−119




Rumen Fluid





269
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
2.4E−126




Rumen Fluid





270
3
ABB +

Bacteroides caccae

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





271
3
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





272
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





273
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





274
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





275
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
5.9E−148




Rumen Fluid





276
3
ABB +

Bacteroides ovatus

0.90
0




Rumen Fluid





277
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





278
3
ABB +

Blautia wexlerae DSM 19850

0.96
0




Rumen Fluid





279
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





280
3
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





281
3
ABB +

Bacteroides caccae

0.98
0




Rumen Fluid





282
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





283
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





284
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.94
1.5E−139




Rumen Fluid
15917




285
3
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

0.98
4.3E−170




Rumen Fluid





286
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





287
3
ABB +

Hespellia porcina

0.97
0




Rumen Fluid





288
3
ABB +

Dorea formicigenerans

0.97
0




Rumen Fluid





289
3
ABB +
[Ruminococcus] obeum
0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





290
3
ABB +

Hespellia porcina

0.97
0




Rumen Fluid





291
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.94
1.1E−99




Rumen Fluid
15917




292
3
ABB +

Bacteroides salyersiae

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





293
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





294
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

0.98
0




Rumen Fluid





295
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





296
3
ABB +

Collinsella aerofaciens

0.91
1.3E−135




Rumen Fluid





297
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.91
7.6E−133




Rumen Fluid
15917




298
3
ABB +

Eggerthella lenta

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





299
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





300
3
ABB +

Blautia hydrogenotrophica

0.97
4.9E−144




Rumen Fluid





301
3
ABB +

Blautia hydrogenotrophica

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





302
3
ABB +

Bacteroides salyersiae

0.98
0




Rumen Fluid





303
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





304
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.99
6.7E−122




Rumen Fluid
15917




305
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





306
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.97
2.6E−121




Rumen Fluid
15917




307
3
ABB +

Bacteroides xylanisolvens

0.96
0




Rumen Fluid
XB1A




308
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





309
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





310
3
ABB +

Clostridium mayombei

0.91
3.03E−74




Rumen Fluid





311
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.96
5.9E−174




Rumen Fluid
15917




312
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





313
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.98
8.7E−116




Rumen Fluid
15917




314
3
ABB +

Bacteroides caccae

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





315
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
5.6E−102




Rumen Fluid





316
3
ABB +

Catenibacterium mitsuokai

0.96
1.6E−169




Rumen Fluid





317
3
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
6.1E−129




Rumen Fluid





318
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





319
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.96
4.7E−180




Rumen Fluid
15917




320
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

0.99
4.3E−134




Rumen Fluid





321
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





322
3
ABB +

Flavonifractor plautii

0.99
7.5E−158




Rumen Fluid





323
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





324
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

0.99
4.3E−150




Rumen Fluid





325
3
ABB +

Butyrivibrio crossotus

0.94
9.5E−123




Rumen Fluid





326
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
1E−109




Rumen Fluid





327
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

0.95
1.1E−176




Rumen Fluid





328
3
ABB +

Roseburia hominis

0.94
1.3E−160




Rumen Fluid





329
3
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





330
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.91
0




Rumen Fluid
15917




331
3
ABB +

Blautia hydrogenotrophica

0.99
5.3E−174




Rumen Fluid





332
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.95
1.5E−103




Rumen Fluid
15917




333
3
ABB +

Bacteroides caccae

0.97
5.7E−164




Rumen Fluid





334
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





335
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
2.9E−115




Rumen Fluid





336
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





337
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.96
6E−179




Rumen Fluid
15917




338
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.94
0




Rumen Fluid
15917




339
3
ABB +

Blautia wexlerae DSM 19850

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





340
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

0.98
0




Rumen Fluid





341
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





342
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





343
3
ABB +

Bacteroides ovatus

0.91
8E−134




Rumen Fluid





344
3
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





345
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.97
5.3E−154




Rumen Fluid
15917




346
3
ABB +

Blautia sp. M25

1.00
2.4E−152




Rumen Fluid





347
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





348
3
ABB +

Anaerostipes hadrus

1.00
1.3E−149




Rumen Fluid





349
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





350
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





351
3
ABB +

Bacteroides caccae

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





352
3
ABB +

Anaerostipes hadrus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





353
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





354
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





355
3
ABB +

Butyrivibrio crossotus

0.91
3.67E−70




Rumen Fluid





356
3
ABB +
[Ruminococcus] obeum
0.98
0




Rumen Fluid





357
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





358
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.98
5.3E−164




Rumen Fluid
15917




359
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





360
3
ABB +

Collinsella aerofaciens

0.99
3.7E−150




Rumen Fluid





361
3
ABB +

Collinsella aerofaciens

0.95
5.8E−118




Rumen Fluid





362
3
ABB +

Catenibacterium mitsuokai

0.97
0




Rumen Fluid





363
3
ABB +

Dorea longicatena

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





364
3
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





365
3
ABB +

Dorea formicigenerans

0.98
0




Rumen Fluid





366
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





367
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

0.99
1.6E−174




Rumen Fluid





368
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





369
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.93
0




Rumen Fluid
15917




370
3
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





371
3
ABB +

Blautia hydrogenotrophica

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





372
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





373
3
ABB +

Blautia wexlerae DSM 19850

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





374
3
ABB +

Bacteroides xylanisolvens

0.96
0




Rumen Fluid
XB1A




375
3
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





376
3
ABB +
[Ruminococcus] obeum
0.93
0




Rumen Fluid





377
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.91
0




Rumen Fluid
15917




378
3
ABB +

Collinsella sp. Marseille-P3296T

0.92
1.1E−96




Rumen Fluid





379
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





380
3
ABB +

Blautia wexlerae DSM 19850

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





381
3
ABB +

Flavonifractor plautii

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





382
3
ABB +

Ruminococcus faecis JCM

0.90
0




Rumen Fluid
15917




383
3
ABB +

Bacteroides dorei

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





384
3
ABB +

Bacteroides xylanisolvens

0.98
0




Rumen Fluid
XB1A




385
3
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





386
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





387
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

0.98
3.4E−125




Rumen Fluid





388
4
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

0.91
4.8E−99




Rumen Fluid





389
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





390
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





391
4
ABB +

Blautia luti

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





392
4
ABB +

Blautia obeum

1.00
1.5E−123




Rumen Fluid





393
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





394
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





395
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





396
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




397
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




398
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




399
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




400
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





401
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

0.99
3.5E−140




Rumen Fluid
43183




402
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





403
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





404
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




405
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




406
4
ABB +

Flavonifractor plautii

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





407
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





408
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





409
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




410
4
ABB +

Blautia luti

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





411
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




412
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





413
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




414
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





415
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





416
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




417
4
ABB +

Blautia hydrogenotrophica

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





418
4
ABB +

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





419
4
ABB +

Coprococcus comes ATCC

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
27758




420
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





421
4
ABB +

Blautia wexlerae DSM 19850

1.00
1.5E−123




Rumen Fluid





422
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





423
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





424
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





425
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





426
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

0.99
1E−145




Rumen Fluid





427
4
ABB +

Bifidobacterium longum subsp.

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid

suillum





428
4
ABB +

Parabacteroides distasonis

0.98
1.6E−97




Rumen Fluid





429
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





430
4
ABB +

Blautia luti DSM 14534

0.99
1.6E−179




Rumen Fluid





431
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





432
4
ABB +

Eggerthella lenta

0.99
1.7E−148




Rumen Fluid





433
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





434
4
ABB +
[Ruminococcus] torques
0.99
6.6E−163




Rumen Fluid





435
4
ABB +

Agathobaculum

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid

butyriciproducens





436
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





437
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





438
4
ABB +

Bacteroides
stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




439
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





440
4
ABB +

Blautia hydrogenotrophica

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





441
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





442
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





443
4
ABB +

Blautia obeum

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





444
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




445
4
ABB +

Blautia luti DSM 14534

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





446
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





447
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





448
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





449
4
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





450
4
ABB +

Blautia luti DSM 14534

0.97
0




Rumen Fluid





451
4
ABB +

Coprococcus comes ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
27758




452
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





453
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





454
4
ABB +

Blautia
wexlerae DSM 19850

0.97
0




Rumen Fluid





455
4
ABB +

Blautia
wexlerae DSM 19850

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





456
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





457
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





458
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





459
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





460
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





461
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





462
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





463
4
ABB +

Agathobaculum

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid

butyriciproducens





464
4
ABB +

Bacteroides
stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




465
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





466
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





467
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





468
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





469
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





470
4
ABB +

Alistipes onderdonkii

0.94
6.26E−92




Rumen Fluid





471
4
ABB +
[Ruminococcus] torques
0.99
5.1E−118




Rumen Fluid





472
4
ABB +

Blautia luti DSM 14534

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





473
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





474
4
ABB +

Coprococcus catus

0.97
0




Rumen Fluid





475
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





476
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





477
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





478
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





479
4
ABB +

Sutterella wadsworthensis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





480
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





481
4
ABB +

Coprococcus comes ATCC

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
27758




482
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





483
4
ABB +

Blautia luti DSM 14534

0.98
0




Rumen Fluid





484
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





485
4
ABB +

Blautia wexlerae DSM 19850

0.99
3.6E−104




Rumen Fluid





486
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





487
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




488
4
ABB +
[Eubacterium] rectale
0.93
0




Rumen Fluid





489
4
ABB +

Anaerostipes hadrus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





490
4
ABB +

Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





491
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





492
4
ABB +

Anaerostipes hadrus

1.00
1.8E−163




Rumen Fluid





493
4
ABB +

Flavonifractor plautii

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





494
4
ABB +

Parabacteroides merdae

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





495
4
ABB +

Parabacteroides merdae

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





496
4
ABB +

Gordonibacter pamelaeae

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





497
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




498
4
ABB +

Coprococcus catus

0.97
0




Rumen Fluid





499
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





500
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





501
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





502
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





503
4
ABB +

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii

0.98
0




Rumen Fluid





504
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





505
4
ABB +

Gordonibacter pamelaeae

0.97
3.8E−104




Rumen Fluid





506
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





507
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




508
4
ABB +

Blautia luti DSM 14534

0.99
3.7E−140




Rumen Fluid





509
4
ABB +

Blautia obeum

0.94
2.05E−81




Rumen Fluid





510
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




511
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




512
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





513
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





514
4
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

0.95
0




Rumen Fluid





515
4
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





516
4
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

0.93
0




Rumen Fluid





517
4
ABB +

Dorea longicatena

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





518
4
ABB +

Faecalicatena contorta

0.98
0




Rumen Fluid





519
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





520
4
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





521
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




522
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





523
4
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





524
4
ABB +

Blautia luti DSM 14534

0.98
0




Rumen Fluid





525
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





526
4
ABB +

Dorea longicatena

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





527
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





528
4
ABB +

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





529
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





530
4
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





531
4
ABB +

Collinsella aerofaciens

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





532
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





533
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





534
4
ABB +

Eggerthella timonensis

0.98
0




Rumen Fluid





535
4
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





536
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




537
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





538
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





539
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





540
4
ABB +

Blautia wexlerae DSM 19850

0.99
0




Rumen Fluid





541
4
ABB +

Blautia luti

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





542
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





543
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





544
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





545
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





546
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





547
4
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





548
4
ABB +

Bifidobacterium longum subsp.

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid

suillum





549
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





550
4
ABB +

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid
43183




551
4
ABB +

Bacteroides vulgatus

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





552
4
ABB +

Bacteroides uniformis

1.00
0




Rumen Fluid





553
4
ABB +

Faecalicatena contorta

0.98
0




Rumen Fluid





554
4
ABB +

Faecalicatena contorta

0.98
0




Rumen Fluid









Preparation of Anaerobic Growth Media





    • 1) Weigh required amount of powdered anaerobic growth medium as specified by the manufacturer to formulate 1 L of growth medium. Lesser or greater amounts of anaerobic growth media can be made by scaling these specifications.

    • 2) In a fume hood, place 800 mls of purified water in a 2 L beaker, include a stir bar and then set on a heated stir plate. With constant stirring, heat the volume of water just to boiling.

    • 3) Add pre-weighed powdered anaerobic growth medium as well as any additional supplements and allow to stir in the heating volume of water until dissolved.

    • 4) While heating, add the oxygen indicator dye resazurin (ACROS Organics) to final concentration of 0.0025 mg/ml.

    • 5) Add purified water to bring the final volume to 1 L

    • 6) Continue to heat the solution to a gentle boil until all medium ingredients are fully solubilized, and the color imbued by the resazurin turns from red to colorless. Carefully remove the beaker from the stir plate and allow to cool for 10 minutes prior to further manipulations.

    • 7) To make anaerobic growth medium solid medium in plates, proceed as follows:

    • a. Transfer 500 ml of growth medium prepared as per step 6 into a 1 L bottle with a sealable cap. Include a stir bar, then add 7.5 grams agar (Fisher Scientific) and swirl to mix.

    • b. Place the bottle with cap loosely affixed on the stir plate and heat until any red color that has returned is reduced to colorless.

    • c. Immediately transfer the bottle to an autoclave and sterilize for 20 minutes on a setting appropriate for liquid media.

    • d. Immediately after autoclaving, bring the bottles into the anaerobic chamber and allow to cool to 55° C.

    • e. Pour 25 ml by hand into Petri dishes until all volume is used up. Store plates upright in anaerobic chamber and allow to cool until solidified and until any residual red color in the plate medium turns colorless.

    • f. Invert the cooled plates and store in anaerobic chamber for 24 to 48 hours to dry sufficiently for further use. Plates are stored for up to a month within the anaerobic chamber in a sealed box to prevent desiccation.

    • 8) To make tubes of individual 10 ml liquid anaerobic growth media, proceed as follows:

    • a. After brief 10 minutes cooling, bring the thoroughly solubilized and colorless growth medium solution prepared as per step 6 into the anaerobic chamber. Allow to cool for an additional 30 minutes prior to further handling.

    • b. Using a pipette, transfer 10 ml aliquots of anaerobic growth medium solution to 16×125 mm Hungate Anaerobic Tubes (Chemglass Life Sciences).

    • c. Allow the transferred volumes in the Hungate tubes to further cool for 2 hours.

    • d. Insert butyl rubber stoppers and screw caps to each filled Hungate tube to seal.

    • e. Bring out filled and sealed Hungate tubes from the anaerobic chamber and autoclave the tubes for 20 minutes at a setting appropriate for liquid media.

    • f. Once cooled, autoclaved Hungate media tubes can be stored in ambient air for extended periods prior to use.

    • 9) To make 900 ml anaerobic growth medium volumes in anaerobic bottles, proceed as follows:

    • a. Such volumes of anaerobic growth medium are suitable for medium to large scale cultures, such as those required for producing Microbe Mixes.

    • b. In a fume hood, set a 2 L beaker on a stir plate and add 1500 ml purified water. Bring to a near boil while stirring.

    • c. Add all powdered anaerobic growth medium and supplemental ingredients to the heated stirring water. Also add resazurin to a final concentration of 0.0025 mg/ml. Once powdered ingredients are fully solubilized, additional purified water to bring volume up to 1800 ml.

    • d. Continue to stir and bring to a gentle boil until there is no residual cloudiness and the red color of the resazurin turns colorless.

    • e. Carefully remove the beaker and set aside in the hood to cool for 10 minutes.

    • f. Pour entire contents into a plastic 2 L beaker to make it safer to handle. Use a 1 L cylinder to divide into two 900 ml volumes into two 2 L plastic beakers.

    • g. Insert a funnel into the neck of a 1 L anaerobic bottle (Chemglass Life Sciences). Carefully add hot 900 ml volume to the side of the funnel so that a spiral flow is established. Do not pour directly into the hole of the funnel as the hot liquid could bump. It is advisable to use a face shield while doing this operation.

    • h. When all liquid is transferred, insert a blue rubber bung into the top of the bottle and crimp with an aluminum collar to seal the bottle. Then quickly insert a 20-gauge needle through bung to relieve pressure.

    • i. At this point the red color of the resazurin will probably return due to oxygenation during transfer and manipulation. To remove oxygen, place the filled, stoppered and needled bottles back onto a heated stir plate and bring to a gentle boil until the resazurin oxygen indicator returns to colorless.

    • j. Remove the bottle from the heat and as quickly and carefully as possible bring into the anaerobic chamber. Place the bottles onto two thicknesses of cardboard on the floor of the airlock to protect the floor from heat damage, then close the door and cycle/purge the airlock. The needles in the bungs allow for venting of the bottle contents during this step without boil-over. Once cycle/purge is completed, open the interior door of the anaerobic chamber and carefully lift and place the hot bottles onto 96-well eppy racks set up as trivets to prevent heat damage to the floor of the chamber.

    • k. Allow the bottles to cool in the anaerobic chamber for about a half-hour, then remove the needle and decrimp/debung the bottles so that they are open to the interior atmosphere of the anaerobic chamber. Keep multiple bottles well-separated from each other so that they can cool as quickly as possible. Allow the bottles to cool to ambient temperature (4-5 hours).

    • l. Once cooled, reinsert new bungs into the necks of the bottles and crimp to seal. Remove the bottles from the anaerobic chamber and then autoclave for 20 minutes with conditions appropriate for liquid media. Once done, bring the bottles back into the chamber and allow to cool overnight.

    • m. Bottles can then be removed and stored in a cool dark place for up to a week in ambient laboratory conditions. Discard any bottles that have turned red, signifying oxygenation due to leaks.





Preparation of Pure Concentrated Cryopreserved Bacterial Cultures for Later Assembly of Microbe Mixes





    • 1) Microbe mixes can include a number of different anaerobic microbes, each cultured separately to a specified cell density and then mixed and combined as a cocktail. Individual cultures are grown, prepared and verified as follows:

    • 2) A week prior to full scale inoculations, set up starter cultures by inoculating each microbe from frozen stocks into 10 ml Hungate tubes containing the appropriate anaerobic growth medium. Growth in one 10 ml Hungate tube can be enough to inoculate two 900 ml anaerobic growth bottles, so set up as many starter cultures as necessary for volume of cultures required.

    • 3) Once the starter cultures are grown to visible turbidity, take 1.0 ml samples from each starter culture for preparation of purified genomic DNA. Perform next generation sequencing of 16S rRNA regions or Whole Genome Sequencing followed by appropriate sequence data analyses to verify identity and purity of the contents of the starter cultures. Discard all starter cultures that fail to contain pure growth of the originally inoculated organism.

    • 4) On the day of inoculation, add 3 ml of starter culture per 900 ml anaerobic bottle, either in the anaerobic chamber or on the bench top by anaerobic needle/syringe transfer.

    • 5) Once all requisite 900 ml anaerobic bottle cultures are inoculated, place them securely in an incubated shaker in ambient lab conditions and shake at 115 rpm at 37° C. until desired turbidity and cell density is reached. This may take as little as 18 hours or as long as five days depending on the growth rate of the particular microbe in question.

    • a. At least one day prior to harvest make up liter quantities of Vehicle Buffer (1×PBS+5 mM L-Cysteine+15% glycerol) for later use to wash and cryogenically store harvested cell mass.

    • b. Assemble all ingredients in an appropriately sized beaker and mix thoroughly by stirring on a stir plate.

    • c. Filter sterilize the Vehicle Buffer and then aseptically transfer the volumes to pre-sterilized 1 L bottles with plastic screw caps that include inserted butyl rubber bungs in their center. Tighten the cap thoroughly to seal.

    • d. Carefully insert a sterilized 6-inch metal pipetting needle with a luer-lock head (Cadence Science) through the center of the butyl rubber bung into the Vehicle Buffer Volume. Also insert a 1.5 inch 20-gauge needle through the butyl rubber bung to serve as a vent.

    • e. Attach a sterile 0.2-micron SCFA membrane filter to the luer-lock of the pipetting needle, then attach to this a tube delivering an anoxic nitrogen stream.

    • f. Bubble nitrogen into the Vehicle Buffer volume inside the bottle for 30 minutes to drive out dissolved oxygen.

    • g. Quickly remove both needles and store the Vehicle Buffer bottle at 4° C. until use.

    • 6) On the day of harvest, remove bottles from shaker and bring to lab. If not visibly dense enough, keep them in the shaker for a few extra hours while other more-ready bottles are being processed.

    • 7) Perform OD determination for each bottle by removing one ml using gassing station delivering an anoxic nitrogen stream and anaerobic syringe/needle technique and place in Eppendorf centrifuge tube.

    • a. Spin 2 minutes to pellet cells, remove medium, and resuspend in equal volume PBS. For more dense cells, it is good to dilute the washed cells 1/5 to be in range of the spectrophotometer.

    • b. Blank the spectrophotometer using PBS. Read OD of each bottle and adjust reading to account for dilutions. Try to read in the range of 0.1 to 0.6 OD. If too high, dilute further.

    • c. Correlate optical density with previously determined viable colony-forming units per ml to achieve desired cell density.

    • 8) Also remove 1 ml for 16S/WGS sequence determination from each bottle. Spin down the cells to pellet in an Eppendorf tube, remove volume and quick freeze the cell pellet for later individual genomic DNA preparation and sequence analysis.

    • 9) Once requisite samples have been taken, bring bottles into the anaerobic chamber. Decrimp and remove butyl rubber stopper. Pour contents of one 900 ml culture bottle into two 450 ml centrifuge tubes. Cap and tightly seal the centrifuge bottles, then bring them out of anaerobic chamber.

    • 10) Place in an F12-6x500 LEX™ rotor prechilled at 4° C. in the Sorvall Lynx 6000™ floor centrifuge or similar rotor and instrument. Spin at 6000 g for 15 minutes to pellet cells.

    • 11) Bring back centrifuged bottles into chamber and carefully pour supernatant in the 4 L waste beaker to not disturb the pellet. Add 100 ml ice-cold Vehicle Buffer to each pellet and cap tightly, then remove from chamber and place on ice.

    • 12) Swirl gently by hand outside chamber to resuspend the pellets. Gentle vortexing can be used to assist the resuspension. Do not shake violently.

    • 13) Once resuspended, centrifuge bottles again as per step 10 to pellet cells, then bring into chamber.

    • 14) Decant supernatant into 4 L waste beaker and then add 50 ml ice cold Vehicle Buffer to each pellet. Bring out of chamber and resuspend pellet as per step 12.

    • 15) Bring bottles back into chamber. Combine multiple resuspended pellets for each microbe into one centrifuge bottle and add additional cold Vehicle buffer to at least 200 ml.

    • 16) Remove from anaerobic chamber and centrifuge as per step 10 to pellet cells. Return to anaerobic chamber.

    • 17) Decant supernatant and add final required volume of cold Vehicle Buffer to achieve desired final cell concentration. Remove from chamber and gently resuspend as per step 12. Always keep cells on ice.

    • 18) Bring back into chamber and take out five 0.3 ml aliquots per resuspended microbe and place in a cryotube. Store the cryotubes in the vapor space of a liquid nitrogen Dewar for later analyses.

    • 19) Set up a flow of argon gas through a tube introduced into the anaerobic chamber from an external argon tank. Attach a sterile 0.2-micron SCFA membrane filter and an 18 gauge needle at the end of the tube. Carefully unscrew the cap of the centrifuge bottle with the pure concentrated bacterial culture and introduce the argon needle into the gap between the centrifuge bottle and the cap. Introduce argon at 5-10 psi flow for one minute to add a sterilized argon gas blanket to the bottle over the resuspended cells. The argon is heavier than air and will serve as a barrier against oxygenation during storage.

    • 20) Remove argon needle and seal tightly. Wrap cap securely with parafilm and remove from anaerobic chamber.

    • 21) Store the bottles upright in a −80° C. freezer to allow gentle freezing and storage until required.

    • 22) Verify purity of each pure concentrated cryopreserved bacterial cultures by NGS sequencing before further use.





Assembling Microbe Mixes by Combining Individual Pure Concentrated Cryopreserved Bacterial Cultures





    • 1) To assemble a microbe mix, remove the requisite individual pure concentrated cryopreserved bacterial cultures from −80° C. storage and bring into anaerobic chamber. Allow to thaw gently on ice.

    • 2) When all constituent bacterial cultures have been thawed, remove 0.5 ml from each to perform dilution plating on appropriate anaerobic growth solid medium to gauge the viability of the culture by counting number of colony-forming units per ml.

    • 3) Within the anaerobic chamber, place a sterile 1 L bottle with a stir bar and a plastic screw top lid in a 2 L beaker. Pack ice around the bottle to continuously chill internal contents. Place on a stir plate.

    • 4) Carefully move required volumes of each thawed pure concentrated cryopreserved bacterial culture to the chilled bottle to fully assemble the desired microbe mix at the desired cell density for each component microbe. Stir continuously during this process and keep the volume on ice.

    • 5) Once all required microbe components have been added to the microbe mix, continue to stir on ice for an additional 10 minutes to insure homogeneity of the microbe mix.

    • 6) Use a pipette to transfer volumes into appropriately sized conical tubes and place each aliquoted volume on ice.

    • 7) Introduce a sterile argon gas stream into each aliquoted tube at 5-10 psi for 10 seconds to introduce an argon gas barrier above the aliquoted liquid to serve as a barrier against oxygenation.

    • 8) Place microbe mix aliquots upright in a −80° C. freezer and allow to freeze slowly. Store in this condition until required.


      Isolation and Characterization of Pure Microbial Strains from Endospores Purified from Fecal Matter





Individual spore-forming bacterial strains can be preferentially isolated and cultured from endospores purified from fecal matter using a protocol adapted from Kearney et al 2018 ISME J. 12:2403-2416. Purified endospores are spread on solid anaerobic medium plates and allowed to germinate and form colonies that can be further characterized. Vegetative cells in the fecal matter are rendered non-viable during the endospore purification process, and thus any resulting colonies are restricted to spore-forming bacteria. Endospores are purified from fecal matter as follows:


Fecal samples are collected and processed in a biosafety cabinet within 30 minutes of defecation. Samples (5 g) are suspended in 20 mL of 1% sodium hexametaphosphate solution (a flocculant) in order to bring biomass into suspension. The suspension is bump vortexed with glass beads to homogenize, and centrifuged at 50×g for 5 min at room temperature to sediment particulate matter and beads. Quadruplicate 1 mL aliquots of the supernatant liquid are transferred into cryovials and stored at −80° C. until processing.


The frozen supernatant liquid samples are thawed at 4° C., centrifuged at 4° C. and 10,000×g for 5 minutes, washed and then resuspended in 1 mL Tris-EDTA pH 7.6. The samples are heated at 65° C. for 30 minutes with shaking at 100 rpm and then cooled on ice for 5 minutes. Lysozyme (10 mg/mL) is added to a final concentration of 2 mg/mL and the samples are incubated at 37° C. for 30 minutes with shaking at 100 rpm. At 30 minutes, 50 uL Proteinase K (>600 mAU/ml) (Qiagen) is added and the samples incubated for an additional 30 minutes at 37° C. 200 μL 6% SDS, 0.3 N NaOH solution is added to each sample and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature with shaking at 100 rpm. Samples are then centrifuged at 10,000 rpm for 30 minutes. At this step, a pellet containing resistant endospores is visible, and the pellet is washed three times at 10,000×g with 1 mL chilled sterile ddH2O. The pellet containing endospores is stored at −20° C. until required.


To germinate and resuscitate spore-forming bacterial colonies from the purified endospores, the endospore pellet is brought into the anaerobic chamber, thawed and then suspended in 1.0 ml reduced ABB. Successive 10-fold serial dilutions of the suspended spores are then performed in ABB to establish 1/10, 1/100, 1/1000, 1/10000, 1/100000, 1/1000000 dilutions of the endospore preparation. From each 10-fold serial dilution, four 0.1 ml volumes are removed and then added to and spread over Reinforced Clostridial Medium Agar (Oxoid), with 0.1% intestinal bile salts (taurocholate, cholate, glycocholate) to stimulate endospore germination. The plating's are incubated at 37° C. for 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 days to allow for the endospores to germinate and grow as single colonies. These colonies are then manually picked, individually cultivated, and the subjected to identification by NGS 16S RNA sequencing and/or whole genome sequencing analyses as described in Example 16.


Example 17—Discovery of Novel Clonal Strains from Gut Microbiota Able to Convert Ellagitannin and EA to Urolithin Metabolites

Determining Human Individuals with Gut Microbiota Able to Convert EA to Urolithin A


Individuals who have gut microbiomes that are capable of converting dietary-derived ellagitannin and ellagic acid (EA) to urolithin A are identified as follows (Garcia-Villalba (2013) J Agric Food Chem 61:8797-8806). Candidate individuals consume walnuts (rich in ellagitannins and EA) for five consecutive days, at a daily dose of 0.6 g/Kg body mass. After this dietary course, one gram of freshly-obtained fecal samples from each individual is placed in a 50 ml conical tube with 10 ml of 40% methanol, 40% DMSO, and 20% water, to which 6 N hydrochloric acid is added to 0.1% (v/v). Each suspension is vortexed for 5 minutes and centrifuged for 15 minutes at 4200 rpm in a swinging bucket centrifuge. The supernatant is transferred to a 15 ml conical tube and again centrifuged for 15 minutes at 4200 rpm in a swinging bucket centrifuge. The resulting supernatant is passed via a 10 ml syringe through a 0.45 micron PVDF filter disc (ThermoFisher) and collected in a fresh 15 ml conical tube. Each sample is subjected to analytical detection of urolithin A and other urolithin metabolites as described above, and individuals that test positive for urolithin A and urolithin metabolite(s) production from ingested ellagitannin are identified as fecal material donors for experiments described below.


Measurement of the Conversion of EA to Urolithin A in Human Individuals

Fresh stool samples of approximately 1 gram each were obtained from healthy volunteers. Urolithins were extracted by adding 500 uL of 50% methanol in water, and vortexing for 1 minute. Samples were allowed to sit overnight at room temperature, then centrifuged at 14,000 rpm for 5 minutes. Supernatants were removed by a pipette, then filtered through a 0.22 micron filter.


Urolithin concentration in supernatants of liquid bacterial cultures is measured using HPLC equipped with a triple quadrupole mass spectrometer in negative ionization mode (ThermoFinnegan). A C18 POROSHELL® 120 (3×150 mm, 2.7 um particle size) is used for the separation, with mobile phases of 0.1% formic acid (A) and 0.1% formic acid in acetonitrile (B) at a flow of 0.3 mL/min ramping from 0 to 90% B over 30 minutes. Optimal mass spectrometer conditions for urolithin detection are: gas temperature 300° C., drying gas 11 L/min, nebulizer pressure 45 psi, sheath gas temperature 400° C., and sheath gas flow 12 L/min. All compounds are monitored in the multiple reaction monitoring mode (MRM) using mass transitions as indicated in Garcia-Villalba et al. (J. Chromatography (2016) 1428:162-175). In particular, urolithin A can be distinguished by a 227 to 198 mass transition, and urolithin C can be distinguished by a 243 to 187 mass transition. These are both unique among all the metabolites of interest. Also run were pure standards of urolithin A and urolithin C in methanol, at 50 uM concentration, and a pure methanol blank. Results are shown in Table 4. Units are peak area counts for each mass transition.


Isolation from Fecal Matter of Novel Clonal Bacterial Strains Able to Produce Urolithin C and/or Urolithin A from EA.










TABLE 4








Sample










Urolithin C
Urolithin A












Urolithin A, 50 uM
11739
7075687


Urolithin C, 50 uM
9011134
32396


Blank
1273
972


Sample 1
7497
58334


Sample 2
2113
251593


Sample 3
11151
1376365










Table 4 shows the urolithin concentration in supernatants of liquid bacterial cultures from healthy volunteers as measured by HPLC. Units are peak area counts for each mass transition.


An identified fecal matter donor consumes 0.6 g/Kg body weight walnuts for five days (ellagitannin source), then donates fresh fecal matter that is placed in an anaerobic chamber within 30 minutes of collection. One gram of fecal matter is placed in a 15 ml conical tube with 10 ml reduced and anoxic nutrient broth, shaken by hand for 1 minute and then allowed to stand for 15 minutes to allow large particulate matter to settle. From the top of the fecal resuspension, a 1 ml syringe and 18-gauge needle are used to remove 1.0 ml of the suspension, which is then injected through the butyl rubber bung of an anaerobic tube containing 10 ml of reduced and anoxic nutrient broth to achieve a 14-fold dilution of the suspended fecal material. Further serial dilutions are made in the same fashion to achieve 10e-2, 10e-3, 10e-4, 10e-5, 10e-6, 10e-7, 10e-8, 10e-9, 10e-10-fold dilutions. From each dilution tube, 1.0 ml is removed by syringe and needle and then 0.1 ml is applied to ABB agar plates, which are incubated at 37° C. in an anaerobic environment for 3 days until single isolated colonies are visible. This is to empirically produce plates with 100 to 300 isolated colonies per plate that are optimal for selection of single colonies.


In an anaerobic chamber, each well of four 2 ml deep-well plates are filled with 1.0 ml ABB broth. Isolated single colonies are selected and inoculated into each well, and the plate is sealed with a permeable adhesive seal (Fisher Scientific). The plates are placed in a sealed anaerobic box with a catalyst to maintain an anaerobic environment, removed from the chamber and placed in a 37° C. platform shaker at 100 rpm for three days. Once turbid, the plates are returned to the anaerobic chamber and 0.5 ml culture is removed from each well and placed in a fresh 2 ml deep-well plate. An equal volume of sterile and anoxic 50% glycerol as a cryoprotectant is then mixed with each sample before sealing the plate with an impermeable aluminum adhesive seal (Fisher Scientific). The sealed plates are removed from the anaerobic chamber and immediately stored at −80° C. as representative cryostocks for each selected single colony.


In the anaerobic chamber, four fresh 96-well 2 ml deep well plates are filled with 1 ml/well of ABB broth with 0.05 mM ellagic acid, using DMSO as a carrier (final concentration of DMSO is 0.1%). Then 0.01 ml of culture from the culture plates are used to inoculate the plate containing ABB broth plus ellagic acid (100× dilution). Wells are reserved on each plate for inclusion of clonal organisms G. urolithinfaciens (Selma et al. (2014) Int J Syst Evol Microbiol 64:2346-2352) (Selma et al. (2014) Food Func 5: 1779-1784), G. pamelaeae, (Selma et al. (2014) Food Funct 5: 1779-1784) and CEBAS 4A4 (Selma et al. (2017) Front Mirobiol 8:1521) as positive controls for EA to urolithin conversion. The plates are placed in a sealed anaerobic box with a catalyst to maintain an anaerobic environment, removed from the chamber, and placed in a 37° C. platform shaker at 100 rpm for three to five days.


The ABB plus ellagic acid culture plates in the anaerobic box are removed from the shaker, and then the culture plates are removed from the anaerobic box into the ambient environment. The culture plates are centrifuged at 3000 g in a Sorvall ST-40 swinging bucket centrifuge for 15 minutes to pellet the cells. 0.5 ml culture supernatant from each well is transferred to a fresh deep-well block for ethyl acetate extraction. The remaining culture is removed and discarded, followed by freezing of the cell pellet at −80° C. in preparation for later genotypic characterization by Next Generation Sequencing (NGS).


1 ml ethyl acetate plus 1.5% formic acid is added to each well containing 0.5 ml reserved culture supernatant. The plate is sealed with a rubber mat and then vortexed for one minute. Then the plate is centrifuged at 3000 g in a Sorvall ST-40 swinging bucket centrifuge for 10 minutes to separate the organic ethyl acetate upper phase from the aqueous lower phase. 0.5 ml of the ethyl acetate plus 1.5% formic acid organic phase is removed and transferred to a fresh 2 ml deep well plate, which is sealed with an aluminum adhesive seal. An 18 gauge needle is used to make a hole above each well and then all four plates are placed in a GENEVAC® Centrifugal Evaporator at vacuum until the ethyl acetate organic phase is eliminated. 100 ml methanol with 0.1% formic acid is then added to each well, followed by sealing of the plates with an impermeable plastic seal (Fisher Scientific). The plates are incubated at room temperature for 2 hours, then mixed by pipetting to fully resuspend the samples. The volumes in each plate are then filtered through a 96-well AcroPrep™ Advance Plate with 0.2 micron GHP membrane into a fresh 96-well plate. Then 0.05 ml filtrates from each plate are transferred to a 96 DeepWell™ plate with pre-slit well Cap Matt™ (Nunc®) in preparation for liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LCMS) analytical detection of urolithin metabolites.


Those isolates shown by LCMS analyses to be producing urolithin metabolites, especially urolithin A and urolithin C, are examined further. Cells from corresponding wells in the −80° C. preserved cryostocks are struck on to ABB agar medium for single colonies in an anaerobic chamber. Eight isolated colonies from each streak are each inoculated into 1 ml ABB broth in 96-well deep well blocks as described above to be restocked as anoxic cryostocks and to be retested for production of urolithin A and/or C from ellagic acid as described above. Those colonies that test positive for urolithin A and/or C from ellagic acid will be reinoculated into 7 ml ABB broth in Hungate tubes and cultured for two days in the anaerobic chamber. These cultures are then brought out of the anaerobic chamber transferred to 15 ml conical tubes, brought out of the anaerobic chamber, transferred to 15 ml conical tubes, and centrifuged at 3000 g in a Sorvall ST-40™ swinging bucket centrifuge for 15 minutes to pellet the cells. The supernatant is discarded and the pelleted cells are processed for whole genome sequencing (WGS). Resulting sequence is compared to genome sequence databases to gauge similarity or uniqueness of the isolated microbes.


Alternatively, Gordonibacter species bacterial colonies can be identified by colony morphology as a screen for microbes capable of conversion of EA to urolithin compounds. G. urolithinfaciens grows as small translucent colonies after three to five days growth on ABB agar plates in an anaerobic environment at 37° C. G. urolithinfaciens is also refractory to negative growth effects of the Gram-negative specific antibiotic colistin up to 0.01 mg/ml, which is used as a further selection against plate growth of Gram-negative gut microbial species. In this embodiment, fecal matter is diluted in nutrient broth as per above and plated on ABB agar plates containing 0.01 mg/ml colistin (Fisher Scientific™, and incubated in an anoxic environment at 37° C. for five days. Small translucent colonies that match the morphology of G. urolithinfaciens colonies are picked into 1 ml ABB broth volumes in a 96 well deepwell block along with G. urolithinfaciens in select wells as a control, covered with a gas permeable seal, and incubated in an anoxic environment at 37° C. After five days incubation, 0.2 ml from each well is transferred to a 96-well PCR plate which is subjected to centrifugation at 4000 g for 15 minutes to pellet the cell growth. After the supernatant is removed and discarded, the cell pellets are subjected to 16S sequencing. Those cultures identified as Gordonibacter or closely-related species are then tested for conversion of ellagic acid to urolithin compounds by LCMS as described above.


Example 18—Efficacy of Microbial Cocktails as an Anticancer Monotherapy
Animals and Tumor Model

BALB/c mice are obtained from Shanghai Lingchang Biotechnology Co., Ltd (Shanghai, China). 6-8-week-old female mice are used. For tumor growth experiments, mice are injected subcutaneously with 2.5×105 CT-26 colon cancer tumor cells (Griswold and Corbett (1975) Cancer 36:2441-2444). Tumor size is measured twice a week until endpoint, and tumor volume determined as length×width×0.5.


Tumor Cell Preparation

Cryo vials containing CT-26 tumor cells are thawed and cultured according to manufacturer's protocol (ATCC CRL-2638). On the day of injection cells are washed in serum free media, counted, and resuspended in cold serum free media at a concentration of 250,000 viable cells/100


Flow Cytometry

A whole-blood flow cytometry-based assay is utilized to assess T cell activation in response to microbial treatment. Whole blood via cardiac puncture is collected into an EDTA tube at the end of the experiment. 100 μL of whole mouse blood is transferred to a 15 mL conical tube. 1 mL of RBC Lysis Buffer is added to the tube and allowed to incubate at room temperature for 10 minutes. Lysis is quenched by adding 10 mL of cold DPBS. Samples are centrifuged at 1500 rpm for 5 minutes at 4° C. The pellet is aspirated and resuspend in another 10 mL of cold DPBS. Samples are recentrifuged at 1500 rpm for 5 minutes at 4° C. Samples are resuspended in 500 μL of FACS buffer and transferred to a 96-well plate. Samples are stained with Fixable Viability ef780™ (eBioscience), CD45-PEcy7 (BioLegend), CD3-BV605™ (BioLegend), CD8-AF700™ (BioLegend), and CD4-AF488™ (BioLegend). Stained samples are run on a BD LSRFortessa™ flow cytometer and analyses are performed with FlowJo™ (Tree Star).


Tumor Challenge and Treatment

Tumor size is routinely monitored by means of a caliper. Stool is collected on day 0 and 48 hours after each subsequent administration of treatment until the end of the study.


To test whether manipulation of the microbial community is effective as a monotherapy, Microbe Mix 4 was evaluated in the presence or absence of ellagic acid and/or ellagitannin is administered. In some groups, ellagic acid is administered separately via oral gavage (0.2 mL of a 5.5 mg/mL suspension) prior to administration of the microbe cocktails. Each mouse treated by monotherapy is given 200 μl of the suspension by oral gavage three times a week for the duration of the study starting from day 1. Tumor growth and tumor-specific T cell responses are compared among the different treatment groups.


GI Tract Removal and Analysis

After mice are euthanized at the termination of the study, the intact digestive tract of each mouse from stomach to rectum are removed and kept in a 5 ml Eppendorf tube on ice prior to dissection. Forceps are sterilized by soaking in 100% ethanol and then used to remove the intestine length and stretch it on a work surface covered with cellophane. With the use of ethanol-sterilized dissection scissors, 3 cm lengths of the jejunum nearest to the stomach and the ilium nearest to the cecum/large intestine are excised and then each placed with forceps in a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube and placed on ice. A 2 cm segment of the cecum/ascending colon is then excised, as are 2 cm segments of the transcending colon and the descending colon, and all are placed in 1.5 ml Eppendorf tubes on ice. Dissection instruments are sterilized by dipping in 100% ethanol between each intestine fragment removal. To each tube containing dissected intestinal segments is added 0.5 ml ice cold PBS buffer. A plastic pestle is used to press and massage the intestinal segment in each tube to expel ruminal matter, which is then removed by pipette and placed in a fresh Eppendorf tube. Tubes containing expelled ruminal matter from each intestinal segment are immediately placed on dry ice and then stored for later analyses at −80° C. Remaining intestinal tissues are then rinsed twice by adding and then removing 0.5 ml ice cold PBS. Rinsed intestinal fragment tissues are then frozen on dry ice and then stored at −80° C. for later analysis.


Tumor size is measured in all animals receiving the different microbial treatments. On average, the animals receiving Microbe Mix 4 (equal amounts of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, and G. urolithinfaciens) alone or in conjunction with ellagic acid have a reduction in tumor size compared to those receiving vehicle as illustrated in FIG. 9.


Specific genes differentially present or expressed among the cultures are identified using commercial expression analysis software such as SPOTFIRE® (TIBCO Software) or free tools such as BioConductor™. This approach is used to identify genes overrepresented in samples from mice receiving microbial cocktail 4 [equal amounts of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, and G. urolithinfaciens] in conjunction with or without ellagic acid. Similarly, LCMS peaks from the metabolomics analysis are identified that have significantly higher or lower concentration in the samples from mice receiving microbial cocktail 4 alone or in conjunction with ellagic acid. These represent candidate metabolites either produced or degraded by these microbes that are important for stimulating immune function and thus contribute to anticancer function.


Flow cytometry is used to perform immunophenotyping of mice subjected to cancer receiving the different microbial treatments. Measurements are conducted on both peripheral blood and on the tumor itself, with stains for various cell surface markers. The results show that CD3+ cells, which includes both helper and killer T cells, are upregulated in mice that respond better to therapy. Furthermore, the results also show that mice receiving the therapy had both higher CD3+ proportions as well as much lower final tumor volumes. CD8+ T-lymphocytes are also upregulated in the presence of the microbial treatments. Combined together, the results provided evidence that the microbe mix therapeutic impacts tumor volume via a mechanism of stimulating the CD3+ cells of the immune system. Flow cytometry results are graphically presented in FIG. 10.


Example 19: Computational Methods and Machine Learning Approaches for Analyzing Patient or Mouse Derived Data

Machine learning techniques including but not limited to deep neural networks and random forests are deployed to better characterize microbiomes and identify putative therapeutic consortia. These learning techniques work off a data set that includes multiple types of -omics (proteomics, metabolomics, shotgun metagenomics, transcriptomics, 16S rRNA sequencing, etc.) in addition to patient metadata, data on cancer treatment outcome, and data from literature.


Characterization of Public Data

Deep learning is used to build an autoencoder for dimensionality reduction of microbiome data, including public databases such as the Human Microbiome Project or TwinsUK. The autoencoder allows for characterization of the space of human microbiomes with a few critical parameters. These parameters are varied and leveraged to create a set of microbiome archetypes. The microbiome therapeutic is tested in animal models carrying these different archetypes in order to verify or characterize its efficacy across the population.


Literature Mining

Automatic literature searches are performed using available databases (e.g. Google Scholar) to query scientific literature for small molecules, bacterial strains or species, cancer types, immune cell types, or other biological quantities of interest. Techniques including natural language processing, sentiment analysis, or just direct data scraping are used to distill literature information into a format that can be introduced into a machine learning algorithm for designing and predicting efficacy of microbiome therapies.


Meta-Omics Data Integration

Sequencing results (both RNA-seq and DNA-seq) are characterized for content at multiple levels and against multiple databases. RNA-seq reads are filtered against databases of ribosomal RNA to remove non-mRNA reads. Sequencing reads are trimmed using existing tools and aligned using existing alignment tools against organism and protein level databases. The results characterize microbiome content at the genomic and proteomic level. Because a large proportion of metagenomic sequence reads do not map to known databases, the unknown reads are assembled using a metagenomic assembly algorithm, and the assembly is used to predict hypothetical proteins and their associated functions. The meta-assembly and predicted protein information is used to augment the proprietary database going forward. In the specific case where metagenomics and transcriptomics are performed on the same sample, the combination of metagenomic assembly and RNA reads is used to improve gene prediction. Furthermore, in order to capture other missed information, raw sequence level features are also tracked from sample to sample, including but not limited to kmer counts for abundant kmers. Long read sequencing is used as required to improve the quality of metagenomic assembly.


In order to estimate species abundance from read level information, maximum likelihood estimation is performed leveraging convex optimization to solve for the global optimal point, corresponding to the most likely proportion of strains in the sample.


Computational Characterization of Isolated Fecal Bacteria

Strains are isolated from acquired samples by plating on varying types of media followed by anaerobic culture. The strains are screened by Sanger sequencing for 16S rRNA sequences of interest. Interesting strains are sent for whole genome sequencing, and genomes are assembled from the resulting sequencing data. The resulting contigs are used to predict proteins and associated functions. Using a metabolic scoring algorithm based on relevance to the live biotherapeutic, strains with interesting metabolic properties are further selected for long read sequencing to generate a fully characterized circular full genome. Strains at any point in the discovery process may be used in microbial consortia composing the live biotherapeutic.


Deep Learning Approaches for Therapeutic Design

The data for learning is collected from in vivo experiments in mice, public databases, literature mining, sequencing and characterization of strains both genomically and metabolically, metabolic modeling results on strains and consortia, and from ex vivo experiments on metabolism of strains and consortia and their impact on tumor cells and immune cells. A model is trained to predict the impact of different consortia of strains or of different metabolites on tumor cell growth and immune cell stimulation ex vivo, and for the same quantities and response to cancer therapy in vivo. The learned network is used to identify combinations of strains predicted to have a strong anti-cancer effect for further screening in animal studies. A large volume of high throughput ex vivo experiments along with in silico modeling results is used to generate sufficient amounts of data for the learning algorithm. Identified consortia may be validated ex vivo to verify impact on tumor cell growth or immune cell function before they are tested in an animal study.


Example 20: Gene Expression Analysis of Microbial Treatment in Co-Culture

Microbe mixes (1-7) are evaluated in co-culture for immunomodulatory effects. Microbe mixes are co-cultured with human colonic cells (CaCo2) to investigate the effects of the bacteria on the host. Microbe mixes are also co-cultured on CaCo2 cells that were stimulated with IL1 to mimic the effect of the bacteria in an inflammatory environment. The effects in both scenarios are evaluated through gene expression analysis either by PCR or by next generation sequencing approaches.


Cytokine Production in THP-1 Cells Induced by Microbial Mixes

Microbial mixes as provided herein (e.g., mixes 1-7) are evaluated alone and in combination with lipopolysaccharide (LPS) on cytokine production in THP-1 cells, a model cell line for monocytes and macrophages.


THF-1 cells are differentiated into M0 medium for 48 h with 5 ng/mL phorbol-12-myristate-13-acetate (PMA). These cells are subsequently incubated with the microbe mix at a final concentration of 108/ml, with or without the addition of LPS at a final concentration of 100 ng/ml. The bacteria are then washed off and the cells allowed to incubate under normal growing conditions for 24 h. The cells are then spun down and the resulting supernatant is analyzed for cytokine content.


Cytokine Production in Immature Dendritic Cells Induced by Microbial Mixes

Microbial mixes (1-7) are evaluated alone and in combination with LPS on cytokine production in immature dendritic cells. A monocyte population is isolated from peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs). The monocyte cells are subsequently differentiated into immature dendritic cells. The immature dendritic cells are plated out at 200,000 cells/well and incubated with the microbe mix at a final concentration of 107/ml, with the optional addition of LPS at a final concentration of 100 ng/ml. The negative control involved incubating the cells with RPMI media alone and positive controls incubated the cells with LPS at a final concentration of 100 ng/ml. The cytokine content of the cells is then analyzed.


Example 21: Stability Testing

A composition described herein of the family or genus (or class): Clostridiaceae, Faecalibacterium containing at least one bacterial strain described herein is stored in a sealed container at 25° C. or 4° C. and the container is placed in an atmosphere having 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 90% or 95% relative humidity. After 1 month, 2 months, 3 months, 6 months, 1 year, 1.5 years, 2 years, 2.5 years or 3 years, at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80% or 90% of the bacterial strain shall remain as measured in colony forming units determined by standard protocols.


Example 22—Therapeutic Effect of Microbes on Efficacy of Cancer Immunotherapy with Antibiotic Pretreatment

Anaerobe Basal Broth Supplemented with Rumen Fluid (ABB+RF)


34.5 grams of anaerobic basal broth dry powder (Fisher Scientific/Oxoid) is combined with 600 ml distilled water and is brought to a gentle boil while stirring on a heated stirplate until the solution clarifies. 150 ml of rumen fluid (Bar Diamond Inc., Parma Id.) that has been centrifuge-clarified is then added, along with 1 ml 2.5 mg/ml resazurin (ACROS Organics™) solution followed by distilled water to one-liter final volume. The medium is kept at 55° C. in a water bath while it is dispensed in 50 ml volumes into 100 ml serum bottles. Nitrogen is bubbled through a metal canula into each bottle for 15 minutes to displace oxygen from the medium, then the bottles are quickly sealed by insertion of a butyl-rubber bung that is secured by a crimped collar. The medium bottles are then sterilized by autoclaving and then stored in the dark until use. L-cysteine is added to 1 mM final concentration to each ABB+RF bottle one hour prior to use to fully reduce the medium prior to inoculation with microorganisms.


Preparation of Centrifuge-Clarified Rumen Fluid

Rumen fluid is the liquid obtained from the rumen of fistulated cows and is obtained in one-liter volumes from Bar Diamond Inc., Parma Id. The rumen fluid is aliquoted in 50 ml volumes into 50 ml conical tubes and centrifuged at 4000 g for 30 minutes at 4° C. to pellet large fibrous material. After centrifugation the supernatant is decanted into fresh 50 ml conical tubes that are then subjected to centrifugation at 34,000 g for 90 minutes at 4° C. The supernatant from this centrifugation is then decanted into fresh 50 ml conical tubes and stored at −20° C. until use.


Microorganisms in Mouse Study

The following obligate anaerobic microbes are obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC): Faecalibacterium prausnitzii (ATCC-27768), Clostridium coccoides (ATCC-29236), Ruminococcus gnavus (ATCC-29149), Clostridium scindens (ATCC-35704), Akkermansia muciniphila (BAA-835), Enterococcus hirae (ATCC-9790), Bacteroides thetaiotamicron (ATCC-29148), Bacteroides caccae (ATCC-43185), Bifidobacterium breve (ATCC-15700), Bifidobacterium longum (ATCC BAA-999) and Gemmiger formicilis (ATCC-27749). Eggerthella lenta (DSM-2243), Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens (DSM-27213), Gordonibacter species CEBAS 4A4; Alistipes indistinctus (DSM-22520), Dorea formicigenerans (DSM-3992), Senegalimassilia anaerobia (DSM-25959), Collinsella aerofaciens (DSM-3979), Adlercreutzia equolifaciens (DSM-19450), Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens (DSM-104140), Slackia isoflavoniconvertens (DSM-22006), Slackia equolifaciens (DSM-2485) and Paraeggerthella hongkongensis (DSM-16106) are obtained from the Leibnitz Institute-German Collection of Microorganisms and Cell Cultures (DSMZ).


The following organisms were obtained from stool of healthy donors as described in Example 16: Dorea longicatena and Blautia sp. SG-772. Whole genome sequencing of these organisms indicated they are more than 95% identical to the published strains.


Culture of Individual Microbes for Mouse Study

0.5 ml starter cultures of C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. muciniphila, E. hirae, B. thetaiotamicron, B. caccae, B. breve, B. longum, G. formicilis, E. lenta, G. urolithinfaciens, A. indistinctus, D. formicigenerans, S. anaerobia, C. aerofaciens, A. equolifaciens, E. isourolithinifaciens, S. isoflavoniconvertens, S. equolifaciens and P. hongkongensis, E. hallii, D. longicatena, and Blautia sp. SG-772 are each inoculated into four 50 ml anaerobic bottles of fully reduced ABB+RF anaerobic medium and cultured at 37° C. F. prausnitzii is inoculated into fifteen 7 ml tubes of YCFAC (Anaerobe Systems) and cultured at 37° C. Cultures are harvested after 48 hours when they achieve 0.1 to 1.0×109 cells/ml as measured by optical absorbance at 600 nm by spectrophotometer (1 OD600=1.0×109 cells/ml). Bacterial starter cultures may be modified to achieve 1.0×1010 cells/ml, 1.0×1011 cells/ml or 1.0×1012 cell/ml.


To harvest cultures, they are first brought into the anaerobic chamber where they are opened and decanted into 50 ml conical tubes that are tightly capped and sealed by wrapping the caps in parafilm. These are brought out of the anaerobic chamber and then centrifuged at 4000 g for 15 minutes at 4° C. The centrifuged tubes are brought back into the anaerobic chamber where the supernatant is decanted and discarded. The cell pellets are each combined with anoxic Phosphate Buffered Saline with 2.5 mM L-Cysteine and 15% glycerol (PBS-C-G) followed by tight capping and parafilm seal. The capped and sealed tubes are brought out of the anaerobic chamber and are centrifuged at 4000 g for 15 minutes. The culture tubes are again brought into the anaerobic chamber where the supernatant is decanted and discarded. Pelleted cells are resuspended in volumes of PBS-C-G to attain effective cell densities of each microbial strain at 1×109 cells/ml, 1.0×1010 cells/ml, 1.0×1011 cells/ml or 1.0×1012 cell/ml.


Assembly of Microbe Mixes

The PBS-C-G suspended microbe cultures are mixed together to form 20 ml of the following microbe mixes to attain 1×109, 1.0×1010 cells/ml, 1.0×1011 cells/ml or 1.0×1012 total microbial cells/ml, see Table 5, below (see also Table 1, Example 1).


Microbe Mix 1 consists of 5 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, and C. scindens cultures.


Microbe Mix 2 consists of 3.3 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. muciniphila, and E. hirae cultures.


Microbe Mix 3 consists of 10 ml each of E. lenta and G. urolithinfaciens cultures.


Microbe Mix 4 consists of 3.3 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, and G. urolithinfaciens cultures.


Microbe Mix 5 consists of 2.9 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, B. thetaiotamicron, B. caccae, and G. formicilis cultures.


Microbe Mix 6 consists of 3.3 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. indistinctus and D. formicigenerans cultures.


Microbe Mix 7 consists of 3.3 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, B. longum and B. breve cultures.


Microbe Mix 8 consists of 2.85 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, G. urolithinfaciens and A. equolifaciens cultures.


Microbe Mix 9 consists of 2.5 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, G. urolithinfaciens, A. equolifaciens and S. anaerobia cultures.


Microbe Mix 10 consists of 2.2 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, G. urolithinfaciens, A. equolifaciens, S. anaerobia and E. isourolithinifaciens cultures.


Microbe Mix 11 consists of 2.5 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, G. urolithinfaciens, A. equolifaciens and E. isourolithinifaciens cultures.


Microbe Mix 12 consists of 4 ml each of E. lenta, G. urolithinfaciens, A. equolifaciens, S. anaerobia and E. isourolithinifaciens cultures.


Microbe Mix 13 consists of 3.3 ml each of E. lenta, G. urolithinfaciens, A. equolifaciens, S. anaerobia, E. isourolithinifaciens and C. aerofaciens cultures.


Microbe Mix 14 consists of 2.2 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, G. urolithinfaciens, A. equolifaciens, S. anaerobia and C. aerofaciens cultures.


Microbe Mix 15 consists of 2 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, G. urolithinfaciens, A. equolifaciens, S. anaerobia, C. aerofaciens and E. isourolithinifaciens cultures.


Microbe Mix 16 consists of 2.85 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, G. urolithinfaciens and E. isourolithinifaciens cultures.


Microbe Mix 17 consists of 6.6 ml each of E. lenta, G. urolithinfaciens and E. isourolithinifaciens cultures.


Microbe Mix 18 consists of 2.85 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, G. urolithinfaciens and P. hongkongensis cultures.


Microbe Mix 19 consists of 2.2 ml each of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, G. urolithinfaciens, P. hongkongensis, S. isoflavoniconvertens and S. equolifaciens cultures.


After assembly, 20 ml of PBS-C-G is added to each microbe mix to double the volume to 40 ml and to reduce the total cell density of each microbe mix to attain a gavage dosage of 1×108/0.2 ml, 1×109/0.2 ml, 1×1010/0.2 ml or 1×1011/0.2 ml. Microbe mixes are aliquoted into eight 5.0 ml volumes into 15 ml conical tubes and stored at −20° C. until required.


Microbe Mix 33 consists of 10 mL each of A. muciniphilia and F. prausnitzii cultures.


Microbe Mix 34 consists of 6.7 mL each of E. hallii, D. longicatena, and Blautia sp. SG-772 cultures.


Microbe Mix 35 consists of 4 mL each of A. muciniphilia, F. prausnmitzii, E. hallii, D. longicatena, and Blautia sp. SG-772 cultures.


Animals and Tumor Model

BALB/c mice are obtained from Jackson laboratory, Taconic farms or Shanghai Lingchang Biotechnology Co., Ltd (Shanghai, China). 6-8-week-old female mice are used. For tumor growth experiments, mice are injected subcutaneously with 2.5×105 CT-26 colon cancer tumor cells (Griswold and Corbett (1975) Cancer 36:2441-2444). Tumor size is measured twice a week until endpoint, and tumor volume determined as length×width×0.5.


Tumor Cell Preparation

Cryo vials containing CT-26 tumor cells are thawed and cultured according to manufacturer's protocol (ATCC CRL-2638). On the day of injection cells are washed in serum free media, counted, and resuspended in cold serum free media at a concentration of 250,000 viable cells/100 μl. Cells will be prepared for injections by withdrawing 100 μL cell suspension into a 1 ml syringe. The cell suspension and filled syringes will be kept on ice.


Tumor Implantation

Animals will be prepared for injection using standard approved anesthesia, the mice will be shaved prior to injection. Once mouse at a time will be immobilized and the site of injection will be disinfected with an alcohol swab. 100 μl of the cell suspension will be subcutaneously injected into the rear flank of the mouse. During implantation, a new syringe and needle will be used for every mouse inoculated to minimize tumor ulceration. The cells will be drawn up into a 1 mL syringe (no needle attached) to 150 μL with the 50 μL nearest to the plunger being air and 100 μL of cell suspension. Once the cells are drawn up the needle will be attached (without priming the needle). For implant, lift up or tent the skin using forceps to ensure a subcutaneous injection. Inject the cells, twist the syringe/needle and then pull the needle out. Mice will be marked by ear tagging.


Antibiotics Protocols

Mice are treated daily with 200 μL of water or antibiotics via oral gavage 1-2 weeks before tumor implantation and continued for a duration of 2-3 weeks. Mouse fecal samples were collected twice a week for 5 collections in total (timepoints 1-5). Animals are given a mix of ampicillin (1 mg/mL) (Alfa Aesar J6380706), gentamicin (1 mg/mL) (Acros Organics AC455310050), metronidazole (1 mg/mL) (Acros Organics AC210440050), neomycin (1 mg/mL) (Alfa Aesar AAJ6149922), and vancomycin (0.5 mg/mL)(Alfa Aesar J6279006) via oral gavage. Antibiotic activity is analyzed by macroscopic changes observed at the level of caecum (dilatation) and by cultivating the fecal pellets resuspended in BHI+15% glycerol on blood agar and anaerobic blood agar plates for 48 h at 37° C. with 5% CO2 for aerobic conditions or in anaerobic conditions respectively. 16S RNA and Whole Genome Sequencing are applied to determine the distribution of organisms in fecal samples collected from the water and antibiotic treated groups at both the phylum and genus level, and the distribution is compared across all collected fecal samples. PCA is used to classify all samples of mice without antibiotic treatment, showing that samples with the same microbial treatment type cluster together. Mice are treated with antibiotics or water for two weeks and fecal samples are collected at three different time points.


16S RNA Sequencing

Fecal gDNA was extracted and 16S RNA sequencing and classification was performed after antibiotic treatment. 16S OTU abundances are shown in FIG. 28 for each treatment group and time point, with OTU's not shown captured in the “Other” category. Mice treated with water maintain a similar microbiome from time point 1 to 3, while there is a shift in the composition of the microbiome of mice treated with antibiotics from a diverse mix of bacteria at time point 1 to a microbiome dominated by Lactobacillus and Enterococcus at time point 2, and by Enterococcus and Staphylococcus at time point 3.


Isolation of Lamina Propria Cells from Small Intestine


Whole duodenum and ileum are harvested, Peyer's patches are removed, as well as all fat residues and fecal content. Small fragments are obtained by cutting them first longitudinally along the length and then transversally into pieces of 1-2 cm length. After removing the intra-epithelial lymphocytes (IELs), the gut pieces are further cut and incubated with 0.25 mg/ml collagenase VIII and 10 U/ml DNaseI for 40 min at 37° C. under shaking to isolate lamina propria cells (LPCs). After digestion, intestinal pieces are mashed on a cell strainer. For FACS analysis, cell suspensions are subjected to a percoll gradient for 20 min at 2100 RPM, while for RNA extraction, cells are directly lysed in RNALater buffer (Thermo Fisher Scientific) and frozen at −80° C.


Analyses of Dendritic Cell Subsets in Treated Mice

Cell suspensions from mouse spleen and lymph nodes are prepared by digestion with collagenase and DNase for 60 min and subsequently strained through a 70 mm mesh. Colonic and small intestinal lymphocytes are isolated as previously described (Viaud, S. et al. Science (80-.). 342, 971-976 (2013). In brief, cecum, colon and small intestine are digested in PBS containing 5 mM EDTA and 2 mM DTT shaking at 37° C. A plastic pestle is used to press and massage the intestinal segment in each tube to expel ruminal matter, which is then removed by pipette and placed in a fresh Eppendorf tube. Tubes containing expelled ruminal matter from each intestinal segment are immediately placed on dry ice and then stored for later analyses at −80° C. Remaining intestinal tissues are then rinsed twice by adding and then removing 0.5 ml ice cold PBS. Rinsed intestinal fragment tissues are then frozen on dry ice in RNALater (Thermo Fisher Scientific) and then stored at −80° C. for later analysis.


After initial digestion colonic and small intestinal tissue pieces are digested in collagenase/Dnase containing RPMI medium for 30 min. Tissue pieces are further strained through a 70 mm mesh. For flow cytometry analyses, cell suspensions are stained with antibodies against the following surface markers: CD11c (N418), CD11b (M1/70), Ly6c (HK1.4), MHC class II (M5/114.15.2), CD24 (M1/69), CD64 (X54-5/7.1), CD317 (ebio927), CD45 (30-F11), F4/80 (C1:A3-1), CD8a (53-6.7). DAPI is used for dead cell exclusion. Antibodies are purchased from eBiosciences, BD Biosciences or BioLegend respectively. Cell populations are gated as follows: small intestine (migratory fraction): CD103+ DC (CD45+ CD11c+MHC-II+ CD103+CD24+), CD11b+ CD103+ (CD45+ CD11c+ MHC-II+ CD103+ CD11b+ CD24+), CD11b+ (CD45+ CD11c+ MHC-II+ CD11b+ CD24+), inflammatory DC (CD45+ CD11c+ CD11b+ CD64+ Ly6c+), large intestine: CD103+DC (CD45+ CD11c+ MHC-II+ CD103+ CD24+), CD11b+ (CD45+ CD11c+ MHC-II+ CD11b+ CD24+), inflammatory DC (CD45+ CD11c+ MHC-II+ CD11b+ CD64+ Ly6c+).


Flow cytometry analyses were performed on small intestine, cecum and colon tissue collected from mice pretreated with water and antibiotics and treatments including vehicle, anti-PD-1 and vehicle, anti-PD-1 in combination with microbe mix 4 and ellagic acid and anti-PD-1 in combination with mix 2. Spearman correlation was computed between final tumor volume and each flow gate for all treatments in each GI location. Correlations passing a false discovery rate threshold of 0.25 are reported in Table 23. Spearman correlations between each flow gate, final tumor volume and their magnitude by GI location is reported in FIG. 39. The strongest correlations between final tumor volume and the flow results occur in the colon. Final tumor volume for all treatment groups was plotted against the IA/IE (MHC Class II) immune population in the colon, which revealed a statistically significant negative correlation as reported in FIG. 40.










TABLE 23








Category











P
rho
location













Colon: CD11b-IA-IE+
0.001495129
−0.537953832
Colon


Colon: IA-IE+
0.002046607
−0.524752511
Colon


Colon: Monocytes
0.011114461
−0.442977661
Colon


Colon: cDC
0.013117759
0.433810077
Colon









Fecal Microbiota Transplantation (FMT)

Fecal Microbiota Transplantation (FMT) of a favorable gut microbiome into antibiotic treated mice is a method for standardizing microbiome composition. FMT is performed in some experiments with fecal material derived from healthy and cancer patients, as well as mouse stools. Colonization is performed by oral gavage with 200 μl of suspension obtained by homogenizing the fecal samples in PBS. Efficient colonization is first checked before tumor inoculation. Mouse fecal samples are collected 1-2 times during this period. So that the efficacy of the FMT can be evaluated. Following FMT, a rest period of 5-7 days is allowed to pass prior to checkpoint inhibitor and/or microbe dosing. Blood and fecal pellets are collected at different time points during the experiment.


Flow Cytometry of Peripheral Blood

A whole-blood flow cytometry-based assay is utilized to assess T cell activation in response to anti-CTLA4, anti-PD-1 and microbial treatment. Whole blood via cardiac puncture is collected into an EDTA tube at the end of the experiment. 100 μL of whole mouse blood is transferred to a 15 mL conical tube. 1 mL of RBC Lysis Buffer is added to the tube and allowed to incubate at room temperature for 10 minutes. Lysis is quenched by adding 10 mL of cold DPBS. Samples are centrifuged at 1500 rpm for 5 minutes at 4° C. The pellet is aspirated and resuspend in another 10 mL of cold DPBS. Samples are recentrifuged at 1500 rpm for 5 minutes at 4° C. Samples are resuspended in 500 μL of FACS buffer and transferred to a 96-well plate. Samples are stained with Fixable Viability ef780 (eBioscience), CD45-PEcy7 (BioLegend), CD3-BV605 (BioLegend), CD8-AF700 (BioLegend), and CD4-AF488 (BioLegend). Stained samples are run on a BD LSRFortessa™ flow cytometer and analyses are performed with FlowJo™ (Tree Star).


Flow cytometry analysis was performed on mice and CD3+ percentage is displayed against tumor volume at day 28 post-inoculation as shown in FIG. 31. There is a strong inverse relationship between CD3+ percentage and tumor volume where CD3+ cells are increased by treatment with mixes 2 and 4.


Tumor Challenge and Treatment

After pre-treatment is complete, animals will be randomized when average tumor volume reaches 40-60 mm3 (Study Day 0). Dosing of Microbes, Vehicle, anti-CTLA4, anti-PD1 and Ellagic Acid will begin the following day (Study Day 1) below and continue for 3 weeks. Animals are given at least 48 hrs of no treatment between antibiotic pre-treatment and regular study treatment to allow for antibiotics to go through system. Mice are divided into immunotherapy treatment and non-treatment groups. The treatment group is injected intraperitoneally once the tumor reached a size of 40 to 60 mm3 (day 0) with 100 μg anti-PD1 mAb (BioXCell), or with 100 μg anti-PD-L1 mAb, or with 100 μg anti-CTLA-4 mAb (BioXCell) in 100 μl PBS twice a week for three weeks starting from day 1. Tumor size is routinely monitored by means of a caliper. Stool is collected on day 0 and 8 hours after each subsequent administration of treatment until the end of the study.


To test whether manipulation of the microbial community is effective as a combination therapy, microbial cocktails 1-19 and 20-42 (Table 1 and as described in Example 22 and Table 5, Example 22) in the presence or absence of ellagic acid and/or ellagitannin is administered. In some groups, ellagic acid is administered separately via oral gavage (0.2 mL of a 5.5 mg/mL suspension) prior to administration of the microbe cocktails. In other groups, urolithin A is administered alone via oral gavage (0.2 mL of a 5.5 mg/mL suspension), without microbe cocktails. Each mouse treated by combination therapy is given 200 μl of the suspension by oral gavage three times a week for the duration of the study starting from day 1. Tumor growth and tumor-specific T cell responses are compared among the different treatment groups.


Mice with and without tumors are given microbial cocktails by oral gavage, as described in the example above. The 16S RNA sequencing results are used to determine the distribution of organisms in each sample at both the phylum and genus level, and the distribution is compared across all fecal samples from mice without tumors to determine how these microbes colonize the gut. PCA is used to classify all samples of mice without tumors, showing that samples with the same microbial treatment type cluster together. In addition, the genera represented by each microbial treatment have increased representation in those samples compared to those of different treatment type.


Tumor size was measured in all animals receiving the different microbial treatments, with and without anti-CTLA4, anti-PD1 or anti-PD-L1 therapy. On average, the animals receiving Microbe Mix 2 (equal amounts of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. muciniphila, and E. hirae) in conjunction with anti-PD1 have a reduction in tumor size compared to those with other microbes or not receiving any anti-PD1 treatment, as illustrated in FIG. 29. Mice treated with mix 2 and the anti-PD1 therapy had reduced tumor growth in contrast to the anti-PD1 monotherapy as shown in FIG. 30. Tumor volumes were measured 28 days post inoculation and displayed by both pre-treatment and treatment groups as shown in FIG. 32. On average, the animals receiving Microbe Mix 2 (equal amounts of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. muciniphila, and E. hirae) in conjunction with anti-CTLA4 in both pre-treatment groups, have a reduction in tumor size compared to those with other microbes or the anti-CTLA4 monotherapy. Tumor volumes were measured at multiple time points post-inoculation. Mean and standard error of the mean are displayed for each treatment group within water and antibiotic pre-treatment groups are shown in FIG. 33.


Mice were pre-treated with antibiotics and inoculated with tumors and randomization occurs and treatment begins at a tumor volume of 50 mm3. Tumor size is measured in all animals receiving the different microbial treatments and antibiotic pre-treatment with and without anti-CTLA4, anti-PD1 or anti-PD-L1 therapy. On average, the animals receiving Microbe Mix 2 (equal amounts of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. muciniphila, and E. hirae) in conjunction with anti-CTLA4 and those receiving Microbe Mix 35 (equal amounts of A. muciniphilia, F. prausnmitzii, E. hallii, D. longicatena, and Blautia sp. SG-772) have a reduction in tumor size compared to those with other microbes or the anti-CTLA4 monotherapy, as illustrated in FIG. 45. Mean and standard error of the mean are displayed for each treatment group within the antibiotic pre-treatment groups are shown in FIG. 46.


Mice were pre-treated with antibiotics, fecal microbiota transplantation (FMT) was performed, and tumors were inoculated. Randomization and treatment began at a tumor volume of 50 mm3. Tumor size was measured in all animals receiving microbial treatments, antibiotic pre-treatment, followed by FMT transfer from cancer patients with and without anti-CTLA4, anti-PD1 or anti-PD-L1 therapy. Four FMTs (1-4) were selected for administration to the mice based on donor cancer patient response to therapy. FMTs 1 and 3 are derived from non-responding cancer patients and FMTs 2 and 4 are from cancer patients that respond to immunotherapy. On average, the mice receiving FMTs 1 and 3 from non-responding cancer patients had larger overall tumors than those receiving FMTs 2 and 4 from responding cancer patients, as illustrated in FIG. 47. On average, the animals receiving Microbe Mix 2 (equal amounts of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. muciniphila, and E. hirae) in conjunction with anti-CTLA4 and FMTs 1 and 3 have a reduction in tumor size compared to those only receiving FMTs 1 and 3 in combination with anti-CTLA4 as illustrated in FIG. 47. Tumor volume mean and standard error of the mean are displayed for each treatment group, as illustrated in FIG. 48. Tumor volume mean curves and individual tumor sizes plotted as dots are displayed for each treatment group, as illustrated in FIG. 49.


Specific genes differentially present or expressed among the cultures are identified using commercial expression analysis software such as SPOTFIRE® (TIBCO Software) or free tools such as BioConductor™. This approach is used to identify genes overrepresented in samples from mice receiving microbial cocktail 2 [equal amounts of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. muciniphila, and E. hirae] and microbial cocktail 4 [equal amounts of F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, and G. urolithinfaciens] in conjunction with ellagic acid, anti-CTLA4 and anti-PD1. Similarly, LCMS peaks from the metabolomics analysis are identified that have significantly higher or lower concentration in the samples from mice receiving microbial cocktails 2 and 4, ellagic acid, anti-CTLA4 and anti-PD1. These represent candidate metabolites either produced or degraded by these microbes that are important for stimulating immune function and thus contribute to anti-CTLA4 and anti-PD1 function.


Antibiotic induced depletion of mouse microbiota has been shown to significantly reduce the diversity of the microbiota, gut motility and increase the weight and size of the gastrointestina tract (Ge et al. J Transl Med (2017) 15:13). Images of the gastrointestinal tract (GI) for mice in both water and antibiotic pre-treatment groups are shown in FIG. 38A-D. The GI tract for antibiotic pre-treatment groups with vehicle or anti-CTLA-4 treatments was enlarged compared to the equivalent water pre-treatment groups. Treatment groups with microbe mix 2 in combination with anti-CTLA-4 and microbe mix 4+ellagic acid in combination with anti-CTLA-4 had similar sized GI tracts for both pre-treatment groups. The normal size of the GI tract suggests that microbe mixes 2 and 4 have anti-inflammatory properties that may contribute to the observed anti-cancer efficacy.










TABLE 5





Microbe Mix
Strains
















1

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens



2

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Akkermansia mucimphila





Enterococcus hirae



3

Eggerthella lento





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciensans



4

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Eggerthella lento





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens



5

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Bacteroides thetaiotamicron





Bacteroides caccae





Gemmiger formicilis



6

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Alistipes indistinctus





Dorea formicigenerans



7

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Bifidobacterium longum





Bifidobacterium breve



8

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Eggerthella lenta





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Adlercreutzia equolifaciens



9

Faecabbacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Eggerthella lenta





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Adlercreutzia equolifaciens





Senegalimassilia anaerobia



10

Faecabbacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Eggerthella lenta





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Adlercreutzia equolifaciens





Senegalimassilia anaerobia





Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens



11

Faecabbacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Eggerthella lenta





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Adlercreutzia equolifaciens





Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens



12

Eggerthella lenta





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Adlercreutzia equolifaciens





Senegalimassilia anaerobia





Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens



13

Eggerthella lenta





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Adlercreutzia equolifaciens





Senegalimassilia anaerobia





Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens





Collinsella aerofaciens



14

Faecabbacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Eggerthella lenta





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Adlercreutzia equolifaciens





Senegalimassilia anaerobia





Collinsella aerofaciens



15

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Eggerthella lenta





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Adlercreutzia equolifaciens





Senegalimassilia anaerobia





Collinsella aerofaciens





Ellagibacter isourolithimfaciens



16

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Eggerthella lenta





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens



17

Eggerthella lenta





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens



18

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Eggerthella lenta





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Paraeggerthella hongkongensis



19

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Eggerthella lenta





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Paraeggerthella hongkongensis





Slackia isoflavoniconvertens





Slackia equolifaciens



20

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens



21

Eubacterium hallii



22

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Eubacterium hallii



23

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Eggerthella lenta





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Eubacterium hallii



24

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Akkermansia muciniphila





Enterococcus hirae





Eubacterium hallii



25

Blautia massiliensis



26

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Blautia massiliensis



27

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Eggerthella lenta





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Blautia massiliensis



28

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Akkermansia muciniphila





Enterococcus hirae





Blautia massiliensis



29

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Eggerthella lenta





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Blautia massiliensis





Eubacterium hallii



30

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Akkermansia muciniphila





Enterococcus hirae





Blautia massiliensis





Eubacterium hallii



31

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Eubacterium hallii



32

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Clostridium coccoides





Ruminococcus gnavus





Clostridium scindens





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens





Eubacterium hallii





Blautia massiliensis



33

Akkermansia muciniphila





Faecalibacterium prausnitzii



34

Eubacterium Hallii





Dorea Longicatena





Blautia sp. SG-772



35

Akkermansia muciniphila





Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Eubacterium Hallii





Dorea Longicatena





Blautia sp. SG-772



36

Akkermansia muciniphila





Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Ruminococcus gnavus



37

Dorea Longicatena





Dorea formicigenerans





Blautia sp. SG-772





Eubacterium Hallii





Ruminococcus faecis





Coprococcus comes



38

Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Ruminococcus gnavus



39

Ruminococcus gnavus





Eubacterium ramulus





Gemmiger formicilis



40

Anaerostipes hadrus





Dorea formicigenerans





Dorea longicatena





Coprococcus comes





Ruminococcus faecis



41

Anaerostipes hadrus





Dorea formicigenerans





Dorea longicatena





Coprococcus comes





Ruminococcus faecis





Ruminococcus gnavus



42

Anaerostipes hadrus





Dorea formicigenerans





Dorea longicatena





Coprococcus comes





Ruminococcus faecis





Akkermansia muciniphila



43

Akkermansia muciniphila





Eubacterium ramulus





Gemmiger formicilis



44

Akkermansia muciniphila





Ruminococcus gnavus





Ruminococcus torques





Bifidobacterium bifidum



45

Akkermansia muciniphila





Ruminococcus gnavus





Ruminococcus torques



46

Akkermansia muciniphila





Ruminococcus torques





Dorea longicatena





Coprococcus comes





Anaerostipes hadrus



47

Akkermansia muciniphila





Roseburia inulivorans





Dorea longicatena





Coprococcus comes





Anaerostipes hadrus



48

Dorea longicatena





Coprococcus comes





Anaerostipes hadrus





Eubacterium Hallii





Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Collinsella aerofaciens



49

Dorea longicatena





Coprococcus comes





Anaerostipes hadrus





Eubacterium Hallii





Faecalibacterium prausnitzii





Blautia obeum



50

Akkermansia muciniphila





Ruminococcus gnavus





Dorea longicatena





Coprococcus comes





Anaerostipes hadrus



51

Akkermansia muciniphila





Gemmiger formicilis





Asacharobacter celatus





Collinsella aerofaciens





Alistipes putredinis





Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens



52

Akkermansia muciniphila





Mono globus pectinilyticus





Bacteroides galacturonicus





Collinsella aerofaciens





Ruminococcus gnavus





Dorea longicatena



53

Akkermansia muciniphila





Mono globus pectinilyticus





Bacteroides galacturonicus





Collinsella aerofaciens





Ruminococcus torques





Dorea longicatena










Example 23: Characterization of Urolithin Production in Actinobacteria


Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens DSM 27213, Gordonibacter pamelaeae DSM 19378, Senegalimassilia anaerobia DSM 25959, Collinsella aerofaciens DSM 3979, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens DSM 19450, Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens DSM 104140, Slackia isoflavoniconvertens DSM 22006, Slackia equolifaciens DSM 2485, Paraeggerthella hongkongensis DSM 16106 and Eggerthella lenta DSM 2243 are tested for the ability to bioconvert ellagic acid and urolithin C into downstream urolithin species in liquid culture, as described in Selma et al. 2017 Front Microbiol 8:1521, with the following modifications:

    • 1. Ellagic acid (Millipore Sigma) and urolithin C (Dalton Research Molecules) are each added to propylene glycol to make 1.5 mM stock solutions in 1.5 ml Eppendorf tubes. A 1.5 ml size plastic pestle is used to fully suspend and solubilize the compounds in the propylene glycol.
    • 2. Prepare reduced anaerobe basal broth (ABB) medium as 10 ml sterilized aliquots in Hungate tubes.
    • 3. Inoculate six ABB hungate tubes each with 0.1 ml bacteria to final density of 1E6 cfu/ml.
    • 4. To two of the six inoculated tubes for each strain, add 0.1 ml ellagic acid stock solution to final concentration of 0.015 mM.
    • 5. To two of the remaining inoculated tubes for each strain, add 0.1 ml urolithin C stock solution to final concentration of 0.015 mM.
    • 6. To the last two inoculated tubes for each strain, both ellagic acid and urolithin C are withheld. These “no compound” tubes will serve as background controls for downstream LCMS analyses.
    • 7. Once assembled, all tubes are placed horizontally in a 37° C. environmental shaker set at 100 rpm.
    • 8. At seven day and fourteen-day intervals, one ellagic acid, urolithin C and no compound tube representing each inoculated strain is removed from the incubator and processed as follows:
      • a. Hungate culture tubes are opened and decanted into 15 ml conical tubes, then centrifuged at 4000 g for 10 minutes in a swinging bucket centrifuge to pellet cell growth.
      • b. 9 ml of the culture supernatant is removed by pipette and then transferred into two 4.5 ml volumes each in a fresh 15 ml conical tube.
      • c. To each 4.5 ml volume is added an equal volume of ethyl acetate acidified by adding HCl to 0.1 mM.
      • d. The tubes are vortexed for one minute, then centrifuged at 4000 g for 10 minutes in a swinging bucket centrifuge to separate the solvent and aqueous phases.
      • e. Three ml of the top ethyl acetate phase is removed by pipette and transferred into two 1.5 ml volumes in 2 ml Eppendorf tubes.
      • f. A hole is made in the lid of the 2 ml Eppendorf tubes using an 18-gauge needle, then the tubes are placed in a rotary evaporator (GeneVac) at the low boiling point setting for 2 hours to remove all solvent.
      • g. Dried material remaining in the tube is solubilized with 50 acidified methanol in preparation for injection and analysis by LCMS to determine remaining concentrations of ellagic acid and urolithin C and evidence of bioconversion of these compounds to downstream urolithin species.


Example 24: Method of Treating a Subject with a Microbial Cocktail

A patient is suffering from cancer. The patient is administered one of the present microbial cocktails (Tables 1, and as described in Examples 16 and 22) in combination with a checkpoint inhibitor, CAR-T or other immunotherapy for the duration of treatment. Specifically, the patient is administered a microbial cocktail at a dose of 108, 109 or 1010 bacteria total in a lyophilized form formulated in an enteric coated capsule. The patient takes the capsule by mouth and resumes a normal diet after 4, 8, 12, or 24 hours. In another embodiment, the patient may take the capsule by mouth before, during, or immediately after a meal. In another embodiment, the patient is given a course of antibiotics one to two weeks prior to the first dose of microbial cocktail, or three weeks prior, or four weeks prior, or up to 6 months prior to the first dose of microbial cocktail. Patient response to the combination therapy is a measure of success and is based on radiographic assessment using the Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST 1.1) criteria (Schwartz L H, et al. Eur. J. Cancer. 2016; 62:132-137) at 6 months after treatment initiation. Patients are classified as responders if they achieved an objective response (complete or partial response or stable disease lasting at least 6 months), versus non-responders if they progressed on therapy or had stable disease lasting less than 6 months.


Example 25—Fecal Composition Analysis of Non-Tumor Bearing Mice Treated with Microbial Cocktails

BALB/c mice were obtained from the Jackson laboratory and 6-8-week-old female mice were used. Stool was collected from non-tumor bearing Balb/c mice at 8 h, 24 h, 30 h, and 48 hours treated with vehicle or microbe mix 4. Mice were treated with either vehicle or microbe mix 4 for a total of 3 doses on a biweekly schedule starting on Day 1. 16S rRNA analysis of collected fecal samples was performed to evaluate detection of the individual microbes in mix 4. The qiime2 pipeline was used in conjunction with the SILVA rRNA database to assign a phylogenetic identity to each read. FIG. 17 shows the relative read abundance by time point for two genera, Eggerthella and Gordonibacter. Microbe Mix 4 contains organisms in both Eggerthella and Gordonibacter, and as expected, these genera have a non-zero read abundance at the 8-hour time point only when microbe mix 4 is administered.


Example 26: Method of Stratifying Subjects Prior to Treating with a Microbial Cocktail

A patient is suffering from cancer. A stool sample is collected and whole genome sequencing performed as described in Example 7. Centered-log-ratio transformed abundances are calculated, and principal components determined using the loadings used to generate FIG. 55, FIG. 56, or analogous plot. The patient's sample is plotted on the same axes and compared to the other points for both cancer patients and healthy subjects. In another embodiment, the stool sample is subjected to metabolomics analysis as described in Example 7. Principal components are determined using the loadings used to generate FIG. 57b, or analogous plot. In yet another embodiment, the patient's blood is taken and plasma isolated as described in Example 7. The plasma is subjected to metabolomics analysis, and principal components are determined using the loadings used to generate FIG. 57a, or analogous plot. If the patient's sample fits within the cluster composed primarily of cancer patients for any of these analyses, this patient is projected to be non-responsive and thus a good candidate for co-treatment with a live biotherapeutic. If the sample clusters with primarily healthy individuals, the patient is likely to naturally be a responder to treatment. In yet another embodiment, the immune profile of the patient's blood is identified by flow cytometery, single cell proteomics (CyTOF), single cell RNA sequencing, or other method. Specifically, the fraction of T cells identified as CD8+ HLA-DR+ is determined. If this value falls above the mean value identified by analysis of a cohort of cancer patients (e.g., FIG. 50), then this patient is projected to be non-responsive, and thus considered a good candidate for co-treatment with live biotherapeutic. Finally, any combination of these methods may be used for patient stratification. The examples given here are using principal components analysis, but in general any machine learning algorithm or correlation analysis can be done to determine if the patient sample identifies with non-responders to treatment. Patients stratified as such are therefore administered one of the present microbial cocktails (Tables 1, and as described in Examples 16 and 22) in combination with a checkpoint inhibitor, CAR-T, other immunotherapy, or chemotherapy for the duration of treatment. Specifically, the patient is administered a microbial cocktail at a dose of 108, 109 or 1010 bacteria total in a lyophilized form formulated in an enteric coated capsule. The patient takes the capsule by mouth and resumes a normal diet after 4, 8, 12, or 24 hours. In another embodiment, the patient may take the capsule by mouth before, during, or immediately after a meal. In another embodiment, the patient is given a course of antibiotics two weeks prior to the first dose of microbial cocktail, three weeks prior, four weeks prior, or up to 6 months prior to the first dose of microbial cocktail. Patient response to the combination therapy is a measure of success and is based on radiographic assessment using the Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST 1.1) criteria (Schwartz L H, et al. Eur. J. Cancer. 2016; 62:132-137) at 6 months after treatment initiation. Patients are classified as responders if they achieved an objective response (complete or partial response or stable disease lasting at least 6 months), versus non-responders if they progressed on therapy or had stable disease lasting less than 6 months.


A number of embodiments of the invention have been described. Nevertheless, it can be understood that various modifications may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, other embodiments are within the scope of the following claims.

Claims
  • 1. A method for controlling, ameliorating or treating a cancer in an individual in need thereof, comprising: (a) (i) providing or having provided: (1) an inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule, a stimulatory immune checkpoint molecule (or any composition for use in checkpoint blockade immunotherapy) and, (2) a formulation comprising at least two different species or genera (or types) of non-pathogenic bacteria, wherein each of the non-pathogenic bacteria comprise (or are in the form of) a plurality of non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria, a plurality of non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores, or a combination thereof, and(ii) administering or having administered to an individual in need thereof the inhibitor of the inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule and/or the stimulatory immune checkpoint molecule, and the formulation; or(b) administering or having administered to an individual in need thereof an inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule and/or a stimulatory immune checkpoint molecule (or any composition for use in checkpoint blockade immunotherapy) and a formulation,wherein the formulation comprises at least two different species or genera (or types) of non-pathogenic, live bacteria, and each of the non-pathogenic, live bacteria comprise (or are in the form of) a plurality of non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria, a plurality of non-pathogenic germ inable bacterial spores, or a combination thereof, and optionally the formulation comprises a combination of at least two different species or genera of non-pathogenic, live bacteria (or spore thereof, if the bacteria is spore forming) as described Table 1 or Table 5 (see Example 22),and optionally the non-pathogenic bacteria or non-pathogenic bacteria arising from germination of the germ inable spores can individually or together metabolize urolithin A from ellagic acid, or can individually or together synthesize urolithin A,and optionally the different species or genera (or types) of non-pathogenic, live bacteria are present in approximately equal amounts, or each of the different species or genera (or types) of non-pathogenic, live bacteria or non-pathogenic germ inable bacterial spores represent at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, or 50% or more of the total amount of non-pathogenic, live bacteria and non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores in the formulation,and optionally only non-pathogenic, live bacteria are present in the formulation, or only non-pathogenic germ inable bacterial spores are present in the formulation, or approximately equal amounts of non-pathogenic, live bacteria and non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores are present in the formulation.
  • 2. The method of claim 1, wherein: (a) the formulation comprises an inner core surrounded by an outer layer of polymeric material enveloping the inner core, wherein the non-pathogenic bacteria or the non-pathogenic germ inable bacterial spores are substantially in the inner core, and optionally the polymeric material comprises a natural polymeric material;(b) the formulation is formulated or manufactured as or in: a nano-suspension delivery system; an encochleated formulation; or, as a multilayer crystalline, spiral structure with no internal aqueous space;(c) the formulation is formulated or manufactured as a delayed or gradual enteric release composition or formulation, and optionally the formulation comprises a gastro-resistant coating designed to dissolve at a pH of 7 in the terminal ileum, optionally an active ingredient is coated with an acrylic based resin or equivalent, optionally a poly(meth)acrylate, optionally a methacrylic acid copolymer B, NF, optionally EUDRAGIT S™ (Evonik Industries AG, Essen, Germany), which dissolves at pH 7 or greater, optionally comprises a multimatrix (MMX) formulation, and optionally manufactured as enteric coated to bypass the acid of the stomach and bile of the duodenum.
  • 3. The method of claim 1, wherein the plurality of non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria are substantially dormant colony forming live bacteria, or the plurality of non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria or the plurality of non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores are lyophilized, wherein optionally the dormant colony forming live bacteria comprise live vegetative bacterial cells that have been rendered dormant by lyophilization or freeze drying.
  • 4. The method of claim 1, wherein the formulation comprises at least about 1×104 colony forming units (CFUs), or between about 1×101 and 1×1013 CFUs, 1×102 and 1×1010 CFUs, 1×102 and 1×108 CFUs, 1×103 and 1×107 CFUs, or 1×104 and 1×106 CFUs, of non-pathogenic live bacteria and/or non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores.
  • 5. The method of claim 1, wherein the formulation comprises at least one (or any one, several, or all of) non-pathogenic bacteria or spore of the family or genus (or class): Anerostipes, Eubacterium, Blautia, Coprococcus, Clostridiaceae, Faecalibacterium or Clostridium; Ruminococcaceae or Ruminococcus; Verrucomicrobiaceae or Akkermansia; Enterococcaceae or Enterococcus; Eggerthella; Eggerthellaceae or Gordonibacter; Bacteroidaceae or Bacteroides; Hyphomicrobiaceae or Gemmiger; Bifidobacterium, Alistipes, Dorea, Roseburia, Monoglobus, Asacharobacter, or a combination thereof; and optionally:(a) the bacteria of the genus Faecalibacterium comprise a bacteria of the species Faecalibacterium prausnitzii;(b) the bacteria from the genus Clostridium comprise Clostridium Cluster IV, Clostridium Cluster XIVa (also known as Lachnospiraceae), or of the species C. coccoides or C. scindens, or of the genus Eubacterium, or Eubacterium hallii, or a combination thereof;(c) the bacteria of the genus Ruminococcus comprise a bacteria of the species Ruminococcus albus, R. bromii, R. callidus, R. flavefaciens, R. gauvreauii, R. gnavus R. lactaris, R. obeum or R. torques; (d) the bacteria of the genus Akkermansia comprise a bacteria of the species Akkermansia glycaniphila or A. muciniphila; (e) the bacteria of the genus Enterococcus comprise a bacteria of the species Enterococcus alcedinis, E. aquimarinus, E. asini, E. avium, E. bulliens, E. caccae, E. camelliae, E. canintestini, E. canis, E. casseliflavus, E. cecorum, E. lactis, E. lemanii, or E. hirae, or any species of non-pathogenic Enterococcus found or capable of living in a human gut;(f) the bacteria of the genus Eggerthella comprise a bacteria of the species Eggerthella lenta; (g) the bacteria of the genus Gordonibacter comprise a bacteria of the species Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, or any species of non-pathogenic Gordonibacter found or capable of living in a human gut;(h) the bacteria of the genus Bacteroides comprise a bacteria of the species Bacteroides acidifaciens, B. caccae, or B. thetaiotamicron, or any species of non-pathogenic Bacteroides found or capable of living in a human gut;(i) the bacteria of the genus Gemmiger comprise a bacteria of the species Gemmiger formicilis; (j) the bacteria of the genus Bifidobacterium, comprise a bacteria of the species Bifidobacterium longum, or B. bifidum, or B. brevis; (i) the bacteria of the genus Alistipes comprise a bacteria of the species Alistipes indistinctus; (k) the bacteria of the genus Dorea comprise a bacteria of the species Dorea formicigenerans, or D. formicilis, or D. longicatena; (l) the bacteria of the genus Anerostipes comprise a bacteria of the species A. muciniphila; (m) the bacteria of the genus Eubacterium comprise a bacteria of the species E. hallii; (n) the bacteria of the genus Blautia comprise a bacteria of the species Blautia sp. SG-772; or(o) the bacteria of the genus Coprococcus comprise a bacteria of the species C. comes.
  • 6. (canceled)
  • 7. The method of claim 1, wherein the formulation comprises combination of non-pathogenic bacteria and/or spores thereof (or spore derived from) comprising one of (or at least one of, or a combination of) the following mixes: (a) (i) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, and C. scindens; (ii) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. muciniphila, and E. hirae; (iii) E. lenta and G. urolithinfaciens; (iv) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, and G. urolithinfaciens; (v) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, B. thetaiotamicron, B. caccae, and G. formicilis; (vi) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. indistinctus and D. formicigenerans; or(vii) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, B. longum and B. breve; (viii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens and Adlercreutzia equolifaciens; (ix) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, and Senegalimassilia anaerobia; (x) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, Senegalimassilia anaerobia, and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens; (xi) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens; (xii) Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, Senegalimassilia anaerobia and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens; (xiii) Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, Senegalimassilia anaerobia, Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens and Collinsella aerofaciens; (xiv) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, Senegalimassilia anaerobia, and Collinsella aerofaciens; (xv) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Adlercreutzia equolifaciens, Senegalimassilia anaerobia, Collinsella aerofaciens and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens; (xvi) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens; (xvii) Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Ellagibacter isourolithinifaciens; (xviii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Paraeggerthella hongkongensis; (ixx) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Paraeggerthella hongkongensis; Slackia isoflavoniconvertens, and Slackia equolifaciens; (xx) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, and Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens; (xxi) Eubacterium hallii; (xxii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scinden, and Eubacterium hallii; (xxiii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Eubacterium hallii; (xxiv) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Akkermansia muciniphila, Enterococcus hirae, and Eubacterium hallii; (xxv) Blautia massiliensis; (xxvi) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, and Blautia massiliensis;(xxvii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Blautia massiliensis; (xxviii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Akkermansia muciniphila, Enterococcus hirae, and Blautia massiliensis; (xxviv) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Eggerthella lenta, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Blautia massiliensis, and Eubacterium hallii; (xxx) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Akkermansia muciniphila, Enterococcus hirae, Blautia massiliensis, and Eubacterium hallii; (xxxi) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, and Eubacterium hallii; (xxxii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Clostridium coccoides, Ruminococcus gnavus, Clostridium scindens, Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, Eubacterium hallii and Blautia massiliensis; (xxxiii) Akkermansia muciniphila, and Faecalibacterium prausnitzii;(xxxiv) Eubacterium hallii, Dorea longicatena, and Blautia sp. SG-772;(xxxv) Akkermansia muciniphila, Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, Eubacterium hallii, Dorea longicatena, and Blautia sp. SG-772;(xxxvi) Akkermansia muciniphila, Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, and Ruminococcus gnavus; (xxxvii) Dorea longicatena, Dorea formicigenerans, Blautia sp. SG-772, Eubacterium hallii, Ruminococcus faecis, and Coprococcus comes; (xxxviii) Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, and Ruminococcus gnavus; (xxxix) Ruminococcus gnavus, Eubacterium ramulus, and Gemmiger formililis; (xxxx) Anaerostipes hadrus, Dorea formicigenerans, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, and Ruminococcus faecis; (xxxxi) Anaerostipes hadrus, Dorea formicigenerans, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, Ruminococcus faecis and Ruminococcus gnavus; (xxxxii) Anaerostipes hadrus, Dorea formicigenerans, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, Ruminococcus faecis and Akkermansia muciniphila; (xxxxiii) Akkermansia muciniphila, Eubacterium ramulus, and Gemmiger formililis; (xxxxiv) Akkermansia muciniphila, Ruminococcus gnavus, Ruminococcus torques, and Bifidobacterium bifidum; (xxxxv) Akkermansia muciniphila, Ruminococcus gnavus, and Ruminococcus torques; (xxxxvi) Akkermansia muciniphila, Ruminococcus torques, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, and Anaerostipes hadrus; (xxxxvii) Akkermansia muciniphila, Roseburia inulinivorans, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, and Anaerostipes hadrus; (xxxxviii) Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, Anaerostipes hadrus, Eubacterium hallii, Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, and Collinsella aerofaciens; (xxxxix) Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, Anaerostipes hadrus, Eubacterium hallii, Faecalibacterium prausnitzii, and Blautia obeum; (xxxxx) Akkermansia muciniphila, Ruminococcus gnavus, Dorea longicatena, Coprococcus comes, and Anaerostipes hadrus; (xxxxxi) Akkermansia muciniphila, Gemmiger formicilis, Asacharobacter celatus, Collinsella aerofaciens, Alistipes putredinis, and Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens; (xxxxxii) Akkermansia muciniphila, Monoglubus pectinilyticus, Bacteroides galacturonicus, Collinsella aerofaciens, Ruminococcus gnavus, and Dorea longicatena; (xxxxxiii) Akkermansia muciniphila, Monoglubus pectinilyticus, Bacteroides galacturonicus, Collinsella aerofaciens, Ruminococcus torques, and Dorea longicatena; and/or,(xxxxxiv) any combination of (i) to (xxxxxiii); or,(b) any one of, or several of, or all of the following bacteria or spore thereof (or spore derived from): the genus Lachnospiraceae or the genus Eubacterium; or Eubacterium hallii; Faecalibacterium prausnitzii (e.g., ATCC-27768), Clostridium coccoides (e.g., ATCC-29236), Ruminococcus gnavus (e.g., ATCC-29149), Clostridium scindens (e.g., ATCC-35704), Akkermansia muciniphila (e.g., BAA-835), Enterococcus hirae (e.g., ATCC-9790), Bacteroides thetaiotamicron (ATCC-29148), Bacteroides caccae (e.g., ATCC-43185), Bifidobacterium breve (e.g., ATCC-15700), Bifidobacterium longum (e.g., ATCC BAA-999) and Gemmiger formicilis (e.g., ATCC-27749). Eggerthella lenta (e.g., DSM-2243), Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens (e.g., DSM-27213), Alistipes indistinctus (e.g., DSM-22520), Faecalibacterium prausnitzii (e.g., ATCC-27768), Dorea longicatena (e.g., DSM-13814), Ruminococcus torques (e.g., ATCC-27756), Roseburia inulinivorans (e.g., DSM-16841), Coprococcus comes (e.g., ATCC-27758), Eubacterium hallii (e.g., ATCC-27751), Bacteroides galacturonicus (e.g., ATCC-43244), Collinsella aerofaciens (e.g., ATCC-25986), Anaerostipes hadrus (e.g., ATCC-29173), Blautia obeum (e.g., ATCC-29174), Fusicatenibacter saccharivorans (e.g., DSM-26062), Lachnoclostridium sp. SNUG30099, Monoglobus pectinyliticus, Asaccharobacter celatus (e.g., DSM-18785), Ruminococcus bicirculans, Blautia hydrogenotrophica (e.g., DSM-10507) and Dorea formicigenerans (e.g., DSM-3992).
  • 8. The method of claim 1, wherein: (a) the formulation comprises water, saline, a pharmaceutically acceptable preservative, a carrier, a buffer, a diluent, an adjuvant or a combination thereof;(b) the formulation is administered orally or rectally, or is formulated as a liquid, a food, a gel, a candy, an ice, a lozenge, a tablet, pill or capsule, or a suppository or as an enema formulation, or for any form of intra-rectal or intra-colonic administration;(c) the formulation is administered to the subject in one, two, three, or four or more doses, and wherein the one, two, three, or four or more doses are administered on a daily basis, optionally once a day, bid or tid, or every other day, every third day, or about once a week, and optionally the two, three, or four or more doses are administered at least a week apart, or dosages are separated by about a week; or(d) the formulation further comprises an antibiotic, or the method further comprises administration of an antibiotic, and optionally at least one dose of the antibiotic is administered before a first administration of the formulation, optionally at least one dose of the antibiotic is administered one day or two days, or more, before a first administration of the formulation.
  • 9-11. (canceled)
  • 12. The method of claim 1, wherein: (a) the inhibitor of the inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule comprises a protein or polypeptide that binds to an inhibitory immune checkpoint protein, and optionally inhibitor of the inhibitory immune checkpoint protein is an antibody or an antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to the inhibitory immune checkpoint protein;(b) the inhibitor of the inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule targets a compound or protein comprising: a CTLA4 or CTLA-4 (cytotoxic T-lymphocyte-associated protein 4, also known as CD152, or cluster of differentiation 152); Programmed cell Death protein 1, also known as PD-1 or CD279; Programmed Death-Ligand 1 (PD-L1), also known as cluster of differentiation 274 (CD274) or B7 homolog 1 (B7-H1)); PD-L2; A2AR (adenosine A2A receptor, also known as ADORA2A); B7-H3; B7-H4; BTLA (B- and T-lymphocyte attenuator protein); KIR (Killer-cell Immunoglobulin-like Receptor); IDO (Indoleamine-pyrrole 2,3-dioxygenase); LAG3 (Lymphocyte-Activation Gene 3 protein); TIM-3; VISTA (V-domain Ig suppressor of T cell activation protein); or any combination thereof;(c) the inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule comprises: ipilimumab or YERVOY®; pembrolizumab or KEYTRUDA®; nivolumab or OPDIVO®; atezolizumab or TECENTRIP®; avelumab or BAVENCIO®; durvalumab or IMFINZI®; AMP-224 (MedImmune), AMP-514 (an anti-programmed cell death 1 (PD-1) monoclonal antibody (mAb) (MedImmune)), PDR001 (a humanized mAb that targets PD-1), STI-A1110 or STI-A1010 (Sorrento Therapeutics), BMS-936559 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), BMS-986016 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), TSR-042 (Tesaro), JNJ-61610588 (Janssen Research & Development), MSB-0020718C, AUR-012, enoblituzumab (also known as MGA271) (MacroGenics, Inc.), MBG453, LAG525 (Novartis), BMS-986015 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), or any combination thereof; or(d) the inhibitor of the inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule, or the stimulatory immune checkpoint molecule, is administered by: intravenous (IV) injection, intramuscular (IM) injection, intratumoral injection or subcutaneous injection; or, is administered orally or by suppository; or the formulation further comprises at least one immune checkpoint inhibitor.
  • 13-15. (canceled)
  • 16. The method of claim 1, wherein the cancer is advanced melanoma, non-small-cell lung cancer or renal cell carcinoma.
  • 17. The method of claim 1, further comprising: (a) administering, or having administered, or delivering an ellagic acid and/or an ellagitannin, or a benzo-coumarin or a dibenzo-α-pyrone (optionally, an urolithin A, or any polycyclic aromatic compound containing a 1-benzopyran moiety with a ketone group at the C2 carbon atom, or a 1-benzopyran-2-one), wherein optionally the ellagic acid and/or the ellagitannin, or the benzo-coumarin or dibenzo-α-pyrone (or urolithin A) is administered or delivered before administration of, simultaneously with, and/or after administration or delivery of the formulation; or(b) administering, or having administered, or delivering, a genetically engineered cell, wherein optionally the genetically engineered cell is a lymphocyte, and optionally the genetically engineered cell expresses a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR), and optionally the lymphocyte is a B cell or a T cell (CAR-T cell), and optionally the lymphocyte is a tumor infiltrating lymphocyte (TIL), and optionally the genetically engineered cell is administered or delivered before administration of, simultaneously with, and/or after administration or delivery of the formulation.
  • 18. (canceled)
  • 19. A formulation or a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least two different species or genera (or types) of non-pathogenic bacteria, wherein each of the non-pathogenic bacteria comprise (or are in the form of) a plurality of non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria, a plurality of non-pathogenic germinable non-pathogenic bacterial spores, or a combination thereof, and the formulation comprises at least one (or any one, several, or all of) non-pathogenic bacteria or spore of the family or genus (or class): Anerostipes, Eubacterium, Blautia, Coprococcus, Clostridiaceae, Faecalibacterium or Clostridium; Ruminococcaceae or Ruminococcus; Verrucomicrobiaceae or Akkermansia; Enterococcaceae or Enterococcus; Eggerthella; Eggerthellaceae or Gordonibacter; Bacteroidaceae or Bacteroides; Hyphomicrobiaceae or Gemmiger; Bifidobacterium, Alistipes, Dorea, Dorea, Roseburia, Monoglobus, Asacharobacter, or a combination thereof.
  • 20. The formulation or a pharmaceutical composition of claim 19, wherein: (a) bacteria of the genus Faecalibacterium comprise a bacteria of the species Faecalibacterium prausnitzii; (b) bacteria from the genus Clostridium comprise Clostridium Cluster IV, Clostridium Cluster XIVa (also known as Lachnospiraceae), or of the species C. coccoides or C. scindens, or of the genus Eubacterium, or Eubacterium hallii, or a combination thereof;(c) bacteria of the genus Ruminococcus comprise a bacteria of the species Ruminococcus albus, R. bromii, R. callidus, R. flavefaciens, R. gauvreauii, R. gnavus R. lactaris, R. obeum or R. torques; (d) bacteria of the genus Akkermansia comprise a bacteria of the species Akkermansia glycaniphila or A. muciniphila; (e) bacteria of the genus Enterococcus comprise a bacteria of the species Enterococcus alcedinis, E. aquimarinus, E. asini, E. avium, E. bulliens, E. caccae, E. camelliae, E. canintestini, E. canis, E. casseliflavus, E. cecorum, E. lactis, E. lemanii, or E. hirae, or any species of non-pathogenic Enterococcus found or capable of living in a human gut;(f) bacteria of the genus Eggerthella comprise a bacteria of the species Eggerthella lenta; (g) bacteria of the genus Gordonibacter comprise a bacteria of the species Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens, or any species of non-pathogenic Gordonibacter found or capable of living in a human gut;(h) bacteria of the genus Bacteroides comprise a bacteria of the species Bacteroides acidifaciens, B. caccae, or B. thetaiotamicron, or any species of non-pathogenic Bacteroides found or capable of living in a human gut;(i) bacteria of the genus Gemmiger comprise a bacteria of the species Gemmiger formicilis; (j) bacteria of the genus Bifidobacterium, comprise a bacteria of the species Bifidobacterium longum, B. bifidum, or B. brevis; (j) bacteria of the genus Alistipes comprise a bacteria of the species Alistipes indistinctus; (k) bacteria of the genus Dorea comprise a bacteria of the species Dorea formicigenerans, or D. formicilis, or D. longicatena; (l) bacteria of the genus Anerostipes comprise a bacteria of the species A. muciniphila; (m) bacteria of the genus Eubacterium comprise a bacteria of the species E. hallii; (n) bacteria of the genus Blautia comprise a bacteria of the species Blautia sp. SG-772; or(o) bacteria of the genus Coprococcus comprise a bacteria of the species C. comes.
  • 21. The formulation or pharmaceutical composition of claim 19, wherein the formulation or pharmaceutical composition comprises a combination of non-pathogenic bacteria or spores comprising: (a) (i) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, and C. scindens; (ii) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. muciniphila, and E. hirae; (iii) E. lenta and G. urolithinfaciens; (iv) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, E. lenta, and G. urolithinfaciens; (v) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, B. thetaiotamicron, B. caccae, and G. formicilis; (vi) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, A. indistinctus and D. formicigenerans; or(vii) F. prausnitzii, C. coccoides, R. gnavus, C. scindens, B. longum and B. breve; or,(b) any one of, or several of, or all of the following bacteria or spore thereof (or spore derived from): Faecalibacterium prausnitzii (ATCC-27768), Clostridium coccoides (ATCC-29236), Ruminococcus gnavus (ATCC-29149), Clostridium scindens (ATCC-35704), Akkermansia muciniphila (BAA-835), Enterococcus hirae (ATCC-9790), Bacteroides thetaiotamicron (ATCC-29148), Bacteroides caccae (ATCC-43185), Bifidobacterium breve (ATCC-15700), Bifidobacterium longum (ATCC BAA-999) and Gemmiger formicilis (ATCC-27749). Eggerthella lenta (DSM-2243), Gordonibacter urolithinfaciens (DSM-27213), Alistipes indistinctus (DSM-22520) and Dorea formicigenerans (DSM-3992).
  • 22. The formulation or pharmaceutical composition of claim 19, wherein the formulation comprises an inner core surrounded by an outer layer of polymeric material enveloping the inner core, wherein the non-pathogenic bacteria or the non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores are substantially in the inner core, and optionally the polymeric material comprises a natural polymeric material.
  • 23. The formulation or pharmaceutical composition of claim 19, wherein the plurality of non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria are substantially dormant colony forming live bacteria, or the plurality of non-pathogenic colony forming live bacteria or the plurality of non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores are lyophilized, wherein optionally the non-pathogenic dormant colony forming live bacteria comprise live vegetative bacterial cells that have been rendered dormant by lyophilization or freeze drying.
  • 24. The formulation or pharmaceutical composition of claim 19, wherein the formulation or pharmaceutical composition: (a) comprises at least 1×104 colony forming units (CFUs), or between about 1×102 and 1×108 CFUs, 1×103 and 1×107 CFUs, or 1×104 and 1×106 CFUs, of live non-pathogenic bacteria and/or non-pathogenic germinable bacterial spores,(b) comprises water, saline, a pharmaceutically acceptable preservative, a carrier, a buffer, a diluent, an adjuvant or a combination thereof;(c) is formulated for administration orally or rectally, or is formulated as a liquid, a food, a gel, a geltab, a candy, a lozenge, a tablet, pill or capsule, or a suppository;(d) further comprises: a biofilm disrupting or dissolving agent, an antibiotic, a benzo-coumarin or a dibenzo-α-pyrone (optionally, an urolithin A, or any polycyclic aromatic compound containing a 1-benzopyran moiety with a ketone group at the C2 carbon atom, or a 1-benzopyran-2-one), an ellagic acid and/or an ellagitannin, an inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule and/or a stimulatory immune checkpoint molecule (or any composition for use in checkpoint blockade immunotherapy),and optionally the inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule comprises a protein or polypeptide that binds to an inhibitory immune checkpoint protein, and optionally the inhibitor of the inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule is an antibody or an antigen binding fragment thereof that binds to an inhibitory immune checkpoint protein,and optionally the inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule targets a compound or protein comprising: CTLA4 or CTLA-4 (cytotoxic T-lymphocyte-associated protein 4, also known as CD152, or cluster of differentiation 152); Programmed cell Death protein 1, also known as PD-1 or CD279; Programmed Death-Ligand 1 (PD-L1), also known as cluster of differentiation 274 (CD274) or B7 homolog 1 (B7-H1)); PD-L2; A2AR (adenosine A2A receptor, also known as ADORA2A); B7-H3; B7-H4; BTLA (B- and T-lymphocyte attenuator protein); KIR (Killer-cell Immunoglobulin-like Receptor); IDO (Indoleamine-pyrrole 2,3-dioxygenase); LAG3 (Lymphocyte-Activation Gene 3 protein); TIM-3; VISTA (V-domain Ig suppressor of T cell activation protein) or any combination thereof,and optionally the inhibitor of an inhibitory immune checkpoint molecule comprises: ipilimumab or YERVOY®; pembrolizumab or KEYTRUDA®; nivolumab or OPDIVO®; atezolizumab or TECENTRIP®; avelumab or BAVENCIO®; durvalumab or IMFINZI®; AMP-224 (MedImmune), AMP-514 (an anti-programmed cell death 1 (PD-1) monoclonal antibody (mAb) (MedImmune)), PDR001 (a humanized mAb that targets PD-1), STI-A1110 or STI-A1010 (Sorrento Therapeutics), BMS-936559 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), BMS-986016 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), TSR-042 (Tesaro), JNJ-61610588 (Janssen Research & Development), MSB-0020718C, AUR-012, enoblituzumab (also known as MGA271) (MacroGenics, Inc.), MBG453, LAG525 (Novartis), BMS-986015 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), or any combination thereof,and optionally the stimulatory immune checkpoint molecule comprises a member of the tumor necrosis factor (TNF) receptor superfamily, optionally CD27, CD40, OX40, GITR (a qlucocorticoid-Induced TNFR family Related gene protein) or CD137, or comprises a member of the B7-CD28 superfamily, optionally CD28 or Inducible T-cell co-stimulator (ICOS).
  • 25-31. (canceled)
  • 32. A kit or product of manufacture comprising a formulation or pharmaceutical composition of claim 19, wherein optionally the product of manufacture is an implant.
  • 33-36. (canceled)
RELATED APPLICATIONS

This Patent Convention Treaty (PCT) International Application claims the benefit of priority under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/644,203, Mar. 16, 2018; U.S. Ser. No. 62/738,958, Sep. 28, 2018; U.S. Ser. No. 62/742,024, Oct. 5, 2018; U.S. Ser. No. 62/749,482, Oct. 23, 2018; U.S. Ser. No. 62/784,028, filed Dec. 21, 2018; U.S. Ser. No. 62/789,936, Jan. 8, 2019; U.S. Ser. No. 62/797,062 Jan. 25, 2019; and, U.S. Ser. No. 62/814,220, filed Mar. 5, 2019. The aforementioned applications are expressly incorporated herein by reference in its entirety and for all purposes. All publications, patents, patent applications cited herein are hereby expressly incorporated by reference for all purposes.

PCT Information
Filing Document Filing Date Country Kind
PCT/US2019/022583 3/15/2019 WO 00
Provisional Applications (8)
Number Date Country
62644203 Mar 2018 US
62738958 Sep 2018 US
62742024 Oct 2018 US
62749482 Oct 2018 US
62784028 Dec 2018 US
62789936 Jan 2019 US
62797062 Jan 2019 US
62814220 Mar 2019 US